Essentials for Office 365

Essentials for Office 365

Full PDF Document

Loading PDF...

−+Fit width100%View FullscreenDownload PDFPrint PDF

×

Loading PDF...

If the inline viewer fails, it will open the original document in compatibility mode automatically. You can also open the file directly.

Extracted Text

Metalogix� Essentials for Office 365 2.6
User Guide

� 2020 Quest Software Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
This guide contains proprietary information protected by copyright. The software described in this guide is furnished under a software license or nondisclosure agreement. This software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement. No part of this guide may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal use without the written permission of Quest Software Inc.
The information in this document is provided in connection with Quest Software products. No license, express or implied, by estoppel or otherwise, to any intellectual property right is granted by this document or in connection with the sale of Quest Software products. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS SPECIFIED IN THE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR THIS PRODUCT, QUEST SOFTWARE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AND DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY RELATING TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL QUEST SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF INFORMATION) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DOCUMENT, EVEN IF QUEST SOFTWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Quest Software makes no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this document and reserves the right to make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time without notice. Quest Software does not make any commitment to update the information contained in this document.
If you have any questions regarding your potential use of this material, contact:
Quest Software Inc. Attn: LEGAL Dept. 4 Polaris Way Aliso Viejo, CA 92656
Refer to our Web site (https://www.quest.com) for regional and international office information.
Patents
Quest Software is proud of our advanced technology. Patents and pending patents may apply to this product. For the most current information about applicable patents for this product, please visit our website at https://www.quest.com/legal.
Trademarks
Quest, the Quest logo, and Metalogix are trademarks and registered trademarks of Quest Software Inc. and its affiliates. For a complete list of Quest marks, visit https://www.quest.com/legal/trademark-information.aspx. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Legend
CAUTION: A caution icon indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.
IMPORTANT, NOTE, TIP, MOBILE OR VIDEO: An information icon indicates supporting information.
Metalogix� Essentials for Office 365
Updated May 2020 Version 2.6

Contents
Copyright ............................................................................................................................................... 16
Tool Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 18 General Tool Configuration ............................................................................................................... 18 Minimum Requirements ...............................................................................................................................18 Key Features ................................................................................................................................................19 Automatic Updates .......................................................................................................................................19 Disabling and Enabling Automatic Updates .....................................................................................20 Cleaning Essentials Tool Location ..............................................................................................................21 Workspace Configuration ............................................................................................................................22 Profile Manager ................................................................................................................................ 23 Profile ............................................................................................................................................................24 Hyper Migration/Backup ..............................................................................................................................25 Copy Items ....................................................................................................................................................26 Copy List .......................................................................................................................................................27 Copy Site ......................................................................................................................................................27 Copy Permissions ........................................................................................................................................28 Download Content ........................................................................................................................................29 Upload/Copy Content ...................................................................................................................................29 Google Options ............................................................................................................................................30 Box Options ..................................................................................................................................................31 OneDrive/My Site Options ...........................................................................................................................32 File Share Options .......................................................................................................................................32 Dropbox Options ..........................................................................................................................................33 File Share Pre-migration Analysis ...............................................................................................................34 SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis ..............................................................................................................35 Global Variables ...........................................................................................................................................36 Path Length Overflow ........................................................................................................................37 Password Manager ......................................................................................................................................39 Invalid Characters ........................................................................................................................................39 Invalid Name Endings ..................................................................................................................................40 Memory Management ..................................................................................................................................41 Password Encryption ...................................................................................................................................43 Password Encryption through the Essentials interface ....................................................................43 Password Encryption through Command Script ..............................................................................44 Static URL Replacement .............................................................................................................................44 Administrator ................................................................................................................................................45 Logs Profile ...................................................................................................................................................46 Selecting Profiles .........................................................................................................................................47 Proxy Mode ....................................................................................................................................... 47 Proxy Configuration ......................................................................................................................................48 Permission Requirements ................................................................................................................ 50 Azure Turbo and CSOM ................................................................................................................... 53
Essentials for Office 365 3

Your Azure Storage Account ........................................................................................................................55 Steps to perform Azure Turbo Mode Migration ...........................................................................................55 Monitoring Azure Turbo Migration ...............................................................................................................58 Supported Specification for Essentials Azure Turbo Mode ........................................................................59 Azure Turbo Mode Encryption Option .........................................................................................................60 Synchronous and Asynchronous mode ......................................................................................................62 Creating User Mapping .................................................................................................................... 63 Mapping for copy from File Share ...............................................................................................................63 Mapping for copy from Google Drive ...........................................................................................................65 Mapping for copy from Box ..........................................................................................................................68 Mapping for copy from DropBox ..................................................................................................................72 Mapping for copy between Tenants ............................................................................................................75 Mapping for copy from OnPrem SharePoint ...............................................................................................77 Email Notifications ............................................................................................................................ 79 Email Server Configuration ..........................................................................................................................79 Email Subject and Message Configuration .................................................................................................81
Job Set State ......................................................................................................................................83 Email Sending Rules ...................................................................................................................................83 Support and Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................... 83 Creating a Support Ticket ............................................................................................................................84 Collateral to Send to Support .......................................................................................................................86 Debug Mode .................................................................................................................................................87 Log Manager ................................................................................................................................................88 Activation .......................................................................................................................................... 88 Activate Manually .........................................................................................................................................92 Modes of Migration ........................................................................................................................... 95 Classic Mode ................................................................................................................................................95
Overview ............................................................................................................................................95 Supported Systems ...........................................................................................................................95 Classic User Logs and Log Viewer ...................................................................................................95 Reprocess Failed Items .....................................................................................................................98 Hyper Mode ................................................................................................................................................101 Overview ..........................................................................................................................................101 Supported Systems .........................................................................................................................105 OAuth Framework Authentication ...................................................................................................105 Resume Jobs ...................................................................................................................................113 Admin Pool .......................................................................................................................................115 Best Practices ..................................................................................................................................116 Tabs and User Interface ..................................................................................................................116 Delete User Record .........................................................................................................................118 Refresh Azure Logs Policy ..............................................................................................................118 Hyper User Logs and Log Viewer .............................................................................................................119 Zip Logs ...........................................................................................................................................121 Filter tab ......................................................................................................................................................121 Refresh Tab ................................................................................................................................................122 Delete Tab ..................................................................................................................................................122
Essentials for Office 365 4

Clean Tab ...................................................................................................................................................123 Tab Report .................................................................................................................................................123
Hyper Migration Report ...................................................................................................................123 Hyper Backup Report ......................................................................................................................124 Progress Tab ..............................................................................................................................................124 Status Report .............................................................................................................................................125
Home Tab ............................................................................................................................................. 127 Connecting To SharePoint and OneDrive for Business ................................................................. 127 Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections ...................................................................................130 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................133 Connecting to OneDrive ............................................................................................................................136 Clipboard ........................................................................................................................................ 140 Delete ............................................................................................................................................. 140 Term Store ..................................................................................................................................... 140 Project ............................................................................................................................................ 141 Import Project .............................................................................................................................................141 Export Project .............................................................................................................................................142 Load from File ............................................................................................................................................142 Logs ............................................................................................................................................... 143 History ........................................................................................................................................................145 Reprocess Failed Items .............................................................................................................................146
Migrator Tab ........................................................................................................................................ 148 Interface ......................................................................................................................................... 148 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................149 Contents Area .............................................................................................................................................150 Permissions Window .................................................................................................................................150 Web Parts Window ....................................................................................................................................151 Term Store Window ...................................................................................................................................153 List Views Window .....................................................................................................................................154 Workflows Window ....................................................................................................................................155 Look and Feel Window ..............................................................................................................................156 SharePoint Designer Objects Window ......................................................................................................157 Connect to Resources .................................................................................................................... 158 Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections ................................................................................158 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................161 Connecting to Office 365 Tenant ..............................................................................................................164 Copy Sites ...................................................................................................................................... 165 Copy and Paste Method ............................................................................................................................166 Copy Sites Without Loading The Source or Target Site in the Navigator Pane ......................................166 Copy Site Collections and My Sites Without Loading into the Navigator Pane ......................................167 Site Migration Wizard ................................................................................................................................169 Copy Site to Existing Site ................................................................................................................169 Copy Site to New Site ......................................................................................................................173 Copy/Promote to New Site Collection .............................................................................................177 Live Compare ................................................................................................................................. 180
Essentials for Office 365 5

Full Compare ..............................................................................................................................................181 Quick Compare ..........................................................................................................................................184 Load Compare Report ...............................................................................................................................186 Nintex Deployment ......................................................................................................................... 188 Copy Lists and Libraries ................................................................................................................. 191 Copy Lists and Libraries Loaded in the Navigator Pane ..........................................................................192 Copy Lists and Libraries Without Loading in the Navigator Pane ...........................................................195 Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint Content ..................................................................................... 199 Classification Properties Screen ...............................................................................................................205
Field Value Selection Screen ..........................................................................................................206 Copy and Tag SharePoint Items Using CSV ............................................................................................207 Copy Alerts ..................................................................................................................................... 210 Collecting Alerts .........................................................................................................................................211 Importing Alerts ..........................................................................................................................................211 In-Place Tagging of SharePoint Items ............................................................................................ 214 Incremental and Delta Copy ........................................................................................................... 216 Pre-Migration Report ...................................................................................................................... 217 File Share Pre-Migration Analysis .............................................................................................................218
Site Analysis Parameters ................................................................................................................219 List Analysis Parameters .................................................................................................................220 Item Analysis Parameters ................................................................................................................221 Forms Migration ............................................................................................................................. 224 Nintex Form Migration ................................................................................................................................224 InfoPath Forms Window ............................................................................................................................227 Workflow Migration ......................................................................................................................... 228 Nintex Workflow Migration .........................................................................................................................228 Nintex Workflow Migration to SharePoint Online ......................................................................................230 General Workflow Objects ..............................................................................................................232 Assign Flexi Task ............................................................................................................................233 Build String ......................................................................................................................................234 Calculate Date .................................................................................................................................234 Change State ...................................................................................................................................235 Check Out Item ................................................................................................................................235 Convert Value ..................................................................................................................................235 Create Item .......................................................................................................................................236 Delete Item .......................................................................................................................................236 Discard Checkout ............................................................................................................................236 End Workflow ..................................................................................................................................237 Filter .................................................................................................................................................237 Log In History List ............................................................................................................................237 Loop .................................................................................................................................................238 Math Operation ................................................................................................................................238 Pause For .........................................................................................................................................238 Pause Until ......................................................................................................................................240 Query List .........................................................................................................................................240 Regular Expression .........................................................................................................................240
Essentials for Office 365 6

Run If ................................................................................................................................................241 Run Parallel Actions ........................................................................................................................241 Send Notification .............................................................................................................................241 Set a Condition ................................................................................................................................242 Set Field Value .................................................................................................................................242 Set Variable ......................................................................................................................................243 Set Workflow Status ........................................................................................................................243 State Machine ..................................................................................................................................243 Switch ...............................................................................................................................................243 Update Item ......................................................................................................................................244 Wait for Item Update ........................................................................................................................244 Orphaned Users Copy .................................................................................................................... 245 Save Site to XML ............................................................................................................................ 248
File Manager Tab ................................................................................................................................. 250 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................................... 251 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................251 Contents Area .............................................................................................................................................252 Connections Panel .....................................................................................................................................252 Connect to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business ........................................................................ 253 Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections ................................................................................253 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................256 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................259 Connect to FileShare ...................................................................................................................... 263 Uploading Files into SharePoint ..................................................................................................... 264 Mapping Folders to SharePoint Fields ......................................................................................................265 Uploading Files into SharePoint Using a CSV Spreadsheet ........................................................... 268 Downloading Content from SharePoint ........................................................................................... 275 File Share Pre-Migration Analysis .................................................................................................. 278 Site Analysis Parameters ...........................................................................................................................280 List Analysis Parameters ...........................................................................................................................281 Item Analysis Parameters ..........................................................................................................................282 Copying NTFS Permissions ........................................................................................................... 285 Copy Files Shares to OneDrive for Business ................................................................................. 286
Drives Tab ............................................................................................................................................ 292 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................................... 292 Connecting to Resources ............................................................................................................... 293 Connecting to OneDrive ............................................................................................................................293 Connecting to Box ......................................................................................................................................297 Export to CSV ..................................................................................................................................298 Connecting to Google ................................................................................................................................299 Connecting to Google Accounts .....................................................................................................300 Connecting to Google Admin Console ...........................................................................................303 Connecting to Dropbox ..............................................................................................................................309 Connecting to SharePoint ..........................................................................................................................310 Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections .........................................................................310
Essentials for Office 365 7

Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .............................................................................313 Connecting to FileShare ............................................................................................................................316 Copy Google Drive ......................................................................................................................... 318 Copy Google Drive to an Office 365 Group ..............................................................................................318
Unsupported Objects for Migrating Google Drive to Office 365 ....................................................323 Copy Google Shared Drive to an Office 365 Group .................................................................................325 Copy Google Drive to Microsoft Teams ....................................................................................................330 Copy Google Shared Drive to Microsoft Teams .......................................................................................337 Copy Google Drives to OneDrive for Business .........................................................................................342
Google Group Mapping ...................................................................................................................349 Google User Mapping .....................................................................................................................351 Google Permission Mapping ...........................................................................................................352 Copy File Share .............................................................................................................................. 352 Copy File Share to OneDrive for Business ...............................................................................................352 Copy File Share to SharePoint Online ......................................................................................................357 Copy File Share to an Office 365 Group ...................................................................................................362 Copy File Share to Microsoft Teams .........................................................................................................365 Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business ....................................................................................... 369 Copy Tenant ................................................................................................................................... 375 Copy OneDrive to OneDrive ......................................................................................................................375 Copy SharePoint Online to SharePoint Online .........................................................................................381 Copy Office 365 Groups to Office 365 Groups .........................................................................................388 Modern Pages Migration .................................................................................................................392 Copy Box ........................................................................................................................................ 394 Copy Box to OneDrive for Business ..........................................................................................................394 Box - Group Mapping ......................................................................................................................400 Box - Permissions and Mapping .....................................................................................................402 Box- Unsupported Objects ..............................................................................................................403 Copy Box to SharePoint Online .................................................................................................................404 Box- Unsupported Objects ..............................................................................................................409 Copy Box to an Office 365 Group ..............................................................................................................410 Copy Box to Microsoft Teams ....................................................................................................................416 Copy Dropbox ................................................................................................................................. 422 Copy Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business ..................................................................................422 Dropbox Business - Access Token .................................................................................................428 Dropbox Business - Group Mapping ..............................................................................................431 Dropbox Business - Content Permissions and Mapping ...............................................................432 Dropbox Business - Unsupported Objects .....................................................................................433 Dropbox Business - Core Properties ..............................................................................................434 Copy Dropbox to an Office 365 Group ......................................................................................................434 Copy Dropbox to Microsoft Teams ............................................................................................................440 Drives Reports ................................................................................................................................ 446 Analyze OneDrive ......................................................................................................................................446 Analyze Dropbox ........................................................................................................................................447 Analyze Box ................................................................................................................................................448 Analyze Google ..........................................................................................................................................450
Essentials for Office 365 8

Mapping Reports ............................................................................................................................ 452 Tenant to Tenant ........................................................................................................................................453 File Share to Tenant ...................................................................................................................................454 Google to Tenant ........................................................................................................................................456
Security Manager Tab ........................................................................................................................ 458 Interface ......................................................................................................................................... 458 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................459 Contents Area .............................................................................................................................................459 Reports and Analysis ..................................................................................................................... 460 Permission Differences ..............................................................................................................................460 Permissions Given to a User or Group .....................................................................................................462 Permission Inheritance ..............................................................................................................................462 Permission Inventory .................................................................................................................................463 Site Collection Administrators ....................................................................................................................464 Users with Permissions to Object ..............................................................................................................465 Permissions .................................................................................................................................... 466 Copy Permissions ......................................................................................................................................466 Edit Permissions ........................................................................................................................................467 Grant Permissions .....................................................................................................................................468 Transfer User Permissions ........................................................................................................................470 Remove User Permissions ........................................................................................................................471 Compare Permissions, Groups, and Levels ................................................................................... 472 SharePoint Groups ......................................................................................................................... 473 Copy SharePoint Group .............................................................................................................................474 Add a SharePoint Group ............................................................................................................................475 Remove SharePoint Group ........................................................................................................................476 Add Users to Group ...................................................................................................................................476 Remove Users from Group ........................................................................................................................477 SharePoint Permission Level .......................................................................................................... 478 Create/Edit Permission Level ....................................................................................................................478 Copy Permission Level ..............................................................................................................................479 Remove Permission Level .........................................................................................................................480 Transfer Permissions .................................................................................................................................481
Term Store Manager Tab .................................................................................................................... 483 Connect and View Term Store ....................................................................................................... 483 Copy/Merge/Reorganize Term Store Objects ................................................................................. 484 Unsupported Objects for Migration ................................................................................................. 485 Create/Edit/Delete Term Store Objects .......................................................................................... 486 Exporting Term Groups and Term Sets to CSV ............................................................................. 489 Export to and Import from SKOS Files ........................................................................................... 490 Export to SKOS ..........................................................................................................................................490 Import From SKOS .....................................................................................................................................490 Live Compare ................................................................................................................................. 491 Full Compare ..............................................................................................................................................492 Quick Compare ..........................................................................................................................................495
Essentials for Office 365 9

Load Compare Report ...............................................................................................................................497
Administrator Tab ............................................................................................................................... 501 Metalogix Essentials Administrator ................................................................................................. 501 Service Manager ............................................................................................................................. 502 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................503 Report Selections Menu ............................................................................................................................503 Reports Area ..............................................................................................................................................504 Connecting to the Office 365 Tenant .............................................................................................. 505 Default and Custom Views ............................................................................................................. 506 Edit Quick and Custom Actions ..................................................................................................... 512 Import Certificate ............................................................................................................................ 520 Import External List (CSV) .............................................................................................................. 520 Reports ........................................................................................................................................... 521 Collect Data ................................................................................................................................................521 Update Data ...............................................................................................................................................523 Load Data ...................................................................................................................................................524 Export Data .................................................................................................................................................526 Actions ........................................................................................................................................................527 Available Reports ............................................................................................................................ 530 Office 365 License Reports .......................................................................................................................530 User Profile Reports ...................................................................................................................................531 Groups Reports ..........................................................................................................................................532 Exchange Online Reports ..........................................................................................................................532 SharePoint and OneDrive for Business Reports ......................................................................................534 Office 365 Auditing ......................................................................................................................... 537 Audit Reports ..............................................................................................................................................538 Converting Old Admin Projects ...................................................................................................... 540 User Impressions ........................................................................................................................... 541
Backup Tab .......................................................................................................................................... 545 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................................... 546 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................546 Contents Area .............................................................................................................................................547 Backup Navigator Pane .............................................................................................................................548 Advanced Search ........................................................................................................................... 549 Retention Policies ........................................................................................................................... 551 Set Retention Policy ...................................................................................................................................551 Run Retention Policy .................................................................................................................................552 Schedule Retention Policy .........................................................................................................................552 Storage for Backup ......................................................................................................................... 553 Requirements for Storage ..........................................................................................................................555 Import/Export Backup Archives ...................................................................................................... 556 Exporting Backup Archives ........................................................................................................................556 Importing Backup Archives ........................................................................................................................557 Connecting to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business ................................................................... 559 Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections ...................................................................................559
Essentials for Office 365 10

Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................562 Connecting to Office 365 Tenant and OneDrive ......................................................................................565 Connecting to Cloud Storage .......................................................................................................... 569 Steps to Connect to Azure Cloud Storage ................................................................................................572 Steps to Connect to Amazon S3 Cloud Storage .......................................................................................574 Hyper SharePoint Online Backup ................................................................................................... 576 Creating SharePoint Online Hyper Backup ..............................................................................................576 Updating SharePoint Online Hyper Backup .............................................................................................580 Restoring SharePoint Online Hyper Backup ............................................................................................582
Restore a Site from Specific Backup ..............................................................................................582 Restoring a List/Library from a Specific Backup ............................................................................585 Restoring a List/Library to a New Place ..........................................................................................587 Restore Specific Content .................................................................................................................591 Restoring Specific Content to a New Place ....................................................................................593 Restoring Documents during an Item, List, or Site Operation .......................................................595 Restoring Non-Document list items during an item, list or site operation .....................................595 Hyper OneDrive Backup ................................................................................................................. 595 Creating OneDrive Hyper Backup .............................................................................................................595 Updating OneDrive Hyper Backup ............................................................................................................599 Restoring OneDrive Hyper Backup ...........................................................................................................601 Restoring a List from OneDrive Backup .........................................................................................601 Restoring a List from a OneDrive Backup to a New Place ............................................................603 Smart Backup ................................................................................................................................. 606 Classic SharePoint Online Backup ................................................................................................. 607 Creating SharePoint Online Classic Backup ............................................................................................607 Updating SharePoint Online Classic Backup ...........................................................................................611 Restoring SharePoint Online Classic Backup ..........................................................................................613 Restore a Site from Specific Backup ..............................................................................................614 Restore a List/Library from a Specific Backup ...............................................................................619 Restore Specific Content .................................................................................................................623 Classic OneDrive Backup .............................................................................................................. 624 Creating OneDrive Classic Backup ...........................................................................................................624 Updating OneDrive Classic Backup ..........................................................................................................627 Restore OneDrive Classic Backup ............................................................................................................629 Classic Office365 Groups Backup ................................................................................................. 633 Creating Office 365 Group Classic Backup ..............................................................................................633 Include Only Backup Filter (2) ........................................................................................................635 Updating Office365 Groups Classic Backup ............................................................................................638 Restoring Office365 Groups Classic Backup ...........................................................................................640 Classic Mailbox Backup ................................................................................................................. 640 Creating Mailbox Classic Backup ..............................................................................................................640 Enabling Mailbox Backup ................................................................................................................644 Include Only Backup Filter ..............................................................................................................645 Updating Mailbox Classic Backup .............................................................................................................647 Restoring Mailbox Classic Backup ............................................................................................................649 Change Properties for Backup ....................................................................................................... 649
Essentials for Office 365 11

Admin Management ....................................................................................................................... 651 Scheduling Backup Jobs ................................................................................................................ 652
How to Schedule Full Backups for SharePoint .........................................................................................653 How to Schedule Incremental Backups for SharePoint ............................................................................656 Using Integrated Scheduler to Run Backup Jobs .....................................................................................660 Backup Project Conversion ............................................................................................................ 660
Help Tab ............................................................................................................................................... 664 Activation ........................................................................................................................................ 664 About .............................................................................................................................................. 665 Support ........................................................................................................................................... 665 Help Manual ................................................................................................................................... 666 Check for Updates ......................................................................................................................... 666
View Tab ............................................................................................................................................... 667 View section ................................................................................................................................... 667 Architect ......................................................................................................................................... 667 Migrator .......................................................................................................................................... 668 Misc ................................................................................................................................................ 668 Scheduler ...................................................................................................................................................668 Schedule Task Screen ....................................................................................................................668 Operation Scheduler Screen ...........................................................................................................669 Log Viewer ..................................................................................................................................................671 New Window ..............................................................................................................................................671
Architect Tab ....................................................................................................................................... 672 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................................... 672 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................673 View Menu .......................................................................................................................................675 Compare With Menu .......................................................................................................................675 Diagram Area .............................................................................................................................................676 Diagram ...........................................................................................................................................676 Palette ..............................................................................................................................................678 Outline Area ................................................................................................................................................680 Properties and Information Area ................................................................................................................680 Properties Tab .................................................................................................................................680 Progress Tab ...................................................................................................................................681 Compare View Tab ..........................................................................................................................681 Compare Sites View Tab .................................................................................................................682 Search Tab ......................................................................................................................................682 Connecting to SharePoint and Office 365 ...................................................................................... 683 Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections ...................................................................................683 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms .......................................................................................686 Connecting to Office 365 Tenant ..............................................................................................................689 Creating Columns ........................................................................................................................... 693 Creating Content Types .................................................................................................................. 694 Creating Lists/Libraries ................................................................................................................... 695 Synchronizing an Architect Diagram with SharePoint .................................................................... 697
Essentials for Office 365 12

Compare Sites ................................................................................................................................ 698
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab .................................................................................................... 702 Interface ......................................................................................................................................... 702 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................703 Contents Area .............................................................................................................................................704 Connections ...............................................................................................................................................705 Connect to SharePoint and Office 365 Tenant ............................................................................... 705 Connecting to Office 365 ...........................................................................................................................706 Uploading Outlook Content to SharePoint ...................................................................................... 710 Copy E-Mail/Public Folder Content Using CSV .............................................................................. 711 Outlook Permission Mapping .......................................................................................................... 714
Informant Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 716 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................................... 716 Navigator Pane ...........................................................................................................................................716 Informant Area ............................................................................................................................................717 Connect to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business .................................................................................719 Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections_3 ..................................................................719 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms_3 .........................................................................722 Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms_3 .........................................................................725 Create a Policy Group ................................................................................................................................729 Create a New Rule .....................................................................................................................................730 Use a Policy Group ....................................................................................................................................733 Importing and Exporting Policy Groups ....................................................................................................735 Import Policy Group .........................................................................................................................735 Export Policy Group .........................................................................................................................736
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates .......................................................................... 739 Remapping Content Types ............................................................................................................. 739 List and Site Content Reports ......................................................................................................... 740 Site Selection .............................................................................................................................................745 Summary Screen .......................................................................................................................................745 Bulk Delete by Report ................................................................................................................................746 Site User Report ............................................................................................................................. 747 User and Group Mapping ............................................................................................................... 747 Account Mapping .......................................................................................................................................748 Drive User Mapping ...................................................................................................................................749 Site and List Templates Report ...................................................................................................... 749 Template Mapping .......................................................................................................................... 750
Scripts .................................................................................................................................................. 754 Using Scripts and Integration with Windows Task Scheduler ........................................................ 754 Scripting Reference Guide ............................................................................................................. 757 Common Parameters .................................................................................................................................759 Credentials Parameters .............................................................................................................................759 ConnectToSite Parameters .......................................................................................................................760 CopyList Parameter ...................................................................................................................................760
Essentials for Office 365 13

CopySite Parameters .................................................................................................................................761 CopyItems Parameters ..............................................................................................................................762 OverwriteBehavior Parameters ..................................................................................................................763 Copy Using CSV File Parameters .............................................................................................................764 ImportFiles Parameters ..............................................................................................................................764 GoogleImport Parameters ..........................................................................................................................765 GoogleExport Parameters ..........................................................................................................................765 NewBackup Parameters ............................................................................................................................766 ZipBackup Parameters ..............................................................................................................................767 ApplyPolicyGroup Paramters ....................................................................................................................767 CopyWorkflows Parameters ......................................................................................................................768 CollectStatistics Parameters ......................................................................................................................768 SPPreMigration Parameters ......................................................................................................................769 FSPreMigration Parameters ......................................................................................................................769 Given Parameters ......................................................................................................................................770 Transfer Parameters ..................................................................................................................................770 Remove Parameters ..................................................................................................................................771 Inventory Parameters .................................................................................................................................772 InheritanceReport Parameters ...................................................................................................................772 SPContentReport Parameters ...................................................................................................................773 ExportSiteUsersReport Parameters ..........................................................................................................774 ExportSiteTemplatesReport Parameters ...................................................................................................774 UsersToObject Parameters .......................................................................................................................774 FullCompare Parameters ...........................................................................................................................775 GoogletoOneDrive Parameters .................................................................................................................775 OneDrivetoOneDrive Parameters ..............................................................................................................776 CopyContentToFileSystem Parameters ....................................................................................................777 FileSharesToOneDrive Parameters ..........................................................................................................777 ImportAlerts Parameters ............................................................................................................................778 CustomAction Parameters .........................................................................................................................778 Impressions Parameters ............................................................................................................................779 BackupStorage Parameters .......................................................................................................................779 Cloud Parameters ......................................................................................................................................779
Auth Parameters ..............................................................................................................................780 CreateJob Parameters .....................................................................................................................780 DeleteJob Parameters .....................................................................................................................780 ListJobs Parameters ........................................................................................................................781 RunJob Parameters .........................................................................................................................781 StopJob Parameters ........................................................................................................................781 JobHistory Parameters ....................................................................................................................782 ListArtifacts Parameters ..................................................................................................................782 GetArtifact Parameters ....................................................................................................................782 ListWorkers Parameters ..................................................................................................................783
Appendix .............................................................................................................................................. 785 Alternate Framework ...................................................................................................................... 785 Claims Based Authentication .......................................................................................................... 786
Essentials for Office 365 14

CSV Column Reference Guide ...................................................................................................... 786 Columns for Uploading Content using CSV .............................................................................................786 Columns for Copying SharePoint Content Using CSV ............................................................................788 Columns for Copying E-Mail and Public Folder Objects using CSV .......................................................789
Experience Data ............................................................................................................................. 790 How to Import Projects into Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 .................................................... 791 About .................................................................................................................................................... 794 Contacting Quest ........................................................................................................................... 794 Technical Support Resources ........................................................................................................ 794
Essentials for Office 365 15

1
Copyright
� 2020 Quest Software Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
This guide contains proprietary information protected by copyright. The software described in this guide is furnished under a software license or nondisclosure agreement. This software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement. No part of this guide may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal use without the written permission of Quest Software Inc.
The information in this document is provided in connection with Quest Software products. No license, express or implied, by estoppel or otherwise, to any intellectual property right is granted by this document or in connection with the sale of Quest Software products. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS SPECIFIED IN THE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR THIS PRODUCT, QUEST SOFTWARE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AND DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY RELATING TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL QUEST SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF INFORMATION) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DOCUMENT, EVEN IF QUEST SOFTWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Quest Software makes no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this document and reserves the right to make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time without notice. Quest Software does not make any commitment to update the information contained in this document.
If you have any questions regarding your potential use of this material, contact:
Quest Software Inc. Attn: LEGAL Dept. 4 Polaris Way Aliso Viejo, CA 92656
Refer to our Web site (https://www.quest.com) for regional and international office information.
Patents
Quest Software is proud of our advanced technology. Patents and pending patents may apply to this product. For the most current information about applicable patents for this product, please visit our website at https://www.quest.com/legal.
Trademarks
Quest, the Quest logo, and Metalogix are trademarks and registered trademarks of Quest Software Inc. and its affiliates. For a complete list of Quest marks, visit https://www.quest.com/legal/trademark-information.aspx. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Legend
CAUTION: A caution icon indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.
Essentials for Office 365 16
Copyright

IMPORTANT, NOTE, TIP, MOBILE OR VIDEO: An information icon indicates supporting information.
Metalogix� Essentials for Office 365
Updated May 2020 Version 2.6
Essentials for Office 365 17
Copyright

2
Tool Overview
Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 offers a complete solution for Office 365 pre-migration analysis, migration, and management.
Supported Sources: Office 365 (Office 365 group Sites, Microsoft Teams Sites, SharePoint Online, One Drive) SharePoint 2010, 2013, 2016, 2019, Exchange, Google Drive, Box, Dropbox, File Shares. Supported Targets: Office 365 (Office 365 group Sites, Microsoft Teams Sites, SharePoint Online, One Drive) SharePoint 2010, 2013, 2016, 2019, File Shares. Key Features can be performed in Hyper Platforms: mass migrations between office 365 locations and to Office 365 locations from non-SharePoint locations, Backups for O365 locations, Premigration reports and validations, and in Classic Platform: small scope migrations between office 365 locations and to Office 365 location from non-SharePoint locations, and Lifecycle management for Office 365.
General Tool Configuration
Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 offers a complete solution for Office 365 pre-migration analysis, migration and management.
This user guide provides users with an in-depth overview of the various features of the product, the ways in which to perform specific functions, as well as instructions for particular use-case scenarios.
Minimum Requirements
Our desktop tool is a multi-threaded/multi-tasking application. As such, available system memory is the most critical parameter for optimal performance.
� Product Version: 64-bit - 8GB+ of RAM. To increase memory, start Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 and go to Help > Profile Manager > Memory Management.
� Processor: Intel Core i3 or AMD FX 6300 or higher processor. � Operating System: Windows 8 or higher; Windows Server 2008 R2 or higher. � Workstation/Server: Many customers install the application on Virtual platforms, however
we recommend using an isolated workstation rather than shared servers. � Connectivity: We recommend hard-wired network connection over wireless. � Software: We recommend turning off all anti-virus software on the workstation where the
tool is installed. Otherwise, it may affect the tool.
Essentials for Office 365 18
Tool Overview

Key Features �Single-hop migration to the cloud �Comprehensive migration and content management �Pre-migration analysis �Post-migration validation �Lifecycle management for Office 365 �Actionable reports �Single, extensible platform �Intuitive user interface (UI) �Consolidate content into Office 365 �Automate administrative tasks. �Prevent administrative overload �Reallocate unused licenses. �Maximize the utility of available Office 365 services. �Support Chinese and GCC High Tenants.
Automatic Updates
Auto-Updates is a feature available within Metalogix Essentials that allows users to have updates, that are made to the application by our development team, automatically installed on their machines. This feature can be disabled or enabled, as per your personal preference. When starting up the Essentials program as an administrator, the Product Update Manager will pop up when new updates are available. You can choose to install the update, or decline to do so.
Essentials for Office 365 19
Tool Overview

You can also access the auto-update feature through the Help tab within the product by selecting Check for Updates.
NOTE: The Auto Update feature is not supported for versions below 2.3
Disabling and Enabling Automatic Updates
The auto-update feature can be disabled in the Product Update Manager by selecting the "Disable tool automatic updates".
The auto-update feature can also be disabled in the Profile Manager by doing the following: 1. On the Help tab of Essentials, click Profile Manager.
2. Navigate to the Global Variables section of the Profile Manager, and setting the Enable Automatic Updates feature to "False" to disable, and "True" to enable.
Essentials for Office 365 20
Tool Overview

Cleaning Essentials Tool Location
You may notice that the Essentials Installation location folder may be growing in size.
This occurs as a result of the tool's auto-update feature. Currently, Essentials framework doesn't support automatically removing outdated packages, so this must be done manually. In order to do so, follow these steps: 1. Close the Essentials tool.
Essentials for Office 365 21
Tool Overview

2. Navigate to the Essentials Folder (C:\Program Files\Quest\Essentials), and Run the AppClean.exe file as an Administrator.
3. The appclean.exe will run, and once it is done running it will close once the clean is done. This folder will now be cleaned (from 10+ GB to 755 MB less) and the Essentials application will work as usual.
Workspace Configuration
The Essentials Workspace is located, by default, in the following user location "C:\Users\ {CurentlyLoggedInUser} \Essentials". This means that all Logs, Projects, Cogitations and Settings are stored here. This workspace is not deleted automatically when you uninstall the tool, but can be remove when the check box "Remove workspace from..." is selected during an uninstall, or can be done manually afterward.
NOTE: if you have changed the workplace location, the check box "Remove Workspace will from..." will
not delete the workspace, as this functionality cannot access folders in locations outside of the default location. This means you must remove the workspace manually. In the event that more than one windows user is using the Essentials tool, or you do not have permissions to create a new folder in the CurrentLoggedInUser directory, change the workspace location by doing the following: 1. Navigate to the location where Essentials is installed (by default its C:\Program Files\Quest\Essentials)
Essentials for Office 365 22
Tool Overview

2. Find the following files: Essentials.ini and essentialscmd.ini 3. Add the following 2 lines to the top of files:
-data path to new workspace
NOTE: If you create a shared workspace for many users, make sure that each of the users has direct permissions to the created folder, with administrator permissions. Otherwise you will have to always run the tool as an Administrator.
Resetting Panes, and Resetting "Do Not Show" Selecting Reset Panes, accessible from the View tab, will reset the all tab settings to their defaults. This is useful after an update if the new features are not immediately visible.
Selecting Reset "Do Not Show", accessible from the Help tab, will reset all the 'do not show' settings on all wizards to their defaults.
Profile Manager
Selecting Profile Manager from the help tab, allows users to access all the various settings available for Metalogix Essentials. Over the lifetime of the product many options and choices have been included to enable fine control over specific operations. Upon installation, the options are pre-selected with the most common settings. Users always have the option to modify these settings prior to commencing an operation, but they are automatically returned to the default state the next time the operation is run. In some cases, users need the ability to adjust these settings or create "profiles" that contain selections for common operations that are appropriate for them. Profile Manager is the tool which allows you to create such profiles. Users may alter default profiles or create new ones. The profiles
Essentials for Office 365 23
Tool Overview

may then be selected during the corresponding operations, allowing the user to set all appropriate options at one time.
Profile
All the tabs within the profile manager have the Profile section available.
Selecting an operation displays a profile name along with a list of available options. By default the selections in the profile correspond to "out-of-the-box" functionality.
NOTE: The shown options are unique to each operation and are not inherited to higher level operations (e.g. changes to item level profiles are not inherited by list or site level profiles). There are a variety of capabilities available to the user: � Creating New Profiles - Users can create new profiles for each operation by selecting the
Create New Profile button. The user will be prompted to enter a profile name and save it
Then the profile will be created with the out-of-the-box options preset. � Modifying Profiles - Users may select any profile from the drop down list and make
modifications.
Essentials for Office 365 24
Tool Overview

Pressing the Apply button will save these changes.
� Deleting Profiles - Profiles may be removed by selecting the profile from the drop down list and then pressing the Delete button.
NOTE: that the default profile may not be deleted. � Changing the Default Profile - The "Default Profile" has the convenience of being
automatically selected when an operation is initiated. The default profile designation may be changed by selecting any profile from the drop down list and then checking off the "Use as Default" option.
� Reset to Default Values - A profile may be returned to the "out-of-the-box" settings. This is done by selecting any profile from the drop down list and then pressing the Reset to Default Values button.
Hyper Migration/Backup
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing Hyper Migration and Hyper Backup settings. In order to access the Hyper Migration section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 25
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Hyper Migration/Backup tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Copy Items
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Copy Items feature settings. In order to access the Copy Items section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager. 2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Copy Items tab from the left hand menu.
Essentials for Office 365 26
Tool Overview

For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable. Delete Item(s) From Source The delete Items from source option, available under the Advanced Option section of the Copy Items tab, when selected will delete items from the source once they have been copied over to the target.
Copy List
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Copy List feature settings. In order to access the Copy List section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Copy List tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Copy Site
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Copy Site feature settings. In order to access the Copy Site section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 27
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Copy Site tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Copy Permissions
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Copy Permissions settings. In order to access the Copy Permissions section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager. 2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Copy Permissions tab from the left hand
menu.
Essentials for Office 365 28
Tool Overview

For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Download Content
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Download Content settings. In order to access the Download Content section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Download Content tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Upload/Copy Content
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Upload/Copy Content feature settings. In order to access the Upload/Copy Content section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 29
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Upload/Copy Content tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Google Options
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Google Options settings. In order to access the Google Options section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 30
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Google Options tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Box Options
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Box Options settings. In order to access the Box Options section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager. 2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Box Options tab from the left hand menu.
Essentials for Office 365 31
Tool Overview

For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
OneDrive/My Site Options
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the OneDrive and My Site Options settings. In order to access the OneDrive/My Site Options section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the OneDrive/My Site Options tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
File Share Options
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the File Share Options settings. In order to access the File Share Options section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 32
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the File Share Options tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Dropbox Options
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Dropbox Options settings. In order to access the Dropbox Options section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 33
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Dropbox Options tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
File Share Pre-migration Analysis
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the File Share Pre-Migration analysis settings. In order to access the File Share Pre-migration Analysis section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 34
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the File Share Pre-migration Analysis tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the SharePoint Premigration analysis settings. In order to access the SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 35
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Global Variables
The Global Variables section contains a set of options that are used to optimize or configure the application for your user environment. Many of these settings control basic functionality. Some are intended for diagnostic purposes and should only be changed based on advice from the support team. If you are unsure of what a parameter does, please do not change it. In order to access the Global Variables section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 36
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select Global Variables from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function that a global variable controls, select the button beside the respective variable.
NOTE: Enabling Automatic Updates is done in the Global Variables section. For a detailed description on how to enable Automatic Updates, see the Advanced Installation Guide.
Path Length Overflow
(Bulk Google Drive, Box Enterprise and Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business migrations only) SharePoint Online and consequently OneDrive for Business has a series of restrictions or limitations that all users (and software) must abide by, a few of which are the total URL length of the content and file/folder names. As defined, this total URL length cannot exceed 260 characters and file or folder names may not exceed 250 characters. More information can be found here: https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/2933738 When migrating to OneDrive for Business from a source system like Box or Google Drive, both of which do not have such limitations, you may find yourself in a situation where your content will simply not "fit". Due to this scenario, we have implemented logic into specific migration scenarios (bulk Google Drive, Box, and Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business only) to better process these unfortunate situations and ensure that all content is migrated to OneDrive for Business, regardless of the path or name length. The following sections will describe the logic behind the function as well as how to enable and configuration your settings.
Essentials for Office 365 37
Tool Overview

Truncating Long Paths
The following steps will allow you to enable the truncating of long paths process, as well as a list of values can be configured. At present, only Google Drive, Box and Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business bulk migrations are supported by this logic.
1. Navigate to the Help tab in Essentials. Select Profile Manager.
2. In the Profile Manager, select Global Variables. Scroll down to the "Path Length Overflow Options" section.
Here is a description of the relevant parameters that can be modified: Truncate Long Paths (Boolean) � Check the box to enable the option, uncheck to disable. If disabled, you may receive errors post migration related to long folder paths and/or names. Max Length Before Overflow (Number, default 200) � This determines the folder path length that when reached, will trigger the overflow logic processing. You may adjust this value, but we recommend not increasing it to greater than 200. Overflow Folder Name Length (Number, default 5) � This determines the number of characters (from the first position) that will be used from each source folder name to construct the folder name in the Overflow. You may adjust this value, however be careful as you do not want to exceed the 250 character folder name length maximum for OneDrive for Business. 3. If any changes are made, please click the Apply button to save the modifications and then restart the software before beginning your next migration.
Essentials for Office 365 38
Tool Overview

Password Manager
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Password Manager settings. In order to access the Password Manager Analysis section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Password Manager tab from the left hand menu.
Invalid Characters
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Invalid Characters settings. In order to access the Invalid Characters section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 39
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Invalid Characters tab from the left hand menu.
Users can also use the "Add Invalid Character" button to add a character that has been blocked in SharePoint by the SharePoint administrator.
Invalid Name Endings
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Invalid Name Endings settings. In order to access the Invalid Name Endings section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 40
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Invalid Name Endings tab from the left hand menu.
Users can also use the "Add Invalid Name Ending" button to add a name ending that has been blocked in SharePoint by the SharePoint administrator.
Memory Management
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Memory Management settings. In order to access the Memory Management section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 41
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Memory Management tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
The amount of memory that is allocated to the software is taken during application startup. If the configured amount is greater than the amount that is available on the host computer, the application will fail to start. Please see the following FAQ if you are experiencing this issue: https://support.quest.com When viewing the Memory Management screen, Essentials will provide the following information: Total Memory Detected - This is the total amount of system memory that is available on the host computer.
NOTE: If you are running the 32-bit version of Essentials and have greater than 4GB of total memory on the host computer, the tool will display 4095M + due to native limitations in 32-bit architecture. Configured Memory - This is the amount that is currently allocated to the application. Recommended Memory - Based on your host computers architecture, Essentials will make a recommendation to optimize performance. New Memory Allocation - Select the new amount of memory that you wish to allocate to Essentials from the drop-down list. After the memory value is modified, the software will need to be restarted so please do not make adjustments if any operations are currently running. NOTE: if the 32-bit edition is installed, you will receive a notification on the Memory Management page, telling you to upgrade to 64-bit edition to fully utilize your memory resources.
Essentials for Office 365 42
Tool Overview

Password Encryption
Any credentials that are entered through the Metalogix interface and used in a script or scheduled operation are automatically encrypted, but there may be times in which you need to encrypt a password outside of this operation. If you need to encrypt a password, you can do it through one of two methods - through the Essentials Console 43 , or through Command Script 44 .
Password Encryption through the Essentials interface
To encrypt your password using the Metalogix Essentials interface follow these steps. 1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select Password Encryption from the left hand menu.
3. Enter your password into the "Password" field, and then enter the same password a second time into the "Confirm Password" field.
4. Click Encrypt. 5. Your encrypted password will appear in the "Encrypted Password" field. You can Copy this
value from here.
Essentials for Office 365 43
Tool Overview

Password Encryption through Command Script
To encrypt your password using a Metalogix command script, follow these steps. 1. Start a cmd prompt and navigate (cd) to the Metalogix installation directory. cd c: \ProgramFiles\Quest\Essentials 2. From this location, run the following command: metavis cmd -encrypt yourPassword > c: \Password.txt
3. This command will encrypt the password "yourPassword" and save it to the file "Password.txt" located on the C:\ drive. The encrypted password will be the last line in this text file.
Static URL Replacement
The Static URL Replacement functionality does replacement of URLs in metadata, links in webparts, Navigation, Quick Launch and Top Link Bar links using rules from Status URL Replacement section in profile Manager. This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Static URL Replacement settings. In order to access the Static URL Replacement section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Static URL Replacement tab from the left hand menu.
Essentials for Office 365 44
Tool Overview

NOTE:
The following is the required formatting in the CSV: https://metavistech.sharepoint.com/sites/dev,https://metavistech.sharepoint.com/sites/natasite
Where replacement rules would work: � Copy any List Type with Copy Content Types checkbox and the value in the hyper link column
would be copied with replacement rules. � Copy Links List with/without Content Types checkbox and the value in the hyper link column would
be copied with replacement rules � Copy Publishing Pages Library with/without content types and URL in page body
<mso:PublishingPageLayout>...</mso:PublishingPageLayout> will be copied with replacement rules � Copy single Publishing Page and URL in page body,
<mso:PublishingPageLayout>...</msoo:PublishingPageLayout> will be copied with replacement rules � All mentioned above as part of Site/Site Collection Copy � For any other copy scenarios functionality is not applied
Administrator
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Administrator settings. In order to access the Administrator section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 45
Tool Overview

2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Administrator tab from the left hand menu.
Logs Profile
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Logs Profile settings. In order to access the Logs Profile section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager. 2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Logs Profile tab from the left hand menu.
Essentials for Office 365 46
Tool Overview

Selecting Profiles
A profile selection field is available for most core operations and wizards. To select an alternate profile, use the provided drop down field.
NOTE: the individual options may still be changed regardless of the selected profile.
Proxy Mode
If your system uses Proxy in order to connect to web resources, you will be required to set up proxy within Essentials also. Selecting Proxy Mode from the help tab will set Metalogix Essentials to work through proxy mode for the entire application, saving users from manually setting up proxy mode within each wizard.
Essentials for Office 365 47
Tool Overview

In order for Proxy Mode to work you must enter the proxy configuration 48 settings.
Proxy Configuration
Sometimes a connection to an Office 365 location can be initiated only with the help of proxy settings. To enable proxy mode please do the following:
1. Navigate to the Help tab, and select Proxy Mode.
2. In the Proxy configuration screen select the Enable Proxy option. This will allow you to enter your proxy configuration settings, or import the settings from Internet Explorer by clicking the Import Settings button. Click Save.

The following is an overview of the proxy settings:

Essentials for Office 365
48 Tool Overview

Enable Proxy - turns the entire proxy tool on/off. Pac URL � URL value for scripted PAC proxy Host - server name / server IP to direct proxy Port - port for direct proxy User - user account Password - password for user account Advanced Settings: Bypass - white list of sites where proxy should be ignored, URLs must be separated by semicolons. Import Settings - imports values from Internet Explorer, recommended way to set up proxy Save - saves settings and closes dialog. if checkbox active and fields are empty - error massage "Set proxy settings " Cancel - closes dialog without changes. NOTE: The Proxy option is active after the restart of the tool or when script is running.
Proxy Configuration During Product Activation
When you first install Essentials, you are required to activate the application. If your environment requires the use of proxy settings you can set them up before completing license activation. Do so by selecting Configure Proxy on the Registration window.
Essentials for Office 365 49
Tool Overview

Permission Requirements
Essentials Permission Setup
In order to run the Essentials application, you can use a regular user logged into the workstation, or you can run the program as an administrator. However, you must run the tool as administrator when changing settings in the memory management section o the Profile Manager, or when using the automatic updates feature.
NOTE: When running the tool as an Administrator, you may not be able to see your network drives or mapped drives in the connections section. This may occur because the connections were set up while in regular user mode, so when the tool is launched as an admin, the admin user does not have access to the connections. To resolve the issue in the above note, do one of the following: 1. Do not start the tool as an administrator, and insure that no settings are applied by default.
a. Navigate to the Properties for the Essentials.exe
Essentials for Office 365 50
Tool Overview

b. Ensure that under the Compatability tab, "Run this program as administrator" isn't selected.
2. Run the Registry Editor (regedit.exe), and locate the following key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Microsoft/Windows/CurrentVersion/Policies/System Create a new DWORD(32) with the name EnableLinkedConnections and value 1 and reboot.
In the event that the tool only successfully launches when run as an admin, this could be occurring because the non-admin user that is launching the tool does not have permissions for the installation folder, to the run tool components, or to the workspace. This may be caused as a result of various windows security settings and configurations. To resolve this issue, add the non-admin user, directly to the folder security settings.
Essentials for Office 365 51
Tool Overview

1. Navigate to the folder that contains the Essentials Tool installation folder. Right click and select Properties.

2. Navigate to the Security Tab, and select Edit group and usernames. 3. Select Add and add the non-admin user.

SharePoint Permission Setup

Essentials for Office 365
52 Tool Overview

To work with SharePoint locations, you must set up a valid level of permissions. When you work with individual Sites or Site Collections in the Navigator pane of Essentials, the lowest level of user to connect to a site is a Site contributor. However, this level allows a minimal list of actions (view structure, views, content etc.). With this permissions level, for example, we reconnect to use users who have direct site collection administrator permissions.
When you work in Hyper Migration Mode and do bulk migrations using SharePoint Administrator or Global administrator. An account with less privileges will only be able to perform a limited set of migrations. The Essentials tool requests certain user roles to start and successfully finish hyper migration or hyper backup jobs. These administrative accounts are required to connect to the tenant level, to each site collection, users OneDrive's, Office 365 groups, Microsoft Teams sites, etc. In order to connect to all of this you must be either a Global Administrator or a SharePoint Administrator. If you use an Exchange Administrator or Billing Administrator, or any other user role, the Migration will fail. This is because Essentials will not be able to access the target site collection in order to upload content and/or the azure job would be restricted by Office 365.
Azure Turbo and CSOM
By default, Essentials uses CSOM API to work with SharePoint Online when performing a migration. The Migration API uses Azure Storage as the "middle man" to stage content and process queues before it makes it to Office 365. As a result this is where Essentials will need to upload your content. In order to upload your content to Azure Storage, and use Azure Turbo Mode you will need to provide Essentials with your Azure Storage account name and the key associated to it.
NOTE:
Essentials for Office 365 53
Tool Overview

� Only Standard Storage Accounts are supported for this operation. � Minimum recommendations would be a quad core CPU, 8GB of available memory (Memory
Management 41 ), 20GB of local hard drive space and as fast an upload speed as possible. Limiting any of these components can decrease the performance drastically.
To Switch to Azure Migration API, select the option Azure Turbo, located in the Advanced Options section of the migration wizards.
You must then specify the storage location: � Microsoft Provided Storage - will store the Azure packages in a temporary container that Microsoft provides. An access Key to work with this container is valid for 3 day. This means that if in 4 days you would like to get logs of operation after an azure job is done, you will not be able to access them, as the key will have expired. To avoid this situation, use the Synchronous mode of Azure Migration, or use the Azure Logs Refresh Policy for Hyper Mode jobs. All content is encrypted by AES CBC 256 standard. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepointmigration/sharepoint-online-provided-azurecontainers-and-queues-for-spo-migration-api � User Provided Storage - will store the Azure packages in a location that you specify, instead of using one provided by Microsoft. This option requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. Azure Storage must support BLOB structure for storing. NOTE: Migration result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Differences in migration with CSOM and Azure � CSOM doesn't support migration of Shared with me data. It can only be migrated using Azure Turbo mode. � CSOM doesn't support version label migration; metadata and authorship will be preserved correctly, but version labeling is reset post migration.
Essentials for Office 365 54
Tool Overview

Your Azure Storage Account
If you are creating a new Azure Storage account, consider picking the geographical location closest to where your tenant physically resides. The closer the Azure Storage data center is located to your Office 365 tenant's data center, the faster the transfer will be between the two. To locate your Azure Storage Name and Access Key:
1. Login to your Azure Management Portal at https://manage.windowsazure.com 2. From the left navigator bar, select the option labeled Storage. 3. Select the Storage Account name from the available list that you wish to use for Azure Turbo
and then choose "Manage Access Keys" from the bottom menu. If there are no storage accounts available or you would like to create one, click the New button displayed below the left navigator bar. For more information about how to create or manage Azure Storage Accounts, please see the following link: http://azure.microsoft.com/enus/documentation/articles/storage-create-storage-account/ 4. From the Manage Access Keys window, you will want to copy the "Storage Account Name" and at least the "Primary Access Key" value to a text file for safe keeping. These two values will need to be provided to Essentials in order to successfully use the Azure Turbo Mode option.
5. After these values have been saved to a file, you may log out of your Azure Management Portal.
Steps to perform Azure Turbo Mode Migration
Follow these steps in order to perform Azure Turbo Mode Migration. 1. From within Essentials, initiate a migration as you typically would and continue through the Migration wizard until you reach the final page with the Advanced Options section. (For more information about various Migration wizard options see one of the Site Migration Wizard 169 section, and any of its dependent sections)
Essentials for Office 365 55
Tool Overview

NOTE: Please note that the user account provided requires Site Collection Administrator access to each destination SharePoint Online Site Collection. 2. Under the Advanced Options section of most migration wizards there is a option labeled "Enable Azure Turbo Mode". Select this option.
3. Next to the User Provided Storage Option, click the Select button. This will a window that will allow you to connect to your Azure account.
4. In the Azure window, enter your Storage Account name. For information on how to get the account key name see this section 55 . Click Connect.
5. In the next Connect to Azure window enter the Account Key for the Storage Account you entered in the previous step. For information on how to get the account key see this section 55 . Click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 56
Tool Overview

6. If both values are correct, you will return to the original dialog where the OK button will now be enabled, Click Ok. If either of the values entered was incorrect, you will receive an authentication failure message and you will have an opportunity to try again.
7. Once the Enable Azure Turbo Mode option is enabled and the correct values have been provided (if the option is enabled and no values are supplied, then Azure Turbo Mode will not be used for this migration), you may continue with the migration wizard.
8. For future migrations, you may decide to save the Azure Storage User Account key into Essentials by clicking the lock icon next to the Storage Account Name. While this step is optional, it may save some time in configuring future migrations. In order to do this you must know your Master Password - to manage the master password go to the Help tab, select Profile Manager, and then go the Password Manager section.
Essentials for Office 365 57
Tool Overview

Monitoring Azure Turbo Migration
To see more information about the queued jobs, their status, GUIDs, results, and more, simply select the destination SharePoint Online site from the Navigator tree, right click and select Open Azure Turbo Queue.
The Azure Turbo Queue perspective options in Essentials allows you to see a wealth of information related to each job that is in the queue. Here you can sort the jobs by each column, or you can simply use the "search by GUID" bar to easily navigate to a specific Azure Turbo job.
NOTE: If you do not see any jobs then either they have not been queued yet (it can take anywhere from 2 to 5+ minutes for the first job to be queued) or you need to refresh the list since it has not done so in real time.
As jobs complete (and their status reloads), the status will change from Queued to Processing to Completed.
NOTE: Job Status is not updated in real time, so you should select one or more jobs and choose the option "Reload Job List" or "Refresh Queue List" to view the current state.
Essentials for Office 365 58
Tool Overview

Once it reaches the Completed state, the content should now have been migrated to SharePoint Online. For additional log details, select this or any completed job and choose the option View Job Log. This will open the log file that the Migration API generated,, which includes a very detailed report pertaining to this operation.
Supported Specification for Essentials Azure Turbo Mode
Essentials' Azure Turbo Mode utilizes Microsoft API, as Microsoft updates the API for both optimization as well as additional support, so too will Essentials be updated. Currently supported and required:
� Azure Storage Account o An Azure Storage Account of your own is required. If you already have a subscription then you can utilize it, however if you do not this may require an additional license that would be purchased from Microsoft. Some Office 365 plans include Azure Storage, so check with your Plan or IT manager first.
� Content Only (but the rest still migrates too) o The SharePoint Online Migration API at this time is designed to handle content and content related attributes (metadata and item permissions) only. Site creation, permissions, views, workflows, content types and countless other objects that makeup SharePoint will still be
Essentials for Office 365 59
Tool Overview

created using a number of other available APIs outside of this new functionality. This means you should not expect to see an increase in performance around these other objects, but they will still be migrated the same as they were before or without the Azure Turbo Mode option. � Queue Times and Processing o We don't control the process, order or operation of the Azure queue. Once Essentials submits the job to the queue, it has been completely handed over to the Microsoft function and we no longer have any ability to predict the order or processing times of any job. In fact, once the Essentials log appears letting you know they have been queued, you can shut down our application and the queue will still process in Azure. This means the job may immediately be picked up and processed or it may sit and wait for its turn before beginning (could be minutes or hours). � File Size Limitation o At present the SharePoint Online Migration API only supports files up to 2GB in size.
Azure Turbo Mode Encryption Option
By default, the content, manifest and log files associated to all Azure Turbo packages are stored in an unencrypted format within your Azure storage containers. The upload and transmission of this data is performed over a secure connection, however the data at rest is not encrypted. There may be situations, regulations, or any number of reasons why you would like to increase the security around your Azure content by adding another layer of protection. For this purpose we now offer the ability to add encryption to your Azure Turbo upload - the encryption will apply to all content within your Azure containers including the content, all manifest files, and any logs that are generated. In order to enable Azure Turbo Mode Encryption do the following:
1. Please be sure that no operations are currently in progress as the software will require a restart to complete.
2. Navigate to the Help tab, and select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 60
Tool Overview

3. Select Global Variables from the left hand tab of the Profile Manager window.
4. Scroll down to the Advanced Options section located at the bottom. Click the check box located to the right of the "Encryption Azure" field, then click Apply. NOTE: If you do not see this Encryption option in the list, please refer to the Alternate Framework 785section before you continue.
5. Close the Profile Manager Window. Restart the Essentials Application. After the software is restarted, you may proceed with your Azure Turbo based migration.
If you would like to verify the encryption, after any encrypted Azure Turbo migration has completed, connect to your Azure storage using your software of choice (i.e. Azure Explorer) and attempt to open any of your encrypted objects.
Essentials for Office 365 61
Tool Overview

Synchronous and Asynchronous mode
Users can select whether Azure Turbo Process is performed in Synchronous or Asynchronous mode. To change this setting to one or the other, do the following: 1. Within Essentials, go to the Help tab, and select Profile Manager.
2. In the profile manager, navigate to Global Variables, and use the drop down beside the Azure Turbo Process option to select Synchronous or Asynchronous.
When in Asynchronous mode, the job is reported as finished when all packages created from the source are uploaded to Azure, and added to the import queue. The job completion is not an indication that all content is copied to the target library. The log viewer in Asynchronous mode will display the status of items during the package creation and upload to Azure Pipeline. This option is recommended when a speedier migration is important. To view the actual status of the item when the azure batches are processed there is an option of `refresh logs' from the azure turbo window to check statuses at the end of the work day, therefore allowing you to manually refresh azure logs and synchronize them with essential's post-migration logs, or use Azure Logs Refresh Policy for Hyper Mode jobs. When in Synchronous mode, the job is reported as finished when all packages created from the source are uploaded to Azure, and all azure batch processing statuses are returned as complete. However, the job progress will take longer in this mode, but when it has finished it is an indication
Essentials for Office 365 62
Tool Overview

that all content is copied to the target library. The log viewer in Synchronous mode will display the status of items during package creation and the migrated content on the target.
NOTE: The next job created in a Hyper migration will start once the previous job operation along with logs update is complete. Therefore it is considered a slower process vs Asynchronous mode and recommended as the option when there is a need to monitor individual migrations before starting a new one.
Creating User Mapping
Very often migration scenarios require migrating between different domains. In various scenarios users may not be found and will require a user mapping file.
Scenario 1 When performing a migration between resources located in one domain - the user and group accounts are the same, which means you do not need a user mapping file.
Scenario 2 When performing a migration between resources with different domains but the same user accounts (for example source jjohnson@contoso-source.com and target is jjohnson@contoso-target.com), you do not need a user mapping file. This is because Essentials will use automated mapping where users are verified on the target via their user account name (jjohnson).
However, you would require a mapping file for domain groups, as they use two different syntax forms (for example c:0t.c|tenant|ff6207ef-2987-45ee-bd8f-8011b22bd755), even if the names are the same, the guids are different. As a result, you will be required to create a file where groups will be mapped directly using wildcard mapping (*@contoso-source.com, *@contoso-target.com).
Scenario 3 When performing a migration between resources with different domains and different user accounts (for example your source is jjohnson@contoso-source.com and target is john.johnson@contosotarget.com) you will require a user mapping file for users and groups. NOTE: if you have a few users with the same user name, you can still use the wildcard mapping format (*@contoso-source.com, *@contoso-target.com)
Mapping for copy from File Share
This option allows administrators to create a mapping report, matching the source file share with Target Office 365 users. This operation has the following requirements for use:
Essentials for Office 365 63
Tool Overview

� The account used to perform the report needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To create a mapping report, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Mapping Report.
The Mapping Report wizard opens. 2. In the wizard, select the File Share tab.
3. Enter your Domain Controller, domain\login, and password for your file share location. Click Connect.
4. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the Target Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
5. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report.
6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. 7. The report generated will folllow the following rule:
userloginname@*.*, userloginname@*.*
8. In order to use the mapping report generated within Essentials, open it in excel, delete the source and target workbook sheets, and the first line with the headers from the user mapping report worksheet. Go to File > Save As> Select file type as CSV UTF-8.
9. You can now use the .csv file in the Copy Tenant wizards, and the Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business wizard, by selecting Load from CSV on the wizard's first page.
Essentials for Office 365 64
Tool Overview

Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as User Mapping Report.
Mapping for copy from Google Drive
The following is a list of steps required to create a Google Drive User Mapping file. 1. To get a list of your source users (Google Drive), open your browser, and log into your Google
Drive account with an admin account. 2. Select the Google Apps button, and then Navigate to the Admin option.
3. Select the Users option on the Admin page.
4. Select the "Download Users" option.
Essentials for Office 365 65
Tool Overview

5. Select CSV as the download format. This will create an Excel/CSV file with your Google Drive user information.
6. In the created CSV, the column titled "Email Address" has a list of all of your Google Drive user accounts.
7. To get a list of your target users, you will be exporting your Office 365 users to a CSV. In your web browser, go to Office 365 online portal and login to your Admin account.
Essentials for Office 365 66
Tool Overview

8. Select the Admin option from the available apps.
9. On the left hand tab, expand the "User" section and select Active Users.
10.Select the Export Users option. This will create a CSV/Excel file containing your Office 365 active users.
11. The "UserPrincipalName" section of this CSV file will be your target users accounts.
12.You are now ready to manually create your user mapping file, using the user names collected from the 2 CSVs from above. The format will be SourceUser,TargetUser
Essentials for Office 365 67
Tool Overview

NOTE: Groups does not have an export option, you will be required to search groups manually and map them manually.
Mapping for copy from Box
The following is a list of steps required to create a Box User Mapping file. 1. To get a list of your source users (Box), open your browser, and log into your Box account with an
admin account. 2. Navigate to the Adming Console option in the left hand tab.
Essentials for Office 365 68
Tool Overview

3. Select Users and Groups option in the left hand admin console tab.
4. Use the Export Users option to create a CSV of your Box users. 5. The report will be available in the All Files > Box Reports folder.
Essentials for Office 365 69
Tool Overview

6. Open the CSV file, the "Email" column in this file will contain your source user accounts.
7. To get a list of your target users, you will be exporting your Office 365 users to a CSV. In your web browser, go to Office 365 online portal and login to your Admin account.
8. Select the Admin option from the available apps.
Essentials for Office 365 70
Tool Overview

9. On the left hand tab, expand the "User" section and select Active Users.
10.Select the Export Users option. This will create a CSV/Excel file containing your Office 365 active users.
11. The "UserPrincipalName" section of this CSV file will be your target users accounts.
12.You are now ready to manually create your user mapping file, using the user names collected from the 2 CSVs from above. The format will be
Essentials for Office 365 71
Tool Overview

SourceUser,TargetUser
NOTE: Groups does not have an export option, you will be required to search groups manually and map them manually.
Mapping for copy from DropBox
The following is a list of steps required to create a DropBox User Mapping file. 1. To get a list of your source users (DropBox), open your browser, and log into your DropBox
account with an admin account. 2. Navigate to the Adming Console option in the left hand tab.
Essentials for Office 365 72
Tool Overview

3. Select Members from the left hand tab of the Admin Console page.
4. Select Export Member Data from the right hand menu.
5. Navigate to the Dropbox Business Reports location from the DropBox Home, and locate the CSV file that you
created in the previous step.
6. In this CSV file, the column titled "Email" contains the User Accounts
7. To get a list of your target users, you will be exporting your Office 365 users to a CSV. In your web browser, go to Office 365 online portal and login to your Admin account.
Essentials for Office 365 73
Tool Overview

8. Select the Admin option from the available apps.
9. On the left hand tab, expand the "User" section and select Active Users.
10.Select the Export Users option. This will create a CSV/Excel file containing your Office 365 active users.
11. The "UserPrincipalName" section of this CSV file will be your target users accounts.
12.You are now ready to manually create your user mapping file, using the user names collected from the 2 CSVs from above. The format will be
Essentials for Office 365 74
Tool Overview

SourceUser,TargetUser
NOTE: Groups does not have an export option, you will be required to search groups manually and map them manually.
Mapping for copy between Tenants
This option allows administrators to create a mapping report, matching the source Office 365 users with Target Office 365 users. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the report needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To create a user mapping report, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Mapping Report.
The Mapping Report wizard opens. 2. In the wizard, select the Office 365 tab.
3. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the source Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
Essentials for Office 365 75
Tool Overview

4. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the Target Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
5. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report. 6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. 7. The report generated will folllow the following rule:
userloginname@*.*, userloginname@*.*
8. In order to use the mapping report generated within Essentials, open it in excel, delete the source and target workbook sheets, and the first line with the headers from the user mapping report worksheet. Go to File > Save As> Select file type as CSV UTF-8
9. You can now use the .csv file in the Copy Tenant wizards, and the Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business wizard, by selecting Load from CSV on the wizard's first page.
Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as User Mapping Report.
Essentials for Office 365 76
Tool Overview

Mapping for copy from OnPrem SharePoint
The following is a list of steps required to create an OnPrem SharePoint User Mapping file. 1. To get a list of your source users (OnPrem SharePoint), open Essentials and select a Site Collection
in the Navigator section. Right Click and select Reports, and then Site Users Report.
2. Select a location for the Site User Report, and select save.
3. To get a list of your target users, you will be exporting your Office 365 users to a CSV. In your web browser, go to Office 365 online portal and login to your Admin account.
4. Select the Admin option from the available apps.
Essentials for Office 365 77
Tool Overview

5. On the left hand tab, expand the "User" section and select Active Users.
6. Select the Export Users option. This will create a CSV/Excel file containing your Office 365 active users.
7. The "UserPrincipalName" section of this CSV file will be your target users accounts.
8. You are now ready to manually create your user mapping file, using the user names collected from the 2 CSVs from above. The format will be SourceUser,TargetUser
Essentials for Office 365 78
Tool Overview

Email Notifications
This section of the Profile Manager contains all the options for managing the Email Notifications settings. In order to access the Email Notifications section, do the following:
1. From the Help tab, select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select the Email Notifications tab from the left hand menu.
For an overview of the function, select the button beside the respective variable.
Email Server Configuration
This section provides the necessary parameters for Essentials to connect to and send emails using your server. Email notifications work with both Exchange on-premise as well as Exchange Online (Office 365).
Essentials for Office 365 79
Tool Overview

Exchange Online (Office 365) To use your Exchange Online in Office 365:
1. Enable the option "Use office online server"
2. Enter the login credentials of a valid Office 365 user (Exchange Online license in Office 365 is required)
3. If a proxy is required, enable the Use Proxy 48 option and then input your configuration.
Exchange On-premises If you are unsure of your Exchange parameters, please contact your Administrator. To use your Exchange on-premises:
1. Ensure that the "Use Office Online Server" option is disabled. Do so by deselecting the checkbox if it has been selected.
2. Enter the Host Name of your Exchange server 3. Select the Protocol to be used (DEFAULT, SSL or TLS)
4. Enter the Port Number (default is 25)
Essentials for Office 365 80
Tool Overview

5. If a proxy is required, enable the Use Proxy 48 option and then input your configuration.
Email Subject and Message Configuration
This section allows you to customize the message that is sent as well as the default recipients. The configuration allows for plain text, HTML tags and "placeholders" to be used in the delivered emails.

The Subject will be the subject field of the delivered email notification.
The Body will be the main message in the body of the delivered email notification.
The Default Recipients will be the list of recipients that will be displayed in the various forms throughout Essentials.
You can also specify if an email is sent after a backup or after a restore by checking the respective options.

Available Placeholders Below is a list of placeholders that will be substituted by the application during the delivery of each email notification.

Placeholder {project:name}
{Azure/CSOM}

Description will be replaced by the Project Name as defined in the Essentials Navigator will indicate whether the migration/restore was done via CSOM CSOM or Azure Turbo - Azure Turbo.

{State}

will indicate the project state - Success, Paused, or Failed.

Essentials for Office 365
81 Tool Overview

{hostname}
{summary}
{operation} {time} {login}
{attachment:log} {attachment:log:zip} {attachment:log:path}
{attachment:report} {attachment:report:zip} {attachment:report:path}

will indicate the computer host name
table of results
will be replaced by the operation name, for example "Backup". will be replaced by the current time. will be replaced with the login or email of the user logged in that performed the operation. will attach the Essentials operation log file in .xml format. will attach the Essentials operation log file in a zip archive. will be replaced by the path to the log file in the Essentials workspace. will attach the Essentials output report file in its native format. will attach the Essentials output report in a zip archive. will be replaced by the path to the report in its saved location.

For the Default Recipients, you may also include these entries and placeholders:

user1@email.com,user2@email.com,user3 Direct email input allows the notifications to be sent to

@email.com

these specified users. For two or more, separate each

email address with a comma (,).

Admins

This will send an email notification to all the list Site Collection Administrators of this location. If an email address is not specified in the user's profile, then it will not be sent.

Owner

This will send an email notification to the Site Owner. If an email address is not specified in the user's profile, then it will not be sent.

Current

This will send an email notification to the user who is initiating this operation. If an email address is not specified in the user's profile, then it will not be sent.

Example of summary table:

Essentials for Office 365
82 Tool Overview

Job Set State
Success - Job Set is successful if all "user to user" jobs are finished with a state of "success" (no failed items or folders ) - email notification has all "user to user" records Paused - Main Job is paused if one of the "user to user" jobs was canceled/paused/objects are in progress or not started - email notification has all "user to user" records. For example first is a state of success, second is paused, third is not started. Failed - Main Job is in a state of failed if at least one of the "user to user" jobs is finished with a failed state - email notification has all "user to user" records. Not Started - Main Job is in a state of not started if there was no activity for any "user to user" jobs email notification will not be sent.
Email Sending Rules
This section allows you to manage email sending rules. The option available is disabled by default, enabling it will set Essentials to only deliver email notifications in the event that an error occurs during the job set processing. Having this option disabled will allow you to receive all notifications, regardless of the job status.
Support and Troubleshooting
This section provides you with an overview of your troubleshooting options.
Essentials for Office 365 83
Tool Overview

Creating a Support Ticket
Occasionally a situation occurs where the product is functioning improperly or you have a recommendation for a new feature or optimization. User environments come in all shapes and sizes, and it is nearly impossible for us to test every possible scenario. Thus we rely on our customers to submit this type of feedback to us. In some cases we can quickly provide instructions or workarounds. For others we follow an agile development model where product updates are released on a weekly basis with fixes and enhancements. To submit a support case do the following:
1. Inside of Essentials, navigate to the Help tab and select the Support button.
2. You will be redirected to our online support portal. On this webpage, select the "Contact Support" option.
3. From this window you can access our knowledge base, technical documentation, and more. 4. In order to submit a support request to our Support Request System, you will be required to
log in. Once you have logged in, you can see a list of your technical support requests. Select "View All Technical Support Requests"
Essentials for Office 365 84
Tool Overview

5. On the My Service Requests page, select the "Submit a Service Request" option from the left hand pane.
6. On the request form, select Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 as the product, and then select the version of the product and notification/alert that pertains to your issue. Click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 85
Tool Overview

7. Fill out the form, being sure to attach the appropriate Collateral 86 to help support diagnose and solve the problem. Once you have completed the form, select Submit Request.
8. You should receive a confirmation email from the support system, followed by an actual response from one of our support engineers in your preferred contact method.
Collateral to Send to Support
Good collateral is essential in pinpointing issues and providing resolutions or workarounds. Here are some example of information provided to us by customers: Screenshots - it is almost always easier to diagnose issues and collect information using pictures. Please try to send several screenshots with relevant data along with other logs. System Log Files and Post migration XML Logs Post migration XML Logs - are generated with most operations and are displayed in the Log Viewer. All (or specific) items in the log can be selected and saved on your computer for later use. System logs are generated behind the scenes and contain internal information that is intended for our engineering team. Besides standard system logging, there is also Debug Mode 87 logging which collects significantly more information. To save all these logs at one time got to the Help tab within
Essentials for Office 365 86
Tool Overview

Essentials, select Log Manager, and then select Save logs.
NOTE: When sending logs to us, these logs may contain sensitive information like URLs, file names, user accounts and connection passwords (encrypted by default). If necessary, review all logs before sending them with your support ticket.
Debug Mode
Selecting Debug Mode from the help tab will set Metalogix Essentials to work in debug mode. This mode will set the product to perform extended logging, collecting more details of processes within the application logs in an effort to detect potential issues.
NOTE: � Do not enable Debug Mode without consulting with the Support team. � Do not execute lengthy operations like copying sites under Debug Mode. This will collect a
large amount of information that will not be useful. Instead try to narrow down the scope to a few items and perform the operation for these under Debug Mode. � Remember to disable Debug Mode after the necessary information has been collected
Essentials for Office 365 87
Tool Overview

Log Manager
Selecting Log Manager from the help tab provides a drop down list of functions you can perform with regards to logs.
� Save Logs - selecting this option will allow you to save your logs to a specified location on your machine, allowing you to access them at a later date, in the state that they are currently in.
� Save Environment - selecting this option will allow you to save your environment to a specified location on your machine, allowing you to access it at a later date, in the same state as it currently is in.
� Clean Environment - selecting this option will clean out your current logs in your Essentials environment.
� Show Workspace - selecting this option will open the file manager, displaying where all the components of your connections have been saved on your machine.
Activation
After purchasing Metalogix Essentials, you will receive an email with the link to the product download and the activation code to activate the product.
1. Once installation has been completed, upon starting the Essentials application for the first time, you will be presented with a Registration Screen. Enter your activation code in the allotted space, and select to Activate Manually.
Essentials for Office 365 88
Tool Overview

2. You will be presented with a window that details the instructions on how to obtain your license manually in the case that the machine on which Essentials has been installed does not have access to the internet.
3. As is displayed in the above screen shot, upon clicking Ok, your internet browser will be opened, if you do not have access to the internet, then simply copy the URL in the address bar and paste it into the browser of a machine with an active internet connection. This will give you access to your license data.
4. Select all the license data and copy it, then click Close.
Essentials for Office 365 89
Tool Overview

5. Once you have copied the license data, and closed the license data window, you will be redirected to the Offline Activation page. Paste the license data into the area marked Activation Text. Click Activate.
6. If activation was successful you will be redirected to the successful activation page. Here you must either copy the Activation Text.
7. Return to the Essentials Registration Screen. An Enter License Data window will have opened, paste the activation text here, and select Apply.
Essentials for Office 365 90
Tool Overview

8. The license should appear in the License box and the Activation Status bar should turn green and display "License is Valid". Your license has been activated, you may now click Close and use the Essentials console.
Essentials for Office 365 91
Tool Overview

Activate Manually
After purchasing Metalogix Essentials, you will receive an email with the link to the product download and the activation code to activate the product.
1. Once installation has been completed, upon starting the Essentials application for the first time, you will be presented with a Registration Screen. Enter your activation code in the allotted space, and select to Activate Manually.
2. You will be presented with a window that details the instructions on how to obtain your license manually in the case that the machine on which Essentials has been installed does not have access to the internet.
3. As is displayed in the above screen shot, upon clicking Ok, your internet browser will be opened, if you do not have access to the internet, then simply copy the URL in the address bar and paste it into the browser of a machine with an active internet connection. This will give you access to your license data.
4. Select all the license data and copy it, then click Close.
Essentials for Office 365 92
Tool Overview

5. Once you have copied the license data, and closed the license data window, you will be redirected to the Offline Activation page. Paste the license data into the area marked Activation Text. Click Activate.
6. If activation was successful you will be redirected to the successful activation page. Here you must either copy the Activation Text.
7. Return to the Essentials Registration Screen. An Enter License Data window will have opened, paste the activation text here, and select Apply.
Essentials for Office 365 93
Tool Overview

8. The license should appear in the License box and the Activation Status bar should turn green and display "License is Valid". Your license has been activated, you may now click Close and use the Essentials console.
Essentials for Office 365 94
Tool Overview

Modes of Migration
Classic Mode
Overview
Classic mode or Copy and Paste mode can be used when you are in need of performing a small migartion - such as a few files, items, or single permissions, etc. These migrations do not have mass migration dialogues and users must connect to the source and target locations, creating a project in the Navigator. Any project in the Navigator can be the source or target. Furthermore, clients can create various reports, and can tag or delete content /objects.
NOTE: Classic Mode doesn't use the Oauth protocol and bearer tokens. Classic Mode uses SharePoint Web services which work on basic auth cookies and can cause a lot of throttling.
Supported Systems
SharePoint 2010 SharePoint 2013 SharePoint 2016 SharePoint 2019 File System Box (as source) Dropbox (as source) Google Drive (as source)
Classic User Logs and Log Viewer
Classic Migration and Backup uses one global system log file location \.metadata and named .log. The files have a limited size of 1mb and after this limit is reached a new .log file is created and the old .log is renamed to .bak_0.log. Up to 10 of these log files are saved; after the 10th file is created, the
Essentials for Office 365 95
Tool Overview

first starts to overwrite itself.
System logs also contain general information about the Essentials tool, such as the tool version, memory settings, framework version etc.
Migration and Backup .xml logs are stored in \.metadata\appLog
Essentials for Office 365 96
Tool Overview

These Migration and Backup logs can be opened right after a job complete, or any time from within the tool using the Logs option from ribbon. Selecting the History option within the Log Viewer will provide you with a list of jobs for the last 5 days (you can change this filter in the history window to show more or less history).
Essentials for Office 365 97
Tool Overview

Click on any logs and you will be able to see the Job results.
Selecting an individual component of the job will show you details about that component.
Reprocess Failed Items
Classic mode of migration doesn't have all the advantages of Hyper mode - failed jobs cannot be restarted. However, you can still perform a new copy of the failed item as an attempt at reprocessing the item. If you perform a copy file, list, or site migration, and content fails, it may be a result of throttling, lost internet connection, or a power down. When items fail, the Reprocess Failed Items button inside the
Essentials for Office 365 98
Tool Overview

Log Viewer will became active.
Clicking this button will save a file with a list of the files/items that were not migrated migrated. You can choose to Open the file upon clicking. The CSV file that is created will contain information about the migration.
Essentials for Office 365 99
Tool Overview

To recopy failed files go to target site or library from within the Navigator in Essentials. Right click and select "Use CSV to..." and select Upload/Copy Content .
Use the CSV created above in the Upload or Copy Content using CSV wizard to populate a list of items, and select which items you would like to be recopied. Click Finish.
Essentials for Office 365 100
Tool Overview

Hyper Mode
The Essentials' Hyper platform allows user to perform fast mass migration from Non-SharePoint Locations to Office 365 Locations and between Office 365 Locations with flexible thread setting, resuming of migration processes, new post-migration log views and an overall better performance. This Hyper platform is based on the concept of less load/connection source and target locations, compared to the Classic Mass Migration and multi-threading models. Furthermore, hyper platform allows for database implementation, giving users the option to reprocess failed, canceled, or crashed migrations.
NOTE: Only one hyper migration/backup job can run at a time.
Overview
Global and SharePoint Administrators
A Global or SharePoint Administrator account must be used in order to perform full migrations. An account with less privileges will only be able to perform a limited set of migrations. Essential tool requests certain user roles to starts and successfully finish hyper migration or hyper backup jobs. These administrative accounts are required to connect to the tenant level, to each site collection, users OneDrive's, Office 365 groups, Microsoft Teams sites, etc. In order to connect to all of this you must be either a Global Administrator or a SharePoint Administrator. If you use an Exchange Administrator or Billing Administrator, or any other user role, the Migration will fail. This is because Essentials will not be able to access the target site collection in order to upload content and/or the azure job would be restricted by Office 365.
Hyper Migration Job Structure
The Hyper Migration Tab is where all hyper migration jobs are saved and displayed. NOTE: � Hyper Migration is currently only available for Migrations where the source is Dropbox, FileShare, Box, OneDrive, or Google Drives. � Truncating Long Paths in Hyper Migration works only for folders, file names are not changed. There are no overflow folders, no changes to folder structure, and no MD5 checked sum algorithms - the folder names are simply cut down to 400 characters.
Essentials for Office 365 101
Tool Overview

Column Title Icon
Hyper Migration Type Started Source User Target User Summary Record
Duration

Description
Indicates whether the migration was successful. A green check-mark indicates a successful migration. A Pause icon indicates that the migration was either paused or some of the items failed to migrate.
Indicates the type of migration that was used.
Indicates when the migration was started for each user.
Indicates the source user or path.
Indicates the target user or path.
Is a summary of the content that was migrated this includes the successful, warning, and failed states for migrated content, as well as size and duration information.
Indicates the time spent on the migration. If it is an Azure Turbo Synchronized migration, then a double record will appear - indicating the time spent on creating the Azure Turbo job and the uploading of the content to Azure, as well as the time spent for Azure Turbo to finish and refresh its logs.

In order for Essentials Drives to provide optimal performance on your hyper migrations, it is recommended that users set the configuration settings based on their work machine's hardware and Ethernet connection. These settings can be accessed in the Essentials.ini file, where the Essentials tool is installed (C:\Program Files\Quest\Essentials\Essentials.ini).
Essentials for Office 365 102
Tool Overview

The following are the settings available for configuration: � -DeMigrationPoolSize: This is the number of parallel threads that the tool will run to read from the source and then upload to the target. Note that this value is used for both 'Read from source' and 'Write to target' operations while in CSOM mode, while only for Read operations when in Azure Turbo mode. It is critical that resources are allocated appropriate (CPU, RAM and Internet speed) to match an increase of thread count since the content size increases rapidly as each thread load is multiplied by the Chunk Size settings. � -DeMigrationChunkSize: This number dictates how many packages are to be copied from the source and then uploaded to the target in one thread. Note that this value is used for both 'Read from source' and 'Write to target' operations while in CSOM mode, while only for Read operations when in Azure Turbo mode. � -DazurePacketMaxCapacity: This value is used for 'Write to target' operations while in Azure Turbo mode. This number dictates how many objects are to be created in Azure Storage within one package. Ensure that the number of packages are limited to have less than 1000 objects and have less than 100MB within each package. This will result in a faster upload speed to Azure. � -DazureBatchingUploadThreads: This value is used for 'Write to target' operations while in Azure Turbo mode. This number dictates how many parallel threads are to be uploaded to Azure Storage. Again, this value will change depending on CPU, RAM and Internet speed.
It is also recommended that you reserve more RAM for the Essentials tool, particularly for hyper migration purposes, setting the RAM at 8GB-16GB. See the Memory Management 41 section for an overview of how to manage the memory used by Essentials.
Hyper Backup Projects Structure
The Hyper Backup functionality provides users with additional backup functionality, such as a new way of storing content, pausing and resuming hyper backup jobs, a faster user interface and better performance.
Hyper Backup Tab Hyper Backup Tab is where all hyper backups jobs are saved and displayed.
Essentials for Office 365 103
Tool Overview

Column Title Icon
Hyper Backup Type Started Source User Target User Summary Record
Duration

Description
Indicates whether the migration was successful. A green check-mark indicates a successful migration. A white pause icon indicates that the migration was paused or not finished because of windows crash A red pause icon indicated that backup job is finished but some of the items failed to backup .
Indicates the type of backup that was used.
Indicates when the migration was started for each user.
Indicates the source user, SPO path or Backup snapshot
Indicates the source user, SPO path or Backup snapshot
Is a summary of the content that was migrated this includes the successful, warning, and failed states for migrated content, as well as size and duration information
Indicates the time spent on the backup or restore

NOTE:
� Hyper Backup doesn't support Discussion Board List, MicroFeed List, Issue Tracking List, Survey List, External List, Data Connection Library, Report Library.
� Deleting content from the source when creating new backup projects is not supported. � Clearing a snapshot when Resuming a job is not supported. � Hyper Backup is supported only for SharePoint Online Sites and OneDrives
Essentials for Office 365 104
Tool Overview

NOTE: Hyper Backup Jobs for versions of Essentials older than 2.3 can not be "resumed", they should be cleared and new backup jobs should be started.
Supported Systems
Hyper Migration supports the following sources and targets Supported Sources: Office 365 (Office 365 group Sites, Microsoft Teams Sites, SharePoint Online, One Drive) Google Drive, Box, Dropbox, File Shares. Supported Targets: Office 365 (Office 365 group Sites, Microsoft Teams Sites, SharePoint Online, One Drive)
Hyper Backup supports the following types of backups: SharePoint Online and One Drive
OAuth Framework Authentication
In order to use OAuth Framework Authentication, you must have Metalogix Essentials installed on the tenant where you plan to use OAuth. Please note: OAuth Framework Authentication only works in Hyper Mode for Hyper Migration and Hyper Backup. See this link for a video on how to perform the following steps: https://www.quest.com/community/blogs/b/microsoft-platform-management/posts/using-oauthauthentication-with-essentials-for-office-365-and-content-matrix To enable OAuth, do the folllowing: 1. In Essentials, select that Help tab, and then click Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 105
Tool Overview

2. Select Hyper Migration/Backup from within the Profile Manager and scroll down to the "Oauth Options" section.
3. Enable Oauth by selecting the box beside Use Oauth. 4. Open any hyper migration wizard. When connecting to a source or target that does not have
OAuth authenticated, you will be asked if you would like to authenticate the app. Select OK. This will open a web browser window, allowing you to perform the steps to connect authenticate.
Essentials for Office 365 106
Tool Overview

5. Select the account you wish to use.
Essentials for Office 365 107
Tool Overview

6. Give the app permissions.
Essentials for Office 365 108
Tool Overview

7. Once you have completed the above steps, the App is added and you will not need to repeat this process every time you use OAuth.
NOTE: that the application must be added to all tenants if you want to use OAuth (source and target tenant). Users will be able to see if Oauth is being used: � It will be indicated on the connection wizard
� It will be indicated on the Hmigration/HBackup tabs and Logs
OAuth and Claims
By Default, the Essentials tool uses Classic Office365 Authentication. After your credentials have been provided (claims or direct), Essentials uses the generated cookies in various requests. This method of work is similar to the one used when logging into a browser with credentials - it works well for small activities but does not work well when performing bulk operations, as Office365 is throttled a lot in this scenario.
Essentials for Office 365 109
Tool Overview

OAuth authentication uses bear tokens when working with SharePoint. This token is generated by the App, which was added to the tenant. This form of performing allows Essentials to avoid throttling during bulk migrations. Work with OAuth and Claims Once you have performed the steps in the previous topic 105, to set up OAuth, continue with the following steps to set up OAuth with Claims: 1. Navigate to the Drives tab and open a migration wizard (in this example we use the OneDrive to
OneDrive migration wizard).
2. In the wizard, provide a URL for the source and click Connect. Within the Connect to SharePoint window enter your credentials and click Connect.
3. Provide a URL for the target, and click Connect 4. Within the Connect to SharePoint window, click Claims.
Essentials for Office 365 110
Tool Overview

5. In the window that opens, login to the tenant.
6. Consent to the permissions and click Accept.
Essentials for Office 365 111
Tool Overview

7. A dialogue box for the connection to the required services is opened. Login with your user information, click Connect.
8. Complete your work within the Copy Tenant wizard and begin your migration. NOTE: � If you have already installed the Essentials application in the tenant, you will still get two connection dialogues. This will simply give the tool the ability to check all the settings. � If you do not use OAuth but use Claims, you will still be asked to log in twice, because the tool uses various services and we require authentication for these services.
OAuth Limits
NOTE: � OAuth is only supported for Hyper Migration and Hyper Backup. � OAuth doesn't work with SSO or Multifactor Authentication. � "resume" will automatically use the original mechanism of authentication when resuming a
job.
Essentials for Office 365 112
Tool Overview

Resume Jobs
Resume Migration Job
Within the Hyper Migration tab, users can resume copy jobs. This will resume the copy job, finishing the migration of items that were not migrated, and skipping those that were. To resume copy jobs do the following:
1. There are two ways to begin resuming a copy job: � right click on the hyper migration you wish to Resume, select Resume Copy Job from the right click menu.
� Select the Pause icon from the top right hand toolbar of the Hyper Migration tab. 2. Selecting Resume Copy Job will cause the Resume Hyper Migration window to appear, click
Resume to confirm that you would like to Resume the Copy job.
NOTE: Hyper Migration Jobs for versions of Essentials older than 2.3 can not be "resumed", they should be cleared and new migration jobs should be started.
Resume Backup Job
If a backup operation does not finish in its entirety, then it is considered incomplete and will be marked in red as a failed job, or in white as a paused job. If a backup is in this incomplete state, there are two options available. First, you can select this backup project, right click and choose Resume, or click on the Resume button on the Hyper Backup tab toolbar. This will continue the backup process from the beginning of the mailbox or OneDrive for Business site that the previous attempt stopped on. When the resume operation is complete, the resulting snapshot will include all the objects as defined in the project
Essentials for Office 365 113
Tool Overview

configuration.
Second, you can choose not to run the Resume function for the current backup, leaving it to run as usual on the next update. This will mean that content from the previous incomplete backup will be missed and cannot be resumed at a later time.
Auto Resume
Auto Resume allows users to set automatic resume sessions in order to bypass issues caused by Office 365 throttling. This functionality works by analyzing a hyper backup or hyper migration at the medium stage, looking for errors that occurred during migration. Once a "is not responding" error is found, the next auto resume round is started, and only objects with the "is not responding" status are re-migrated. The number of Auto Resume attempts can be specified in in the Profile Manager. 1. In the Essentials, select the Help tab, and then Profile Manager.
2. In Profile Manager, select Hyper Migration/Backup from the left hand tab.
Essentials for Office 365 114
Tool Overview

3. On the right hand half of the Profile Manager window, find the "Number of Rounds" setting. This setting is set to 1 by default, which means that only one migration round will be launched and the auto-resume function is not enabled. Changing this number, to 5 for example, will cause the tool to run the first migration round, and then it will run auto resume attempts until the connection problem is solved, or up to 4 more times (for a total of 5 rounds). (This means if the connection problem is resolved by the second attempt, then auto resume will stop and have no need to run 2 more times)
NOTE: Auto Resume will only retry for throttling issues and will skip issues connected with permissions, authentication, lost internet connections, and non-supported objects, etc. NOTE: You can use Admin Pool in combination with Auto-Resume or use only one of the functions to solve the problem with connections to Office 365.
Admin Pool
The Admin Pool functionality uses a set of global administrators for hyper migration and hyper backup operations in order to provide a solution for Office 365 throttling issues. This functionality allows you to provide a list of admins from within wizards, instructing Essentials to use these global admin accounts when running the hyper migration or hyper backup. The more admin accounts you provide, the more users used to send requests to Office 365, thereby reducing the pressure on the target service. In order to add more administrators you must use the +Admin button from within the Hyper Migration or Hyper Backup wizards. This button appears in place of the Connect button, after the first global administrator has been approved. You will see a list of users from within the wizard once the admin user has been authenticated.
Essentials for Office 365 115
Tool Overview

NOTE: Admin pool is not supported for connection by Claims. Tracking You can track the admin pool in detail from within the migration logs. First, you will see the list of provided global administrators. Next, in each request, you can see the ID for each administrator used in the current request.
NOTE: Site Collection Administrators are required to perform a hyper migration to SharePoint site (Box to SharePoint or File Share to SharePoint options) or a hyper backup of SharePoint only site.
The admin pool feature can be used in migration via the user interface, or via script. You can generate a script or create a scheduled task Script: essentials -cmd fileSharesToOneDrive -trgtsite https:// questadmin.sharepoint.com -trgtuser admin1@quest.com -trgtepass WW4P5qweqMFmMSHasdasdvRnQP0C6EmQ == -trgtuser_1 admin2@quest.com trgtepass_1 WW4P5MFmMSHasdasdvRnQP0C6EmQ== -usermapping 'D: \fileshare-onedrive.csv' -overwritebehavior dont_copy - log 'output.xml' -noSplash
Best Practices
The Technical Documentation portal provides various support documents, including the Performance Optimization Guide, which provides an overview for users on understanding the architecture of Essentials, and the best practices for optimizing Essentials' performance.
Tabs and User Interface
Post Migration Logs
Once a Migration is completed, users have the option to View Logs, which provide an overview, for all users, of the content that was part of the migration, and whether it did or did not migrate successfully. This window can be accessed by selecting "View Log" from the summary window, which pops up upon the completion of a
Essentials for Office 365 116
Tool Overview

migration.
Individual logs are also available when you double click on a user in the Hyper Migration tab (see the Hyper Migration 101 section for more details).
For details on the various possible post migration log states, please see this section 117.
The states of Post Migration logs can vary as follows: � Successfully Copied During All Copy Rounds: This section of the log shows all the files and folders were successfully copied during all migration rounds (first attempts and resume(s) afterwards). Files and Folders added to this record node were successfully migrated to the target and were, as a result, excluded from further Resume operations. � Failed During Current Round: This section of the log shows all files and folders failed to copy during the current migration round (last attempt to copy content to target). Files and Folders added to this record node were not successfully migrated to the target (this could be a result of connection issues, Office 365 not responding, etc.). These items are available for a Resume operation, and Essentials will attempt to recopy them on the next migration round once Resume is selected. � Warnings During All Copy Rounds: This section of the log shows all files and folders were skipped during all migration rounds (first attempts and resume(s) after this). Files and Folders added to this record node were not copied successfully, and therefore were not migrated to the target because of various condition (filters, file already exist, etc.). These items are excluded from further Resume migration operations.
Essentials for Office 365 117
Tool Overview

� Not Started During Current Round. This section of the log shows all files and folders not copied during the current round (last attempt to copy content to target). Files and Folders added to this record node were not copied successfully and therefore were not migrated to the target because the copy job was not finished due to a tool/Operating system/Virtual Machine crash, or the operation was canceled by the user. However, the content was received from the source and added to the database. These items are available for Resume, and Essentials will attempt to recopy them on the next migration round once Resume is selected.
� In Progress During Current Round. This section of the log shows all files and folders locked and processed during the current migration round (last attempt to copy content to the target). Files and Folders added to this record node have not finished and have not attained a failed or successful status. These items are not available for Resume migration as they are part of the current progress information if the migration is still running.
Delete User Record
Within the Hyper Migration tab, users can delete user records. This will remove the the user record from the Hyper Migration tab, but the total migration log will still be available in the history. To Delete user records do the following:
1. There are two ways to begin to delete user records: � right click on the hyper migration type you wish to delete, select Delete User Record from the right click menu.
� Select the delete icon from the top right hand toolbar of the Hyper Migration tab.
2. Selecting Delete User Record will cause the Delete User Record window to appear, click Yes to confirm that you would like to delete the selected user records.
Refresh Azure Logs Policy
The 'Refresh Azure Logs Policy' functionality allows the user to set a schedule for refreshing logs when Hyper Migration via Azure Turbo Asynchronous Mode was used. This function will update all finished jobs on the schedule that you set.
NOTE: Jobs with a state of In Progress will not be updated.
Essentials for Office 365 118
Tool Overview

To enable auto refresh post migration logs do the following. 1. On the Hyper Migration tab, select that "Refresh Azure Logs Policy" button.
2. Once the Refresh Azure Logs Policy window opens, set the times when you would like the azure logs to refresh. You can set 2 daily occurrences.
Hyper User Logs and Log Viewer
Migration and Backup logs can be opened right after a job complete, or any time from within the tool using one of the following methods: The Logs option from ribbon.
Select a job, right click, and select Show Logs.
Essentials for Office 365 119
Tool Overview

Selecting the History option within the Log Viewer will provide you with a list of jobs for the last 5 days (you can change this filter in the history window to show more or less history).
Click on any logs and you will be able to see the Job results.
Essentials for Office 365 120
Tool Overview

Selecting an individual component of the job will show you details about that component.
Zip Logs
Users can zip logs for the purpose of sharing the user logs. In order to zip logs, navigate to a job you would like to zip the logs for, right click and select Zip Logs.
This will open an explorer window, where you can save the zip file.
Filter tab
Users can filter the jobs they see in the Hyper tabs by selecting the filter icon.
Selecting this filter button will open the Filter Dialog window where you can select which criteria are applied, and specify the parameters against which to filter the Hyper tab jobs.
Essentials for Office 365 121
Tool Overview

Select Apply Filter to apply the filter to the list of jobs.
Refresh Tab
Users can filter the jobs they see in the Hyper tabs by selecting the Refresh icon.
Selecting this refresh button will refresh the jobs listed in the Hyper tab.
Delete Tab
The Delete Tab button is available on the Hyper Migration/Backup tabs, and is used to remove all finished jobs and their configurations (Successful, Paused, Failed) and leave the non-started jobs and in progress jobs in the hyper migration/backup folder in .metadata.
A warning will pop up, notifying you that you are about to delete ALL successful, paused, and failed jobs, along with their logs, from the Hyper Migration Tab and workspace. Click Ok to continue.
Essentials for Office 365 122
Tool Overview

Once the operation has complete, you must hit refresh once the removal has completed.
Clean Tab
The Clean Tab button is available in on the Hyper Migration and Backup tabs, and is used to remove finished jobs and their configurations (Successful, Paused, Failed) from the hyper migration folder in .metadata. The jobs that have not yet been started, and those that are in progress will be left in the hyper migration/backup tab.
You must hit refresh once the removal has completed.
Tab Report
Hyper Migration Report
Users can create an Excel sheet report of the Hyper Migration tab. The report will be a replica of the Hyper Migration jobs seen in the User Interface, providing users with source and target, and the state of the migration. In order to create a report, click the Excel icon in the Hyper Migration sub panel:
Essentials for Office 365 123
Tool Overview

This will generate a report which looks like the following:
Hyper Backup Report
Users can create an Excel sheet report of the Hyper Backup tab. The report will be a replica of the Hyper Backup jobs seen in the User Interface, providing users with source and target, and the state of the migration. In order to create a report, click the Excel icon in the Hyper Backup sub panel:
This will generate a report which looks like the following:
Progress Tab
The Progress tab, located in the Contents pane area, provides detailed information about each single current user's migration status. As one user's migration is finished, the progress bar will reach 100 %.
NOTE: For Azure Turbo Synchronized migration, the progress bar will wait until all of the Azure jobs are finished and synchronization of Azure logs is completed. As one user's migration is finished, the next one will be started and the same process will continue. To find information about accounts that have already been copied, go to the Hyper Migration/Backup tab, and click Refresh to get a list of all the current jobs. For more information about Hyper Migration and Hyper Backup, please see this section 101.
Essentials for Office 365 124
Tool Overview

Status Report
The Show Status Report feature is an excel report is created based on post migration XML logs, it does not replace the original XML log, but rather allows users the ability to red post migration information outside of the Essentials tool itself, allowing you to share the information via emails and email notifications. This show status report can be created and viewed by right clicking on a Hyper Migration job and selecting Show Status Report.
Selecting this "Show Status Report" option will open the location of the excel status report.
The report will look as follows:
Essentials for Office 365 125
Tool Overview

The contents of the report are: 1. File Name JobSetNameFinishJobTimeStamp _Index.xlsx 2. Job Set State 3. Summary 4. Each object state 5. Source user name
Essentials for Office 365 126
Tool Overview

3 Home Tab
The home tab provides users with a basic overview of their Essentials setup, as well as access to the log viewing. The immediate pane view is the (1) Navigator, (2) Hyper Migration/Contents/Progress Area
Connecting To SharePoint and OneDrive for Business
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 127
Home Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 128
Home Tab

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 129
Home Tab

The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 130
Home Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 131
Home Tab

5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
Essentials for Office 365 132
Home Tab

specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 133
Home Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 134
Home Tab

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 135
Home Tab

Connecting to OneDrive
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your Office 365 tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 136
Home Tab

3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios:
� Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user.
NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 137
Home Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 138
Home Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 139
Home Tab

7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Clipboard
The clipboard section of the Home ribbon, allows users to copy, paste, and select all, for the items within your environments, through the Metalogix Essentials user interface.
Delete
The Delete section of the Home ribbon, allows users to delete items within their environments, from within Metalogix Essentials.
Term Store
The Manage button inside the Term Store section of the home tab ribbon will redirect users to the Term Store Manager 483 tab of the Metalogix Essentials product.
Essentials for Office 365 140
Home Tab

Project
The project section of the home tab ribbon, allows users to import, export, and load projects from files. This functionality will ensure that your projects are backed up to a location of your choosing.
Import Project
Metalogix Essentials provides users with the opportunity to import projects they have previously exported, or saved, in order to continue working on them. 1. When a user selects the Import button in the home tab ribbon's project section, the Import
wizard screen pops up, prompting the user to select the type of project import they would like to perform.
2. Click Next once you have selected an import type. Please note, the wizard will look different based on the import format you select
3. Navigate to the location of the project and click Finish in order to complete the import.
Essentials for Office 365 141
Home Tab

Export Project
Metalogix Essentials provides users with the opportunity to export projects, allowing them to have a backup of a project, saved at a specific point in time. 1. When a user selects the Export button in the home tab ribbon's project section, the Export wizard
screen pops up, prompting the user to select the type of export they would like to perform.
2. Click Next once you have selected an import type. 3. Navigate to the location you would like to save the exported project to, click Finish in order to
complete the export.
Load from File
Load from File allows you to load a diagram from a file saves in your environments file explorer. Navigate to the file and select finish in order to complete the load.
Essentials for Office 365 142
Home Tab

Logs
The user Log Viewer can be accessed in one of three ways: � Selecting View Log at the end of most operations. � Selecting the Logs button located on every tab in the ribbon. � Right click on a job and select Show Logs.
Either option will open the Log Viewer:
Essentials for Office 365 143
Home Tab

The header section of the Log Viewer contains general information and key statistics, while the body contains individual operations that were performed. Description of functionality:
� Select All/Deselect All: used for selecting items in the body of the log viewer. � Filter: A drop down control allows the user to filter operations based on status. � View in Browser: Displays any selected items from the log viewer in your default browser,
along with their status and detailed information. � View Details: Displays a pop-up screen with detailed information regarding selected items. The
detailed information can also be accessed by double clicking on any item. � Statistics: Displays a pop-up screen with detailed statistics regarding the entire operation. � Analyze Errors: Allows users to analyze errors, if any have occurred during the operation. � Save As: Allows users to save a copy of the Log being displayed. � Load: Allows the user to re-load any file created using the Save As button, back into the Log
Viewer. � History: Displays a pop-up screen containing previous logs. By Double-click on any row, you
can display that selected previous log in the Log Viewer. By default the pop-up shows logs collected in the last 5 days, but this number can be altered by the user in this same window. � Reprocess Failed Items - This feature enables users to save a special CSV log file which contains only items that have encountered errors and failed during a copy operation. Once the errors are corrected, the CSV file containing those files can be reprocessed successfully.
Essentials for Office 365 144
Home Tab

NOTE: This CSV file can only be created directly after performing the copy operation. Please refer to the Reprocess Failed Items 146 section for additional information.
History
This feature enables users to view previous logs of a job, from previous occurrences of the same job. You can access a list of the history by selecting the History button in the Log Viewer.
This will open the History window. By default this window shows logs collected in the last 5 days, but this number can be altered by the user in this same window.
Essentials for Office 365 145
Home Tab

By Double-click on any row in the History window, you can display that selected previous log in the Log Viewer.
Reprocess Failed Items
NOTE: This feature is only available for File Share and SharePoint use. This feature enables users to save a special CSV log file which contains only items that have encountered errors and failed during a copy operation. Once the errors are corrected, the CSV file containing those files can be reprocessed successfully.
1. Once a copy operation has completed, click View log. 2. Save the special CSV file by clicking Reprocess Failed Items.
3. Correct the errors which caused the items to fail during the initial copy operation. 4. Back in the Navigator, right click on your target site and choose "Use CSV to" and then select
"Upload/Copy Content" to re-copy the files contained in the CSV.
Essentials for Office 365 146
Home Tab

5. In the Upload or copy content using CSV window, enter the path to the CSV file. Select the items to be copied and click Finish.
Essentials for Office 365 147
Home Tab

4 Migrator Tab
Essentials for Office 365 Migrator is intended for both large scale migration activities including lists, libraries, sites, site collections, web parts, views, permissions, navigation and other objects; as well as re-organization and categorization tasks such as tagging/classification and moving/copying content between sites, lists and folders.
NOTE: A Global or SharePoint Administrator account must be used in order to perform full migrations. An account with less privileges will only be able to perform a limited set of migrations.
Interface
The application consists of two primary panes and one optional pane: (1) Navigator, (2) Hyper Migration/Contents/Progress, (3) Connections. A set of wizards is automatically generated when items or objects are tagged, copied or moved. An additional method for executing many migration and replication activities is through the use of the Live Compare! feature. See the Live Compare! 180 for additional information on this feature.
NOTE: We have found this to be the ideal configuration, but the individual panes may be rearranged, minimized or maximized.
Essentials for Office 365 148
Migrator Tab

Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Doubleclicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object. In addition, a set of options is available from the right-click menus.
Site Level Right-Click Menu List Level Right-Click Menu Hidden Lists To expose hidden lists (e.g. the Master Page Gallery) in the Navigator Pane, right click on the "Lists" node and choose the "Hidden Lists" option. After this is enabled, you will see the hidden lists for this location.
Essentials for Office 365 149
Migrator Tab

Contents Area
The Content area displays the actual data inside a list or library. In addition to navigation the user can create, delete, classify and drag and drop content in bulk from this window
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the files located between the two items will be highlighted.
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
Located in the top left-hand corner is a breadcrumb definition of the list or library, whose files are represented in the window. The top right corner contains a set of icons that represent available activities for the user. Most of these options can be exposed by right-clicking on items inside the window. The list of available activities will depend on what is selected or not selected in the contents window.
Permissions Window
A set of windows is displayed within the content pane area and is designed to display permissions, groups and levels used within a specific site, list or item. The windows may be accessed by doing the following:
� Site Level - right-clicking on a site and select Permissions, followed by the appropriate permissions options you wish to access (Show Permissions, Show Permission Levels)
Essentials for Office 365 150
Migrator Tab

� List Level - right-click on list, Objects and Show Permissions
� Item Level - right-click on an item and select Show Permissions
Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
Web Parts Window
The Web Parts window is displayed within the content pane area and is designed to display web parts used within a specific site or page. The Web Parts window may be accessed by doing the following:
Essentials for Office 365 151
Migrator Tab

� Site Level - right-clicking on a site, and selecting Objects followed by Show Web Parts
� List Level - right-clicking on an item, and selecting Objects followed by Show Web Parts
Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another. The right-click menu also contains an additional option, "Save XML Config to File".
Essentials for Office 365 152
Migrator Tab

This option outputs the web part configuration for use in debugging web parts.
Term Store Window
The Term Store window is displayed within the content pane area and displays term groups, term sets, and their values within a specific server farm. The Term Store can be accessed by right-clicking on a site, selecting Objects followed by Show Term Store.
Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another. To learn more about additional capabilities for managing term store objects,
Essentials for Office 365 153
Migrator Tab

please see the Term Store Manager 483 section.
NOTE: Term Sets are only available in SharePoint 2010 or later.
List Views Window
The List Views window is displayed within the content pane area and is designed to display views used within a specific list. The List Views window can be accessed by right-clicking on a list and selecting Objects followed by Show List Views.
Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
Hidden Lists To expose hidden lists (e.g. the Master Page Gallery) in the Navigator Pane, right click on the Lists node and choose the Hidden Lists option. After this is enabled, you will see the hidden lists for this
Essentials for Office 365 154
Migrator Tab

location.
Workflows Window
There are two similar windows within the content pane area that are designed to display both SharePoint Designer (SPD) and Out-of-the-Box (OOB) workflows used within a specific list. The workflow window can be accessed by right-clicking on a list and selecting Objects followed by Show Workflows. This will give you access to both SPD and OOB workflows.
Essentials for Office 365 155
Migrator Tab

Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
NOTE: OOB workflows are only shown if the "Enable copy OOB workflows" option is enabled in the Profile Manager's Global Variables section, accessed through the Help tab by selecting Profile Manager and then the Global Variables tab on the left hand side of the Profile Manager window. For more information please see the Global Variables 36 section of the documentation.
Look and Feel Window
The Look and Feel window is displayed within the content pane area and will include look and feel setting used within a specific site. The Look and Feel window can be accessed by right-clicking on a Site and selecting Objects followed by Show Look and Feel Settings.
Essentials for Office 365 156
Migrator Tab

Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
SharePoint Designer Objects Window
The SharePoint Designer Objects window is displayed within the content pane area and is designed to display SharePoint Designer Objects used within a specific site. The SharePoint Designer Objects window can be accessed by right-clicking on a Site, selecting Objects followed by Show SharePoint Designer Objects.
Essentials for Office 365 157
Migrator Tab

Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
Connect to Resources
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 158
Migrator Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 159
Migrator Tab

5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
Essentials for Office 365 160
Migrator Tab

specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 161
Migrator Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 162
Migrator Tab

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 163
Migrator Tab

Connecting to Office 365 Tenant
The first step when you begin working with Administrator is to create your initial connection to your Office 365 Tenant. It is from this connection project that you will be able to generate your reports, create custom filtered views, and create and run any custom actions.
NOTE: � To make full use of all the Service Manager functionality provided, it is recommended that you
provide the software with a Global Administrator login to the tenant and possibly a Domain Administrator if any reports or actions are required for Active Directory. � An Office 365 Global Administrator is required for Office 365 connections. � A Domain Administrator is required for on premise Active Directory connections. � Two factor authentication and claims based connections are not supported.
To connect to your Office 365 Tenant: 1. Under the Administrator tab, select Office 365 in the Manage section of the ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 164
Migrator Tab

2. Enter a unique connection project name in the "Name" field and enter the "User" and "Password" of the Global Administrator of the Office 365 tenant to which you wish to connect. Click Connect.
3. Once the connection has been successfully established, a new project will appear in the application's Navigator panel.
Copy Sites
The application can copy entire sites (with sub-sites) from one site or site collection to another. There are three different methods to copy sites:
� Copy and paste method 166. � Copying sites without loading the source and the target in the navigation pane.
Essentials for Office 365 165
Migrator Tab

� Copying Site Collections and My Sites without loading the source and target in the navigation pane.
Copy and Paste Method
This is the most common and simple approach to copying sites. It requires the user to, in most cases, have the source and target loaded into the Navigation pane (refer to Connecting to SharePoint 719 for additional information).
1. In the navigator pane, locate the site(s) you wish to copy. Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual items or SHIFT key to select multiple consecutive items.
2. After you have selected the source site(s) there are several ways to identify the destination location: � You may simply Drag-and-Drop the Sites. � Use the Copy and Paste options from the right-click menu.
� Use the Copy and Paste buttons in the Clipboard section of the ribbon.
3. The application will bring up the Site Migration Wizard. Please proceed to the Site Migration Wizard 169 section for further instructions on how to run through this wizard. NOTE: If multiple sites are selected for copy, we advise only using the Copy Site to New Site option. Selecting a different option may result in conflicts during the copy process. Review and select the appropriate options.
Copy Sites Without Loading The Source or Target Site in the Navigator Pane
In some cases it is preferable to copy a site or site collection without loading the source or target site. In order to do this follow these instructions:
1. In the Migrator Ribbon select the Copy Site button and select the Copy Site option.
Essentials for Office 365 166
Migrator Tab

2. A Source Site Selection wizard will appear. In this window, enter the URL for the source site and press the Connect button.
3. Select the site or sub-site that you want to copy and press the Next button.
4. The application will bring up the Site Migration Wizard. Please proceed to the Site Migration Wizard 169 section for further instructions on how to run through this wizard.
Copy Site Collections and My Sites Without Loading into the Navigator Pane
The application provides a means to copy multiple sites or site collection from a single web application without preloading the sites in the Navigation pane. A common scenario for this is copying My Sites.
NOTE: � For the process of migrating My Sites, Essentials for Office 365 does not provision a new My
Site in the destination farm. It is required that all My Sites already exist in the destination and Essentials will migrate the contents of the Personal and Shared libraries into this site. � This operation requires the user to have access to Central Admin and is not currently supported for Office 365. 1. In the Migrator Ribbon select the Copy Site button and the Copy Site Collections/MySites option.
Essentials for Office 365 167
Migrator Tab

2. In the provided window enter the Central Admin URL for the source sites and press the Connect button. The list of available Web Apps will be loaded.
3. Select the appropriate Web App and press the Next button.
Essentials for Office 365 168
Migrator Tab

4. From the list of the provided Site Collections select the ones you wish to copy and press the Next button.
5. The application will pop-up the Copy/Promote to New Site Collection screen. Continue to the Copy/Promote to New Site Collection 177 section of the documentation for your next steps.
Site Migration Wizard
The Site Migration Wizard is generated when a user copies a site, site with sub-sites, or an entire site collection. The wizard allows you to choose between three options:
� Copy Site to Existing Site 169 � Copy Site to New Site 173 � Copy/Promote to New Site Collection. 177
Copy Site to Existing Site
Upon selecting to Copy a site, the Site Migration Wizard will be generated. The following are the steps required to copy a site to an existing site (If you would like to copy a site that was not previously loaded in the Navigator pane, then first follow the steps in the Copy Sites Without Loading The Source or Target Site in Navigation pane 166 section):
Essentials for Office 365 169
Migrator Tab

NOTE: If multiple sites are selected for copy, we advise only using the Copy Site to New Site option. Selecting other options may result in conflicts during the copy process. 1. On the "Select which type of site copy should be run" page of the wizard, select Copy Site to
Existing Site as the type of site copy you wish to perform. Click Next.
2. Specify the Target Site Collection by either typing in the Parent Site/Site Collection URL, or selecting one from the drop down list. Click Connect.
3. If prompted for your SharePoint Credentials, enter them and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 170
Migrator Tab

4. Select the site or sub-site that you want to copy and press the Next button.
Essentials for Office 365 171
Migrator Tab

5. On the Copy Site Properties page, select the options you would like applied to the copying of your site, and click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 172
Migrator Tab

6. The Summary page will provide you with a thorough overview of what you are about to copy over. If you are satisfied with the settings for your site copy, click Finish.
Copy Site to New Site
Upon selecting to Copy a site, the Site Migration Wizard will be generated. The following are the steps required to copy a site to an new site (If you would like to copy a site that was not previously loaded in the Navigator pane, then first follow the steps in the Copy Sites Without Loading The Source or Target Site in Navigation pane 166 section):
NOTE: If multiple sites are selected for copy, we advise only using the Copy Site to New Site option. Selecting other options may result in conflicts during the copy process.
Essentials for Office 365 173
Migrator Tab

1. On the "Select which type of site copy should be run" page of the wizard, select Copy Site to New Site as the type of site copy you wish to perform. Click Next.
2. Specify the Target Site Collection by either typing in the Parent Site/Site Collection URL, or selecting one from the drop down list. Click Connect.
3. If prompted for your SharePoint Credentials, enter them and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 174
Migrator Tab

4. Select the site or sub-site that you want to copy and press the Next button.
5. On the Copy Site Properties page, give the new site a name to appear in the URL, and provide the Site with a title.
Essentials for Office 365 175
Migrator Tab

6. Select the options you would like applied to the copying of your site, and click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 176
Migrator Tab

7. The Summary page will provide you with a thorough overview of what you are about to copy over. If you are satisfied with the settings for your site copy, click Finish.
Copy/Promote to New Site Collection
This function can be accessed in two ways: � Through the selection of the "Copy/Promote to New Site Collection" option within the Site Migration Wizard (start at step 1 below). � Through the selection of the "Promote to Site Collection" button in the Sites section of the Migrator tab. NOTE: this option will only be available for site and site collections that have already been loaded into the Navigator pane. (start at step 2 below).
Upon selecting to Copy a site, the Site Migration Wizard will be generated. The following are the steps required to copy/promote a site or site collection to a new site collection. (If you would like to copy a site that was not previously loaded in the Navigator pane, then first follow the steps in the Copy Sites Without Loading The Source or Target Site in the Navigator pane 166 section, if you would like to promote a site collection or my sites that were not previously loaded in the Navigator pane, then first follow the steps in the Copy Site collections and My Sites Without Loading into the Navigator 167 Pane section):
Essentials for Office 365 177
Migrator Tab

1. On the "Select which type of site copy should be run" page of the wizard, select Copy/Promote to New Site Collection as the type of site copy you wish to perform. Click Next.
2. Specify the Target Central Admin URL. Click Connect. 3. Enter the Target Site collection URL.
Essentials for Office 365 178
Migrator Tab

4. Select the options you would like applied to the copy/promote of your site/sitecollection/mysites and click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 179
Migrator Tab

5. The Summary page will provide you with a thorough overview of what you are about to copy over. If you are satisfied with the settings for your site copy, click Finish.
Live Compare
Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 provides a unique method for visually comparing and synchronizing the objects and content within any two site collections, sites or lists. The Live Compare interface displays up to the moment differences between these sites and allows the user to drill down and copy the differences to either environment. The Live Compare! interface consists of three primary sections: 1. A connection area, 2. Viewer, 3. Compare Options The Connection Area: The connection area is separated into a "Site URL" and a "List/Library" field for each of the lists to be compared. The Viewer Area: The viewer area is separated into two parts each of which displays the content from the site, list, or library specified above in the connection area. Compare Options: At the bottom of the Live Compare window, there are three buttons; "Full Compare" "Load Compare Report" and "Quick Compare" During a compare, A user can drill down into any object type to compare or re-compare that object against its counterpart in the other site. The two "Copy from-" buttons at the top of the window
Essentials for Office 365 180
Migrator Tab

initiate standard copying operations. See the Site Migration Wizard 169 section for additional detail.
Full Compare
This option will generate a report of all the differences between the selected sites and subsites (if selected). Unlike the "Quick Compare 184" interactive approach, this report will automatically crawl and collect all the differences, which will then be saved to a CSV file for viewing.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content and selected options, this may require an extended amount of time. For this reason, the report is run in the background. The completed report, (stored as a csv file), may be loaded into this interface using the "Load Compare Report" button (see the Load Compare Report 186section for more details on loading a compare report). To perform a Full Compare with Live Compare, do the following: 1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
2. Once the Live Compare window opens, select your two Site URL's for comparison by clicking the downward arrow of each. This will open the Select Site screen. Select the site you
Essentials for Office 365 181
Migrator Tab

wish to connect to and click Connect. 3. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
Essentials for Office 365 182
Migrator Tab

4. Select Full Compare from the bottom of the Live Compare screen.
5. Select the properties you would like to apply to your Full Compare and click Run.
Use Enhanced Content Compare: This option will use the last modified date to identify differences in content that exists in both sites (lists and libraries). Normally the comparison is limited to identifying differences in content that exists in one site but not the other.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content this comparison may require extended periods of time. Include Item Level Permissions: The differences in Item Level Permissions between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare. NOTE: Permission comparison may require extended periods of time depending on the amount of content and permissions Include Group Membership: The differences in the Group Memberships between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare.
Essentials for Office 365 183
Migrator Tab

User Mapping: This option should be used in the event that a mapping file was used during the initial copy from source to target. This is especially useful if you have mapped accounts from source to target. Include Subsites: Any subsites for the selected sites will be analyzed as part of the compare.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of subsites this comparison may require extended periods of time. 6. When prompted save the Full Compare file to a location on your computer.
Quick Compare
This option will generate a listing of SharePoint objects within the Live Compare window. Users can navigate and drill down into each object to see and copy the differences from one site to another. This option is limited to the currently selected sites. See Full Compare 181 for additional capabilities. To perform a Quick Compare with Live Compare, do the following:
1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
2. Once the Live Compare window opens, select your two Site URL's for comparison by clicking the downward arrow of each. This will open the Select Site screen. Select the site you wish to connect to and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 184
Migrator Tab

3. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
4. Select Quick Compare from the bottom of the Live Compare screen.
Essentials for Office 365 185
Migrator Tab

5. Select the properties you would like to apply to your Full Compare and click Run.
Use Enhanced Content Compare: This option will use the last modified date to identify differences in content that exists in both sites (lists and libraries). Normally the comparison is limited to identifying differences in content that exists in one site but not the other.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content this comparison may require extended periods of time. Include Item Level Permissions: The differences in Item Level Permissions between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare.
NOTE: Permission comparison may require extended periods of time depending on the amount of content and permissions Include Group Membership: The differences in the Group Memberships between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare. User Mapping: This option should be used in the event that a mapping file was used during the initial copy from source to target. This is especially useful if you have mapped accounts from source to target. 6. The Live Compare results will be loaded in the Live Compare window, where you can now copy items from left to right and vice versa.
Load Compare Report
The Load Compare Report option allows users to select a completed Full Compare report and display its results in the Live Compare viewer where a user can drill down into any object type to compare or re-compare that object against its counterpart on the other side. The "Copy from..." buttons can be used to initiate a copy operation from one side to the other. To load a compare report do the following:
1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
Essentials for Office 365 186
Migrator Tab

2. At the bottom of the Live Compare window select Load Compare Report. This will open your computer's explorer.
3. Locate the Live Compare .csv file you wish to load. Click Open.
4. This will open the Select Site screen. Select one of the sites from the original full compare .csv file and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 187
Migrator Tab

5. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the second site from your full compare .csv file for comparison. Once you have completed these steps the full compare .csv file will be loaded into the Live Compare window.
7. You can now copy items from left to right and vice versa.
Nintex Deployment
The following steps will allow you to deploy your Nintex Workflow and Nintex Forms applications from within Essentials. 1. Select Nintex Deployment from the Migrator tab.
Essentials for Office 365 188
Migrator Tab

2. In the Nintex Deployment window, enter a valid SharePoint URL, and click Connect. 3. Provide your user credentials to connect to SharePoint. Click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 189
Migrator Tab

4. This will open the SharePoint Application Catalog. You must switch to classic view in order to perform the deployment, as deployment cannot be done in modern view.
5. If you do not have Nintex Workflows or Nintex Forms as part of your Site Contents, then select Add an App and install the nintex workflows/nintex forms application.
6. On the Site Contents page, Select the ellipses (...) next to the installed Nintex application, and click on Deployment.
7. On the Manage App Deployments page, enter the site collection URL or select one from the list available, select and add the managed paths to deploy to, and select and add the templates to
Essentials for Office 365 190
Migrator Tab

deploy to.
8. Click Ok to apply your selections. 9. When asked whether you trust workflow0365.nintex.com click Trust It. This will start the actual
deployment. NOTE: Microsoft is now deploying the Nintex app to your tenant. It may take from a minute to hour(s) depending on the complexity of your site collection structure. Please verify your site collection for Nintex apps before starting a migration.
Copy Lists and Libraries
The application can copy entire lists and libraries from one site to another. There are four different methods to copy sites: Copy and Paste with lists and libraries preloaded into the Navigator Pane
� Copy and paste method using the right click menu. � Copy and paste using the "Clipboard" section's Copy and Paste buttons. � Drag and Drop method - literally selecting the list or library and dragging it over to the
destination list or library. Copy and Paste without loading lists and libraries in the Navigator Pane
Essentials for Office 365 191
Migrator Tab

� Copy using the Copy button within the List/Library section of the Migrator tab.
Copy Lists and Libraries Loaded in the Navigator Pane
Entire lists or libraries may be copied from one site to another. In order to copy a list or library from a site that has already been loaded into the Navigator pane follow these instructions:
1. In the navigator pane, locate the lists you wish to copy. Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual items or SHIFT key to select multiple consecutive items.
2. After you have selected the source lists there are several ways to identify the destination location you can either drag and drop the items in the source destination, or you can use one of the following copy and paste methods: � Right Click Menu
� Copy and Paste buttons in the Migrator Ribbon
3. The application will bring up the List Migration Wizard. If you have selected multiple lists or libraries for migration to a site continue to the next step, if you have selected a single list or library for migration, continue directly to step 5.
Essentials for Office 365 192
Migrator Tab

4. On the Copy Lists/Libraries page, select the lists/libraries that you wish to migrate to your target site. Click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 193
Migrator Tab

5. On the Parameters page, specify any options you wish to include as part of your migration. Once you are satisfied with the settings, click Next.
NOTE: In order for Nintex Forms to be copied over successfully, you must first preconfigure Nintex forms on both the source and target, and must select Copy Forms in the Copy List/Library wizard, or the copy forms portion of the migration will not work.
Essentials for Office 365 194
Migrator Tab

6. The Summary page will provide you with a thorough overview of what you are about to copy over. If you are satisfied with the settings for your list copy, click Finish.
7. Migrator will begin the process of copying the selected content and provide feedback via a status window. In the event that some type of error occurs during the operation, a report will be provided with a detailed description.
Copy Lists and Libraries Without Loading in the Navigator Pane
Entire lists or libraries may be copied from one site to another. In order to copy a list or library from a site that has not been loaded into the Navigator pane follow these instructions:
1. Click the Copy button within the List/Library section of the Migrator tab. 2. The application will bring up the List Migration Wizard, starting with the Source Site Selection
page. Specify the Parent Site/Site Collection URL, or select one from the drop down list. Click
Essentials for Office 365 195
Migrator Tab

Connect. 3. Select the source site from which you wish to copy your list. Click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 196
Migrator Tab

3. On the Copy Lists/Libraries Selection page, select the lists/libraries that you wish to migrate to your target site. Click Next.
4. On the Target Site selection page specify the site to which you will be migrating the list. You can do this by either entering a Parent Site/Site Collection URL, or selecting one from the drop down list. Click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 197
Migrator Tab

5. Select the target site to which you wish to migrate your list. Click Next.
6. On the Parameters page, specify any options you wish to include as part of your migration. Once you are satisfied with the settings, click Next.
NOTE: In order for Nintex Forms to be copied over successfully, you must first preconfigure Nintex forms on both the source and target, and must select Copy Forms in the Copy List/Library wizard, or the copy forms portion of the migration will not work.
Essentials for Office 365 198
Migrator Tab

7. The Summary page will provide you with a thorough overview of what you are about to copy over. If you are satisfied with the settings for your list copy, click Finish.
8. Migrator will begin the process of copying the selected content and provide feedback via a status window. In the event that some type of error occurs during the operation, a report will be provided with a detailed description.
Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint Content
SharePoint uses three primary methods for categorizing content: � The hierarchy of sites, lists and folders (which is similar to how file systems store files in folders) and; � Metadata (via content types and fields) to `tag' or classify content for find-ability and filtering. � AutoTagging (via fields) to automatically 'tag' or classify documents by their contents. For more information about AutoTag see Field Value Selection Screen 206. NOTE: Auto Tagging is not available to Power User products.
Essentials has been designed to categorize content in bulk by leveraging one or all of the above mentioned methods. This section will walk you through the process of re-locating content to specific site collections, sites, lists and folders. You may also re-classify your content during the copy/move
Essentials for Office 365 199
Migrator Tab

process. In combination, both processes significantly reduce the burden of organizing your content and making it easier to locate within the SharePoint environment.
1. In the navigator pane, locate the lists containing the content you wish to move or copy. Double-click on the list to load its contents into the Contents pane. If the site containing your content is not available in the navigator pane, follow the instructions for Connect to SharePoint 158.
2. From the list of items in the List/Library Contents pane, select all the items that you wish to transfer to a different location. Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual items or SHIFT key to select multiple consecutive items.
3. After you have selected the source list of items, there are several ways to copy and paste the items: � You may simply Drag-and-Drop the items to the target. � You can use the Copy option in the right click menu.
This option would require you to right click on the destination folder within the Navigator, and select Paste from its right click menu.
Essentials for Office 365 200
Migrator Tab

� You can use the Copy and Paste buttons in the Clipboard section of the Migrator tab. � You can use the Copy To... option in the upper right hand tab of the Content's pane. � You can use the Copy To... option in the right click menu.
4. Once a user has copy and pasted an item to a destination, or selected the "Copy To..." option, the Tagging/Copy Content Wizard appears. On the Location screen verify or change the site
Essentials for Office 365 201
Migrator Tab

and list target location. Click Next.
5. The Wizard will generate the same Properties window that is used for the tagging process. Please follow the instructions in the Classification Properties Screen 205 section and the Field Value Selection Screen 206 if you wish to re-classify your content at the same time as
Essentials for Office 365 202
Migrator Tab

migrating it. Once this is done press the Next.
6. The Summary page has an Advanced Options area, specify any options you wish to include as part of your migration. On this page you can also select the "Create CSV File for Uploading, Tagging or Copying Files" option - this option is described in detail in this section 207. Once you
Essentials for Office 365 203
Migrator Tab

are satisfied with the settings, click Finish.
NOTE: � For Migrator Version, in the event any errors are thrown, you may reprocess any failed
items 146 after resolving the underlying issues. � For lists with Content Approval enabled, an Approval Status field will be displayed. This
field can be used to bulk approve/reject selected content.
Essentials for Office 365 204
Migrator Tab

Classification Properties Screen
The Classification Properties Screen contains the following content:
� Content Type - By default, the wizard preloads the default content type for the destination location. The user may select an alternate content type by using the drop-down button. If a new content type is selected, the list of fields below will be updated correspondingly. The application will automatically attempt to match the fields from the source content type(s) to the destination. This option allows you to retain existing content type(s) for selected items. This is useful when moving or copying a set of items from multiple content types. NOTE: this is only available when Data Analysis Mode is disabled.
� Tagging/Classification - Essentials Migrator provides several methods for "smart" tagging, which is accomplished through the use of two buttons located to the right of each field. o Left-Arrow Button - One way to efficiently tag content is to group items that need to be tagged with a common value. For examples, you may have a set of files that share a common project name or number, a choice, check box or lookup value, (Yes/No) or a common user name. The left-arrow button provides access to directly enter or modify the value of the field. The wizard will automatically provide controls corresponding to the type of field being worked on.
Essentials for Office 365 205
Migrator Tab

o Down-Arrow Button - Pressing this button will generate the Field Value Selection window which is intended to allow the user more control over tagging. The functionality for this window is described in the Field Value Selection Screen 206 section.
o Plus Button - This button is only shown for multi-valued fields. When enabled, any new values are appended to existing ones. When disabled, new values will replace existing ones. NOTE: Because the Name field in a Library must have a unique value, only the down-arrow is enabled. This allows the user to change the value of this field by mapping to another normalized field.
� Save Template/Load Template buttons - Many classification operations are done over and over again for different sets of content. These buttons allow the user to store and recall all the tagging parameters set in this window.
Field Value Selection Screen
This screen is generated by clicking on the down-arrow next to a specific field in the Classification Properties Screen 205. All actions within this screen only apply to that field (its name is displayed at the top of the window).
� Keep Original Value - Selecting this check box will retain the value in the source for this field. � Set to Empty Value - Selecting this check box will remove any existing value from the field. � Available Columns - Selecting a field name from this list will designate it as the "source" and
result in the metadata values from this field to be transferred to the destination for each item. � Available Values - When a "source" field is selected from the Available Columns list, the
metadata values for all the items are displayed in the Available Values list. Note: This option is only available if Data Analysis Mode is enabled. The user may select any of these specific values to be copied to all items involved in the
Essentials for Office 365 206
Migrator Tab

operation. If none of the values is selected, the functionality will follow the logic described in Available Columns. � Show Hidden Fields - Selecting this check box will display any Hidden Fields (located in the source system) in the Available Columns area. These fields can be used for mapping to the current field.
Copy and Tag SharePoint Items Using CSV
This option allows the user to create a CSV file that will copy files located within SharePoint rather than in a file system. A typical scenario for this is to copy many files but with unique metadata changes for each file. This can be done by creating and modifying the CSV file and then using the Upload Copy Content Using CSV option.
1. To execute this operation follow the instructions in the Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint Content 199 section. Don't forget to select the "Create CSV File for Uploading, Tagging or Copying files" option on the final summary page of the wizard. Click Finish.
Essentials for Office 365 207
Migrator Tab

2. Enter the location and name of the CSV file in the provided dialogue and press the Create button. Please reference CSV Column Reference Guide 786 for additional information.
NOTE: You can change the separator used in the CSV to a semicolon by going into the "Global Variables" section of Profile Manager. For more information on using Profile Manager, please see the Profile Manager 24 section. 3. In order to upload/copy content using the CSV you just created, you need to select a Library or Folder from within the Navigator Pane and right-click. Select "Use CSV to..." and then select Upload/Copy Content from the right-click menu.
4. In the Upload or Copy files using CSV wizard, identify the destination of the CSV file created in step 2.
5. Select the Source SharePoint Sites from the list that your CSV provided. You may check individual items or the Check All button at the bottom to select everything. Click Check
Essentials for Office 365 208
Migrator Tab

Connection to check the connection to the source sites.
6. Specify any options you wish to include as part of your migration. Click Finish.
NOTE: When copying/tagging a library with versioned documents, using the CSV will apply the information entered for the file to each of the versions. Copy of items using CSV is available in the following suites:
� Architect Suite � Migration Suite � Office 365 Bundle Copying items via CSV is also available in the following standalone products:
Essentials for Office 365 209
Migrator Tab

� Migrator for SharePoint � Change Manager
Copy Alerts
The Alerts Collector must be installed and running on your source SharePoint server. The software will extract all alerts from the selected Web Applications or Site Collections into a CSV file.
NOTE: � In order to copy alerts, additional software called Alerts Collector is required. If you need this
software, please open a support ticket using the Contact Support button located in the application's Help tab. � Hosted or Office 365 source environments are not supported.
Essentials for Office 365 210
Migrator Tab

Collecting Alerts
1. Download and run the Alerts Collector Application. It may take a few minutes to retrieve your farm structure.
2. A window will appear requesting to specify a CSV file name and destination. 3. Select the Web Applications or Site Collections of the Alerts to be extracted. 4. Once satisfied with your selections, click OK and upon completion a 'Success' window will
appear. Select OK and the application will close. The CSV file that is generated must be accessible to the migration software. If your application is installed in a different location, copying the file to that location is advisable.
Importing Alerts
The relative location of the alert is defined in the CSV file and should match the target site and list structure. Be sure to review this file in Excel (or another editor) and verify that the target site/list structure matches the source, if it does not then update the CSV accordingly. Since certain alerts are designed to notify users each time content is created or updated, it is recommended that importing of alerts should be done after the migration process is complete. Otherwise users can potentially be overloaded by notifications. The Alerts Copy option is disabled by default to reduce confusion. To enable this feature do the following: 1. Navigate to Help tab, select Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 211
Migrator Tab

2. Within the profile manager window, go to the Global Variables tab. Set the "Enable Copy Alerts" setting to "True".
The advised method for importing alerts is post-migration. To do this follow these steps: 1. Locate and right click on the target Site/Site Collection in the Navigation Pane. 2. Select the Use CSV to...> Import Alerts. 3. In the provided window, select the File Location for the CSV file.
Essentials for Office 365 212
Migrator Tab

4. Select the source site from which the Alerts will be copied and follow the wizard for more options.
5. Press Finish to start the import process. Alternatively, the Import Alerts function can be combined with a site copy.
1. Follow the standard Copy Site 165 process.
Essentials for Office 365 213
Migrator Tab

2. From Advanced Options area select Import Alerts from CSV.
3. Press the Load button next to the option and select the CSV file. 4. Follow the remainder of the Site Copy process to begin the import.
In-Place Tagging of SharePoint Items
SharePoint uses three primary methods for categorizing content. The hierarchy of sites, lists and folders (which is similar to how file systems store files in folders), metadata (via content types and fields), and AutoTagging to `tag' or classify content for find-ability and filtering. The application has been designed to categorize content in bulk by leveraging one or all of these methods. This section will walk you through the process of intelligently `tagging' content. Please refer to the section titled, Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint 199, for additional information on moving or copying content into specific sites, lists, and folders.
1. Locate a list or library, containing the content you wish to classify, in the Navigator pane. Double-click on the list to load its contents into the Contents pane.
Essentials for Office 365 214
Migrator Tab

If the site containing your items or documents is not available in the Navigator pane, follow the instructions for Connecting to SharePoint 719 in order to load it. 2. From the list of files located in the Contents pane, select all the files for tagging. Hold down the CTRL key to select multiple individual files or SHFT key to select multiple consecutive items. 3. Right-click on any of the selected files, and select the Tag option from the drop down menu. This will initiate the tagging wizard.
4. Update the field values to the desired settings. Refer to the sections on the Classification Properties Screen 205 and the Field Value Selection Screen 206 for additional information on your options.
5. Once the tagging selections are made, press the Next button located at the bottom of the window. A summary screen will be generated asking you to confirm the operation. Press Finish to initiate the tagging. The application will complete the tagging process and provide a notification window.
NOTE:
Essentials for Office 365 215
Migrator Tab

� For the Migrator version of this wizard, users may select the "Create CSV File for Uploading, Tagging and Copying Files", which will create a CSV file that may be edited and used for tagging at a later time (see Copy and Tag SharePoint Items Using CSV 207).
� For Migrator version of this wizard, in the event any errors are thrown, you may reprocess any failed items 146 after resolving the underlying issues.
� For lists with Content Approval enabled, an Approval Status field will be displayed. This field can be used to bulk approve/reject selected content.
Incremental and Delta Copy
There are multiple scenarios where copying only incremental changes from the source environment to the target are preferable to create a full copy of all content. Migrator supports incremental copying of content into both libraries and lists but there are several key differences when using the Incremental Copy feature (Advanced Options).
NOTE: The use of Incremental Copy has a significant impact on performance and it is recommended that users apply a filter (e.g. modified at, property is greater than migration date) to reduce the duration of this operation.
Essentials for Office 365 216
Migrator Tab

Libraries implement incremental copies using the file names. When the Incremental Copy option is selected any duplicate items on the target will be replaced with the source item. Lists (unlike Libraries) implement incremental copies through an internal attribute (item id). This attribute is automatically generated and sequenced by SharePoint and cannot be overwritten. Therefore, a different approach is used to identify new and updated items, but the result is the same as for Libraries. Any duplicate items will be replaced with the source item. The Incremental copy option has a filter that allows for the determination of the number and age of the changes that will be brought over during the incremental copy. By selecting the number of days, weeks, or months, you can choose to only bring over differences from the last full copy that was made in the determined time. Delta Migration - If selecting "0" as the value for the incremental filter, the tool will do a content analysis of both source and target and bring over any content that is identified as differential. In the case of this migration, if a file exists on the source that is not on the target, said file will be copied to the target. In the event that the item exists in the target, the tool will check to see if the item on the source is newer than the one on the target (based off of the last modified date). If the item on the source is newer, then the item will be copied from the source to the target.
NOTE: � This operation is extremely time, processor, and memory intensive as it has to scan every item
on both your source and target environments. We only recommend using the "0" delta migration in cases where it is absolutely necessary. Otherwise, set a filter which will specify a time period for the comparison. � Due to their inherit complexity, Wiki Page libraries and Discussion lists will not be processed during incremental or delta migrations.
Pre-Migration Report
The Pre-Migration Report function scans your source SharePoint environment or file share and identifies potential problems with the selected files that would prevent their migration into SharePoint. A CSV is generated that identifies the issues based on analysis parameters set in the wizard. The pre-migration report can be launched via the "Migration Analysis" section of the ribbon under the "Migrator" tab. Chose "File Share" or "SharePoint" depending on your source environment.
NOTE: It is important to understand that a parent object (site or list) may be noted with a condition level 1 or 2 and still encounter issues during the migration. The objective of this analysis is to provide pre-migration assessment of potential issues, not to predict or guarantee the results of the actual migration.
Essentials for Office 365 217
Migrator Tab

Once you've selected an analysis type, you will be presented with a wizard 218 that allows you to determine the analysis parameters.
File Share Pre-Migration Analysis
If you selected "File Share" as the Migration Analysis type do the following: 1. Once the Pre-Migration Analysis wizard opens, enter your Source Location. You can either select a source folder, or you can select a source folder from a CSV spreadsheet.
2. Select a Target location to which you plan to migrate the source FileShare.
3. Select the parameters which you would like to use in your pre-migration analysis. See the following sections for an overview of the analysis parameter options:
� Item Analysis Parameters 221
NOTE: The analysis parameters have default settings that scan for files that are outside of the out of the box parameters for SharePoint. You can make changes to the default parameter settings in the wizard in the event that your SharePoint environment has been customized to allow for files outside of SharePoint's original parameters. The premigration analysis works for file systems and file shares that can be mounted as a networked drive. 4. Select "Finish" to begin the Pre-Migration Analysis. If you selected "SharePoint" as the Migration Analysis type do the following:
Essentials for Office 365 218
Migrator Tab

1. Once the Pre-Migration Analysis wizard opens, enter your Source Location from the drop down list.
2. Select a Target location to which you plan to migrate the source.
3. Select the parameters which you would like to use in your pre-migration analysis. See the following sections for an overview of the analysis parameter options:
� Site Analysis Parameters 219 � List Analysis Parameters 220 � Item Analysis Parameters 221
NOTE: The analysis parameters have default settings that scan for files that are outside of the out of the box parameters for SharePoint. You can make changes to the default parameter settings in the wizard in the event that your SharePoint environment has been customized to allow for files outside of SharePoint's original parameters. The premigration analysis works for file systems and file shares that can be mounted as a networked drive. 5. Select "Finish" to begin the Pre-Migration Analysis.
Site Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis only.
Site Templates Site and List Templates used in the source environment must be available in the target if the tool is going to create new sites or lists during the operation. To ensure all in use templates are available, this option will scan each site and list to identify the template type. If a Target Location was specified,
Essentials for Office 365 219
Migrator Tab

then the analysis will compare the list of used templates in the source against the list of available templates in the target location. If a template is marked as Condition 3, it was not detected as an available template in the target location. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight templates based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint templates. If a template is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box template.
Site Features Site Features can provide additional functionality to SharePoint. To ensure site features are available, this option will scan each site to identify which features have been activated. If a Target Location was specified, then the analysis will compare the list of activated features in the source against the list of available features in the target location. If a feature is marked as Condition 3, it was not detected as an available feature in the target location. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight features based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint features. If a feature is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box feature.
Web Parts Web Parts allow users to modify the behavior and appearance of SharePoint pages. To ensure web parts are available, this option will scan each page to identify which web parts have been placed.
The analysis will identify and highlight web parts based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint web parts. If a web part is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box web part.
Site Master Pages Master Pages in SharePoint allow for the customization of the interface and layout which are then applied to the individual pages. When migrating SharePoint sites, it is important to understand which sites have Master Pages applied as this can be used as a good indicator of customizations. To verify the presence of Master Pages, this option will scan each site to identify which have been applied as Site and System Master Pages. If a Target Location was specified, then the analysis will search the Master Page Gallery in the destination for the availability of this page. If the result is reported as a Condition Level 3 it was not found in the destination. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight Master Pages based on the version of SharePoint. If the result is reported as a Condition Level 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box Master Page for this version of SharePoint.
Include Sub Sites Enabling this option will also include all accessible sub-sites below the defined "Source Location" in SharePoint.
NOTE: If a large number of sub-sites exist, enabling this option could slow down the analysis.
List Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis only.
Essentials for Office 365 220
Migrator Tab

NOTE: The condition codes associated to each list entry in the report are based on the following criteria, Total List Items and Total List Size. If either value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be marked as a condition 2.
Total List Items It is generally outside of SharePoint best practice for lists to exceed a certain number of items or threshold for various reasons. The default list view threshold for optimal SharePoint performance is 5000 items. This option will scan for and highlight any list that exceeds the total number of items defined in this parameter (default value is 5000). This is particularly important when migrating into SharePoint Online, as this value is not user configurable in online tenants. If any value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be reported as a Condition 2. Note:
NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
Total List Size Limitation Although SharePoint lists are designed to house many millions of items, it may not be ideal to store large amounts of data in a single list. This option will scan for and highlight any list that exceeds the total size in megabytes as defined in this parameter (default value is 1000 MB). If any value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be reported as a Condition 2.
NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
Item Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to File Share and SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis, options vary based on whether File Share or SharePoint Migration analysis has been selected.
Item Size Limitation (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) To identify content that may exceed SharePoint's maximum file size, this option will return items which are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined size, in megabytes (MB). The default value is 50 MB, but this can be adjusted. For performance reasons, if the source is SharePoint this size will only be representative of the most recent version of every object. If you also want to include the size of all versions, please also enable the option "Version Size Calculation".
NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
Essentials for Office 365 221
Migrator Tab

File Path Length (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) To stay within the guidelines of SharePoint, this option will scan this file share or SharePoint location and identify file path lengths that are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined value. Optionally for File Share Analysis, you may decide to include a "Target Location" which will subtract the total length of this entered location from the defined limitation, resulting in a more accurate File Path limitation estimate.
The report will also include the calculation of the space characters into their encoded format and this value will be displayed in parenthesis next to the file path length.
NOTE: Microsoft recommends the effective file path length not exceed 256 characters. Please note that this Microsoft recommended value also includes the SharePoint domain/server name which may not be accounted for in this analysis.
Component Name Length (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) SharePoint enforces limits to the number of characters in a path component; more specifically, this path component refers to the length of the name of files and folders. This option will identify which items are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' the defined length.
NOTE: Microsoft recommends the effective limit of a path component be 128 characters.
Name Contains Invalid Characters (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) Certain characters and their placement are considered invalid and therefore forbidden to be used in standard SharePoint naming conventions. This option will scan the file share location and identify if any of these defined values are used within the full file path.
Blocked File Extension (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) SharePoint provides functionality to block specific file types from being uploaded. Enabling this option will scan the file share location and identify the content based on this list of defined blocked file extensions.
NOTE: The list of file extensions should be separated by a comma. (exe, zip, avi, mp3)
Last Modified (SharePoint 2010/2013/2016 pre-migration Analysis only) This option includes the Last Modification date of SharePoint content to the Content report, useful for determining the age of this information. Based on the selected value, this date value will either be highlighted in Green or Red. Green indicates that the content is newer than the selected date while Red indicates that it is older.
Custom Master Pages (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) This option will include the analysis of each SharePoint page to determine if it has an explicitly defined Master Page associated to it. All pages with a specifically defined Master Page will be set to Condition 3 in order to draw attention to this commonly overlooked SharePoint customization.
NOTE: Only those pages with a specifically defined Master Page will be listed and not those that used placeholders (default.master or custom.master).
Name Ending String (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) Due to SharePoint restriction, file and folder names may not end with any of these defined strings. This option highlights files with these incompatible file name endings.
Essentials for Office 365 222
Migrator Tab

NOTE: The list of name ending strings should be separated by a comma. (.files, _files, -Dateien, _fichiers)
File Size Limitation (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) To identify content that may exceed SharePoint's Maximum Upload Limit, this option will return items which are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined size, in megabytes (MB).
Search for Duplicate Files (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) Enabling this option will scan the file share location and identify the files with same name and extension stored in folders structure.
Last Modified (File Share and SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis) The selected date and time in this option will determine if the date in this column is highlighted in red or green. Red indicates that the content is older than the value specified while Green indicates that is it newer.
NOTE: the outcome of this option will not have an impact on the Condition Level of each item, rather it is to be used for the quick, visual identification of old or stale content.
Last Accessed (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) The selected date and time in this option will determine if the date in this column is highlighted in red or green. Red indicates that the content is older than the value specified while Green indicates that is it newer.
NOTE: the outcome of this option will not have an impact on the Condition Level of each item, rather it is to be used for the quick, visual identification of old or stale content.
Detailed Reporting Level (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) When the Analyze Items option is included, the process will examine all items in the specified SharePoint sites. What this Detailed Reporting Level option provides is the ability to choose the amount of items (based on Condition level) to be included in the report. Please note that the use of this option will not decrease the amount of time for the analysis to complete, it will only reduce the amount of items listed in the resulting report.
When this option is enabled, the report will include detailed information about all items, regardless of their reported Condition level. The use of this option can greatly increase the size of the report, so you may consider leaving it disabled if your SharePoint location contains a large amount of items. When this option is disabled, the report will include detailed information about only those items with a Condition 2 or 3 status, meaning ones where the tool has detected a potential issue for your consideration.
Version Size Calculation (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) This option will include the size of all files, folders and items into the Object Size (MB) column. The size including the version history will be shown after the slash next to the size of the most recent object. Most recent item size / Size of all versions
Essentials for Office 365 223
Migrator Tab

Summary Only (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) Enabling this option will provide a summary report calculating the total number, size and average size of the objects (files and folders) in the specified Source Location. Save to CSV (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) When this "Save to CSV" option is enabled, the output of this analysis will be saved to a CSV file (.csv) rather than the default Excel file (.xlsx). The benefit of using this option is an increase in analysis performance, however the downside is that the native functionality of Excel files is lost (color, sorting, additional worksheets, etc.)
Forms Migration
Nintex Form Migration
Supported Nintex Forms Platforms: Source: OnPrem SharePoint 2013 OnPrem SharePoint 2016 OnPrem SharePoint 2019 SharePoint Online Target: SharePoint Online To Copy Nintex Classic Forms do the following:
NOTE: Responsive is not supported, clients can use Copy Site As Existing Site option or Copy List options instead.
Essentials for Office 365 224
Migrator Tab

1. Ensure that you have Nintex Service added on your tenant and that your license is valid and paid.
2. Make sure the Nintex Forms Application is add to your target site. Open site in your browser and check the Site Contents.
3. If not the nintex form application is not added on your target site, simply add it and trust it.
4. Connect Essentials to your Source and Target. Select the source Site and copy it to the target site as an Existing Site (see the Copy Site 27 section for further details) Or, select the source list and copy it to the target (see the Copy Lists and Libraries 191 section for further details)
Essentials for Office 365 225
Migrator Tab

5. On the final page of the wizard, select "Copy Forms" under the List Copy Options section.
6. After the migration has completed, you will see information about forms having been migrated in the post migration .xml log.
7. Check your target site to see the forms have been copied over.
Essentials for Office 365 226
Migrator Tab

InfoPath Forms Window
The InforPath Forms Window is displayed within the content pane area and is designed to display InfoPath Forms used within a specific list. The InfoPath Forms Window can be accessed by right-clicking on a List and selecting Objects followed by Show InfoPath Forms.
Similar to content, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another.
Essentials for Office 365 227
Migrator Tab

Workflow Migration
Nintex Workflow Migration
Nintex Workflows are included when the option to Copy Workflows (Site or List) is enabled within Metalogix Essentials. The Copy Workflows option is available on the Properties page of most wizards.
Or you can select any site or list that has a workflow associated to it, right click and select Object > Show Workflows. From the Workflows view, you may select one or more workflows and copy/paste them to the destination location. This process of copying one or more workflows does not include the workflow dependencies, so this method is recommended in situations only when all dependencies already exist in the destination and only the workflow and its components need to be
Essentials for Office 365 228
Migrator Tab

migrated.
Before you begin with an on-premise Nintex Workflow migration, please review the following requirements:
� The Nintex workflow solution must be installed, configured and working on the destination SharePoint environment prior to any migration. If a Nintex workflow cannot be successfully created manually in the destination, then do not attempt to migrate them until this is resolved.
� If the Nintex workflow is migrated as part of a List Copy, please note that workflow dependencies will not be migrated. Please make sure all dependencies already exist in the destination prior to the migration or copy of the workflow as part of a Site Copy operation.
� In progress workflow status, workflow history, and metadata are not currently supported. � Not all Nintex workflow actions are available when migrating to newer versions, so please
make sure you check with Nintex first if you believe an action is not supported. Archive Option Typically Nintex Workflows are included when the option to Copy Workflows is enabled within Metalogix Essentials, however there are some rare scenarios when this process fails. If the workflow fails and the error message indicates that it failed due to exporting the workflow, please follow the steps detailed in the Nintex Workflow Archive Option 228 section. Nintex Workflow Migration to SharePoint Online
Essentials for Office 365 229
Migrator Tab

Nintex Workflow migrations to SharePoint Online (Office 365) are more specialized than those being migrated on-premises. For additional information, please visit the Nintex Workflow Migration to SharePoint Online 230 section.
Nintex Workflow Migration to SharePoint Online
The migration of Nintex workflows to SharePoint Online (Office 365) is a different method than currently employed for on-premises. The natural differences between on-premises vs online as well as the limited support of actions available from Nintex leads us to taking an alternate approach for these objects.
Requirements and Caveats
Before migration, please note the following list of requirements and caveats: � The latest version of the Nintex Workflow App must be deployed and licensed in the destination SharePoint Online site before migration. If you cannot open the Nintex Workflow Designer in your destination SharePoint Online site, create a workflow and successfully publish it, do not attempt to migrate into this location until this is resolved. � The user authenticating against the destination SharePoint Online location must have Site Collection Administrator permission. � Workflow status, workflow history and workflow metadata are not currently supported. � User Defined Actions (UDAs) are not currently supported. � If the workflow contains an "Action Set", please make sure to enable the destination site feature "Workflows can use app permissions" prior to the migration. � Not all on-premises workflow actions are supported within the Nintex Workflow App. Please take a look at the following table for the list of currently supported actions for SharePoint Online. Please note that while the actions are mapped based on this table, the action label (it's name) will be retained from the source when viewed in Nintex Online Workflow Designer. Please also review our General Workflow Objects 232 page to learn about supported action parameters and other specific caveats. � Make sure you setup and load the appropriate user mapping file 747 so that any workflow actions that contain a user account will be mapped to the appropriate user in the destination.
Supported Nintex Workflow Actions in SharePoint Online
The following table lists the on-premises Nintex workflow actions that can be migrated into SharePoint Online.
NOTE: Even though an action may be listed as supported, that does not mean that all parameters in the on-premise action have an equivalent in its online counterpart. Please be sure to review, test, and adjust where necessary all migrated Nintex workflows. You may use this General Workflow Objects 232 table as a reference to provide some examples of objects that may need adjustment.
Essentials for Office 365 230
Migrator Tab

On-premises Actions Assign Flexi Task 233 Build String 234 Calculate Date 234 Change State 235 Check Out Item 235 Convert Value 235 Create Item 236 Delete Item 236 Discard Check Out 236 End Workflow 237 Filter 237 Log in History List 237 Loop 238 Math Operation 238 Pause For 238 Pause Until 240 Query list 240 Regular Expression 240 Run If 241 Run Parallel Actions 241 Send Notification 241 Set a Condition 242 Set Field Value 242 Set Variable 243 Set Workflow Status 243 State Machine 243 Switch 243 Update Item 244 Wait for item update 244

Online Actions Start a task process Build String Add Time to Date Set Next State Check Out Item Convert Value Create List Item Delete Item Discard Check Out Item Terminate Current Workflow Filter Log to History List Loop with Condition Do Calculation Pause for Duration Pause until Date Query List Regular Expression Run If Parallel Block Send an Email Conditional Branch Set Field in Current Item Set Workflow Variable Set Workflow Status State Machine Switch Update List Item Wait for Field Change in Current Item

NOTE: If the workflow contains an Action that is not supported, this unsupported Action will be created as a Comment in the migrated workflow. The comment will contain the name of this

Essentials for Office 365
231 Migrator Tab

unsupported Action.

General Workflow Objects

Nintex workflow action contains many objects that are required to ensure they operate as designed. These additional objects are:
� Labels � Lookups � Values
When migrating to SharePoint Online, it is extremely important to understand that not all of these additional objects are currently supported or have an equivalent in their online action.
Please review the sections below to learn more about these objects. Please note that all Nintex workflows need to be evaluated both pre and post migration to ensure they are operating successfully. Do not assume that all workflows will migrate an operation as expected, as some may require manual intervention.

Labels
On-premises Labels Action Title Left Title Right Title Bottom Title

Online Labels Action Title No online equivalent No online equivalent No online equivalent

Lookups
On-premises Lookups Library: Form Templates Library: Style Library Lookup: User Profiles Lookup: Workflow Constants Condition: Modified in a specific date span Condition: Person is a valid SharePoint user Condition: Created in a specific date span Condition: The file size in a specific range kilobytes Variable: List Item ID

Online Lookups Cannot be selected in online Cannot be seleced in online No online equivalent No online equivalent No online equivalent No online equivalent No online equivalent No online equivalent
No online equivalent

Essentials for Office 365
232 Migrator Tab

Variable: Action ID Inserted References

No online equivalent
Advanced Lookups: Please review your workflows carefully as there are several which do not have an online equivalent.

Values
There are several "value"s parameters in on-premises actions that allow rich text input and these are stored as encoded HTML characters within the actions themselves. When converted to their online equivalent actions, there are occasions where the "value" field does not allow for rich text and in these cases the HTML encoding may remain. For example, in some online action parameters you may see HTML encoding that looks like &nbsp;. These are not removed because the logic is unable to determine if this value was deliberately used in the source action configuration or it is simply an artifact so to err on the side of caution, they will be left as-is.

Assign Flexi Task

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Assign Flexi Task" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Start a task process".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Create individual tasks for all group members. Allow delegation
Store outcome in Store outcome achieved in Priority Item Permissions (section) Advanced Options (section) Task Notification (ribbon option)
Not Required Notification (ribbon option)
Reminders (ribbon option)

Comments An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost. An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
Equivalent to "Initial email options" and only Subject and Email body are available. Equivalent to "Cancellation email options" and only Subject and Email body are available. Equivalent to "Reminder email options" and only Number of times to repeat, Subject and Email body are available.

Escalation (ribbon option)

Equivalent to "Escalate and auto-complete options" with the following exceptions:

Essentials for Office 365
233 Migrator Tab

� Delegate and Complete Task "Time to escalation" and "Time calculation" will require manual redesign
� "Comments" field is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Build String

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Build String" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Build String".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Parse for tokens twice
Store result in variable options

Comments
If this option is enabled, then the workflow will need to be rebuilt post migration.
The Nintex online action only supports the "Store results in" options choice or text. Variables containing a person will not be migrated properly and may need to be rebuilt post migration.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Calculate Date

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Calculate Date" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Add Time to Date".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Date Date - Include Time Years Time is

Comments
"User Profiles" and "Workflow Constants" have no equivalent and therefore are not supported.
"Include Time" has no equivalent and therefore is not supported.
"Years" has no equivalent and is therefore converted into Months.
"Time is" has no equivalent and therefore is not supported. Values will be migrated as they are

Essentials for Office 365
234 Migrator Tab

stored. For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Change State

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Change State" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Set Next State".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Action is supported as configured.

Comments

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Check Out Item

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Check Out Item" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Check out item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Where variables

Comments
"User Profiles" and "Workflow Constants" are not supported.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Convert Value

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Convert Value" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Convert Value".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Error handling (section)

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Essentials for Office 365
235 Migrator Tab

Create Item

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Create Item" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Create List Item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Overwrite an existing item
Store new item ID in

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore additional list items may be created. If required, consider adding a Delete Item action to handle this scenario.
Only GUIDs are supported in the online equivalent.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Delete Item

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Delete Item" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Delete item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Where value with a Person or Group reference

Comments
No equivalent person or group references available so these will be created as a text string value.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Discard Checkout

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Discard Check Out" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Discard Check Out Item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter

Comments

Where value with a Person or Group reference. No equivalent person or group references available so these will be created as a text string value.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Essentials for Office 365
236 Migrator Tab

End Workflow

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "End Workflow" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Terminate Current Workflow".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Message was not required.

Comments
Message is now required so if the source was empty, a default value will be added.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Filter

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Filter" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Filter".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Condition

Comments The following Expression variants do not have an equivalent:
� Modified in a specific date span

� Person is a valid SharePoint user

� Created in a specific date span

� The file size in a specific range kilobytes

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Log In History List

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Log in History List" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Log to History List".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Message was not required.

Comments
� Message is now required so if the source was empty, a default value will be added.
� Message does not support rich text.

Essentials for Office 365
237 Migrator Tab

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Loop

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Loop" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Loop with Condition".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Condition

Comments The following condition variants do not have an equivalent:
� Modified in a specific date span

� Person is a valid SharePoint user

� Created in a specific date span

� The file size in a specific range kilobytes

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Math Operation

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Math Operation" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Do Calculation".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter
Lookups "User Proflie" and "Workflow Constants" are not available in the Nintex Online "Do Calculation" action.

Comments
If either of these lookups are being used, then the workflow will need to be rebuilt post migration.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Pause For

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Pause For..." will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Pause for Duration".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter

Comments

Essentials for Office 365
238 Migrator Tab

Years Months

� "Years" has no equivalent and will therefore be converted into days. The conversion assumes 1 year equals 365 days. For example, if the action contains 2 Years, the conversion will add 730 days to the migrated Days parameter. This logic requires that both Years and Days are numeric values and not an inserted reference.
� Please note that if you have configured a numeric value in Years and a non-numeric value in Days, then these values cannot be combined. This is an unsupported configuration and should be manually addressed post migration.
� Please note that if you have configured a non-numeric value in Years then this value will be lost as Years is not included in the Nintex Online action and it cannot be combined with Days (either numeric or nonnumeric).
� "Months" has no equivalent and will therefore be converted into days. The conversion assumes 1 month equals 30 days. For example, if the action contains 6 Months, the conversion will add 180 days to the migrated Days parameter. This logic requires that both Months and Days are numeric values and not an inserted reference.
� Please note that if you have configured a numeric value in Months and a non-numeric value in Days, then these values cannot be combined. This is an unsupported configuration and should be manually addressed post migration.
� Please note that if you have configured a non-numeric value in Months then this value will be lost as Months is not included in the Nintex Online action and it cannot be combined with Days (either numeric or nonnumeric).

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Essentials for Office 365
239 Migrator Tab

Pause Until

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Pause Until" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Pause Until Date".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter
Action supported as-is when configured with a date/time value.

Comments Date/time values only.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Query List

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Query List" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Query List".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Editor mode
Recursive XML encode inserted tokens Various filter/sort option

Comments
Query builder only. CAML editor is not supported in the online equivalent, so this will need to be rebuilt manually using OData.
No equivalent option is available. Online Query List actions are recursive by default.
No equivalent option is available.
Several filter and sort options have no equivalent in the online action. Please review your configured options carefully.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Regular Expression

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Regular Expression" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Regular Expression".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter
Action is supported as configured for all references with equivalents.

Comments
Online actions have a limited list of references. Please review your workflow carefully and update required references where necessary.

Essentials for Office 365
240 Migrator Tab

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Run If

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Run If" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Run If".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Condition

Comments
Not all conditions (expressions) have an equivalent in the online action. For example, a valid SharePoint User will need to be rebulit manually using an alternative expression post migration.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Run Parallel Actions

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Run Parallel Actions" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Parallel Block".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Text names
Notes

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Send Notification

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Send Notification" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Send an Email".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter To, CC, and BCC fields

Comments
This user must exist within the Office 365 tenancy. If necessary, be sure to include an appropriate user mapping file to handle any format differences between source and destination.

Essentials for Office 365
241 Migrator Tab

From Importance Subject
Body is an optional field. Delivery type "user preference"

An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
An equivalent parameter is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
Not all references have an equivalent in the online action. Please be sure to review all references before and after migration.
Body is required. If the source action contains an empty body, a default body will be added.
Delivery can only be sent via email in the online action.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Set a Condition

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Set a Condition" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Conditional Branch".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Condition

Comments
The equivalent Expression parameter does not contain the full suite of options available in the on-premises version. Please be sure to review this workflow action and make any adjustments where necessary.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Set Field Value

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Set Field Value" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Set Field in Current Item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter "Set" references

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available for "User profiles" or "Workflow constants". If either is used, then the workflow will need to be rebuilt manually.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Essentials for Office 365
242 Migrator Tab

Set Variable

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Set Variable" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Set Workflow Variable".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter "Set" reference

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available for "User profiles" or "Workflow constants". If either is used, then the workflow will need to be rebuilt manually.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Set Workflow Status

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Set Workflow Status" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Set Workflow Status".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Status text dropdown options

Comments
Only the selected value will be migrated. Unused options will not be available in the migration action.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

State Machine

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "State Machine" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "State Machine".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter Action is supported as configured.

Comments

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Switch

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Switch" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Switch".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

Essentials for Office 365
243 Migrator Tab

On-premises Parameter "Select the value to evaulate" references

Comments
An equivalent parameter is not available for all possible values and therefore this configuration may be lost. Please review your workflows which contain this action to be sure they are supported in the online version.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Update Item

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Update Item" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Update List Item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter "Where" references
"Field" references

Comments
An equivalent parameter for "User profiles" and "Workflow constants" is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
� An equivalent parameter for "User profiles" and "Workflow constants" is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
� The full list of references is not currently available for the online actions. Please carefully review the used references (if applicable) and make any adjustments necessary.

For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.

Wait for Item Update

During migration to SharePoint Online, the on-premises Nintex Workflow action "Wait for item update" will be transformed into the Nintex Online Workflow action "Wait for Field Change in Current Item".
The following differences related to parameters and configuration should be noted:

On-premises Parameter "Wait for" references
Comparison Operator

Comments
An equivalent parameter for "User profiles" and "Workflow constants" is not available and therefore this configuration will be lost.
Only the "to equal" operator is available in the online equivalent action. All other operators will

Essentials for Office 365
244 Migrator Tab

be lost. For additional possible differences, please refer to the General Workflow Objects 232 section.
Orphaned Users Copy
Orphaned Users Copy is an optional function that allows the software to maintain the metadata associated with user accounts that are no longer active within SharePoint. These user accounts are typically those that have been either disabled or deleted from the Active Directory with references to them still existing in the source SharePoint (for example, Created/Modified By) and using default SharePoint functionality.
NOTE: The Orphaned Users Copy function must be performed on a site collection by site collection basis, meaning it cannot be used during a Create/Promote to New Site Collection operation and it has to be used prior to the migration of any data. NOTE: Orphaned Users Copy currently supports a destination of SharePoint 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016 and SharePoint Online. To use this option: 1. Orphaned Users Copy is considered an Advanced Option in Metalogix and first needs to be
enabled in the application. Navigate to the Help tab in Essentials. Select Profile Manager.
2. Within the Profile Manager window, select Global Variables from the left hand bar.
Essentials for Office 365 245
Migrator Tab

3. Scroll down the the Advanced Mode and switch it to True. Click Apply.
4. Click Close to close the Profile Manager. Select the Migrator tab within Essentials, here you will see the Orphaned Users Copy option now available in the ribbon - slecet it. NOTE: that Advanced Mode enables other functions which you may notice throughout the application.
5. In the Copy Orphaned Users window, click Select Source to choose between SharePoint, File System or CSV file for your source system.
� SharePoint requires a site or site collection URL. You may be asked to enter user
authentication information.
Essentials for Office 365 246
Migrator Tab

� File System requires a local or mapped path.
� CSV requires the loading of a pre-configured single column CSV user list.
6. After the source has successfully connected, enter the target URL to your SharePoint site or site collection and click Connect to authenticate.
7. Optionally, a user mapping file can also be loaded if the orphaned source user account needs to be remapped to an approriate account in the destination. For example, an orphaned user in the source may look like 'contoso\joe' however your destination may be in a different domain like 'newContoso'. If remapping is not applied, the account in the destination will still be referenced as 'contoso\joe' rather than 'newContoso\joe'. Re-mapping will allow the new domain 'newContoso' to be used rather than the original from the source.
8. The Analyze option on the bottom should now become available. When clicked, the application will analyze the source and target locations to determine the list of users which have been determined to be orphaned. These users will appear in the table when the operation has completed. NOTE: the time requirements vary greatly depending on the complexity of the environments, the amount of data and the total number of users. This may take anywhere from a few minutes to several hours to conclude, plan accordingly.
Essentials for Office 365 247
Migrator Tab

9. When one or more users are selected from the results table, the Transfer Orphaned Users option will now become available. Clicking this option will begin the process of taking the selected users from the source and transferring them to the destination (with or without using the remapping file as defined above.) Please note that clicking Close without taking any action will exit the dialog, no users will be transferred and the entire operation will need to be completed again from the beginning.
Save Site to XML
When a site or site collection is loaded into Essentials, a great deal of information is cached by the product. Occasionally users need to re-purpose that information for other needs. The "Save Site to XML" functionality provides a facility for exporting this information into a commonly used format.
Essentials for Office 365 248
Migrator Tab

1. Right-click on the site you wish to save and select the Save Site to XML option from the provided menu.
2. Enter a location to store the file in the provided field. Secelt Finish to complete the operation.
Essentials for Office 365 249
Migrator Tab

5
File Manager Tab
Metalogix Essentials File Manager is designed to enhance and simplify the interaction between SharePoint and File Systems. SharePoint already provides basic functionality to load a single or multiple files. However, there are many gaps in that functionality that Metalogix Essentials File Manager fulfills including the ability to Load and Download (off board) content with metadata. Here is a sampling of these features:
� Uploading Content o Ability to set metadata as part of the loading process. o Ability to extract metadata from file system folders and assign them to SharePoint metadata. o Ability to retain or unwind the folder structure in SharePoint. o Ability to retain the core properties such as created/modified by and created/modified at. o Load files and metadata using a spreadsheet (CSV). o Auto-creation of CSV for loading based on content in the file systems. o Ability to load files with pseudo-versioning to SharePoint versions.
� Downloading Content (Off boarding) o Ability to download content from sites, sub-sites and libraries into the File System with metadata stored in CSV files. o Ability to Load downloaded content back into SharePoint. o Ability to retain pseudo-versions in File Systems. o Ability to remove downloaded content. o Ability to copy NTFS file system folder permissions.
Essentials for Office 365 250
File Manager Tab

Interface Overview
The application consists of two primary panes and one optional pane: (1) Navigator, (2) Contents/Objects Area, (3) Connections area. A set of windows is automatically generated when a Loading or Downloading operation is performed.
The picture above represents the default arrangement for these panes. NOTE: We have found this to be the ideal configuration, but the individual panes may be rearranged, minimized or maximized.
Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Doubleclicking on any of the sites, lists, or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object. In addition, a set of options is available from the right-click menus. Hidden Lists To expose hidden lists (e.g. the Master Page Gallery) in the Navigator Pane, right click on the "Lists" node and choose the "Hidden Lists" option. After this is enabled, you will see the hidden lists for this location.
Essentials for Office 365 251
File Manager Tab

Contents Area
The Content area displays the actual data inside a list or library. You may use this screen to select individual items to Download from your environment.
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the files located between the two items will be highlighted.
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
Located in the top left-hand corner is a breadcrumb definition of the list or library whose content is represented in the window.
Connections Panel
This area of the screen is available through the File Manager, Public Folders and Google modules. Analogous to Windows Explorer's navigation area, users can select local or mapped drives and folders and then double-click to display the contents in the Content pane. From there the user can upload the content into SharePoint environment using Drag and Drop, Copy/Paste or even a CSV. All
Essentials for Office 365 252
File Manager Tab

these methods will be described in more detail in the Common Functions section below.
NOTE: Essentials File Manager is also integrated with Windows Explorer. So you may drag or copy files from Windows Explorer directly into File Manager.
Connect to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 253
File Manager Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 254
File Manager Tab

5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
Essentials for Office 365 255
File Manager Tab

specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 256
File Manager Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
Essentials for Office 365 257
File Manager Tab

4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection.
5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.

6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.

Essentials for Office 365
258 File Manager Tab

Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your Office 365 tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 259
File Manager Tab

3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios:
� Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user.
NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 260
File Manager Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 261
File Manager Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 262
File Manager Tab

7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connect to FileShare
In order to view a file share in the Connections panel within Essentials, you must map your PC to the file share: 1. Navigate to the file share in windows explorer and select the network location.
2. Right Click and select Map Network Drive.
Essentials for Office 365 263
File Manager Tab

3. Open Essentials, and note that the file share is now available in the Connections section. NOTE: If you want to run Essentials as an admin, you will first need to add the Admin to the user group for the file share, otherwise you wont be able to see the file share in the Connections panel.
Uploading Files into SharePoint
The option is designed to enhance and expand SharePoint's ability to import files located in Windows or other operating systems. There are several advantages to using Essentials to do this operation.
� You can upload, tag and check-in content in one step and for multiple items
Essentials for Office 365 264
File Manager Tab

� You may reuse existing file system (NTFS) attributes to tag the content. � Users often implement a folder based hierarchy inside the file system to categorize content.
These folder names can be automatically extracted during upload and used as metadata in SharePoint. � There are no limitations to how many files you can upload at one time. � NTFS file permissions are also supported during the copy process (see Copying NTFS Permissions 285 section for more information).
NOTE: NTFS Permission copy is not available to Power User products. The process of importing files is very similar to the process of copying items within SharePoint, with one major exception. Rather than selecting the source content from a SharePoint list, it is selected from within the Connections pane or from Windows Explorer. The remainder of the process is described in the Copy/Move (and Tag) SharePoint Content 199 section. Please refer to these sections for additional information.
NOTE: When importing content from the file system, File Manager can use file system attributes such as created and modified dates and file owner to tag the imported content. These attributes are shown under the Available Columns list in the Field Value Selection Screen and include relative folder names. See Mapping Folders to SharePoint Fields 265for more information.
Mapping Folders to SharePoint Fields
Users who save their files to files system often use folder structure to describe the contents contained there. In SharePoint or OneDrive for Business these folder names can be repurposed to tag the content during the upload process (and optionally remove the folder structure all together). To do this follow these steps:
Essentials for Office 365 265
File Manager Tab

1. Initiate the upload process 264 by copying your local files into a SharePoint Library. Select Next and proceed to the Properties screen.
Essentials for Office 365 266
File Manager Tab

2. On the Properties Screen 205 select the down arrow button next to the field that you wish to tag with folder data.
3. This will bring up the Field Value Selection Screen 206. On this screen, in the Available Columns section, you will find fields named Folder 1 in the File Path, Folder 2 in the File Path and so on. These are relative to the root of the files structure you are uploading. NOTE: You can also enable Data Analysis Mode from the Contents tab menu in order to see the folder names in the Available Values section of the screen.
Essentials for Office 365 267
File Manager Tab

4. Select the relative folder that you want to map to your current field and press the Select button.
5. Complete the wizard and press Finish to start the upload.
NOTE: You may also remove the folder structure during upload. This option is available in the copy items summary screen under Advanced Options.
Uploading Files into SharePoint Using a CSV Spreadsheet
The uploading files into SharePoint using a CSV spreadsheet option is designed to enhance and expand SharePoint's ability to import files located in Windows or other operating systems, by utilizing a spreadsheet that contains accompanying metadata. The files will be imported into SharePoint and tagged with the metadata associated to it from this spreadsheet. Here are the basic guidelines for using the Upload Content Using CSV feature inside Essentials products.
1. Start by identifying the files and folders that you want to import into SharePoint. There are two ways to do this: � You can expand and navigate through the Connections (1) area in the product. If you double click on a folder or drive, the contents will be displayed in the Contents (2) area. You may drag-and-drop or copy/paste from Connections or Contents areas directly to the
Essentials for Office 365 268
File Manager Tab

destination.
� Alternatively, Essentials provides the same capabilities directly from Windows Explorer. 2. After you have selected the content and dragged/copied it to your SharePoint destination, a
familiar wizard will be displayed. This is the same wizard that is used to copy SharePoint content from one place to another. The first window will confirm the destination you drag
Essentials for Office 365 269
File Manager Tab

and dropped the content to. Click Next.
3. The second window will give you the ability to apply metadata values. It is a good idea to take advantage of this feature and apply as many metadata values as possible since all the data is validated against SharePoint. There are many capabilities for intelligent and auto tagging available including mapping to NTFS values such as folder names, file names, owners, etc.; or to select values directly from SharePoint managed metadata, choice and lookup lists. Once
Essentials for Office 365 270
File Manager Tab

you have set all your metadata preferences, click Next.
4. The final screen of the wizard has a check box towards the bottom of the page. Selecting the Create CSV File for uploading files option will generate a comma separated values file
Essentials for Office 365 271
File Manager Tab

compatible with Excel or any text editing software.

5. Although the file content may vary based on the selected metadata, the structure of the CSV spreadsheet will remain consistent. The CSV file will consist of the following columns:

Column Name

Description

Source File

Identifies the physical path to the file that will be uploaded

Target SharePoint Site

Identifies the target site for the file listed in the source file column. The field is left blank by default but may be specified to upload content into different sites and lists using the same CSV file. In order to take advantage of this feature the CSV file must be uploaded on a site not a list level.

Target SharePoint List

Identifies the target list for the import

SharePoint File Name

Identifies the SharePoint item name that will be used for the import ( "/" is used to identify folders)

Content Type

Identifies the SharePoint content type that will be used for the import. This content type should already exist within the target SharePoint list and

Essentials for Office 365
272 File Manager Tab

Custom Fields Created At CSV ID Col Modified At Created By Modified By Mark Version
Version Comment

must be spelled exactly the same way to avoid errors
Any custom fields would be listed following the content type. These fields must already exist within the target SharePoint list (and content Type). The values entered here must also pass any SharePoint validation or restrictions for the corresponding field.
Identifies the content creation date which is extracted from the file system. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
This is a reserved field utilized for incremental copy functionality. Do not enter anything into this field.
Identifies the last content modification date which is extracted from the file system. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time
Identifies the user who created the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint
Identifies the user who last modified the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
For versioned libraries, identifies the version level for the item being imported ("Major" or "Minor"). If a quasi-versioning system was used in the file system, this field along with the SharePoint File Name can be used to recreate the versions in SharePoint. In order to implement this functionality, use the same file name in the SharePoint File Name field and then specify the appropriate version level in this field. If left blank, the default version level will be used during import.
Specifies the comment that will be used when importing items

NOTE: The layout must not be changed, otherwise the imported file will not be recognized. However, the content may be edited to your preferences. Please remember that any values that are modified or edited must be valid to SharePoint, otherwise they will be ignored or an error will be generated.

Essentials for Office 365
273 File Manager Tab

6. Identify the library or folder destination for your files, and upload content using CSV by doing one of the following: � Select Upload Content Using CSV from the ribbon in the File Manager section. � right-click and select "Use CSV to..." and then select "Upload/Copy Content".
7. Next the Upload or Copy Content using CSV screen will be generated. Enter the location of your .csv file or .bck file. NOTE: The .bck files are automatically created by the application when downloading the entire site and sub-sites (see Downloading Content from SharePoint 275 for more information).
Essentials for Office 365 274
File Manager Tab

8. You may check individual items or the Check All button at the bottom to select everything. In addition if you are using a custom character set select it in the provided field.
9. To start the import, just press the Finish button.
Downloading Content from SharePoint
The download content from SharePoint option is intended to allow the user to extract content out of SharePoint into a local storage, attached storage, or file share. There are a variety of situations where this feature is helpful. Some examples include:
� Archive or off-board content from SharePoint. � Move content from one SharePoint to another that is not accessible through a network. � Ability to download and then reload content into a re-built environment. Do the following in order to download content from SharePoint:
Essentials for Office 365 275
File Manager Tab

1. Select the content you want to download. You can select specific items in the content pane, or specific lists/sites in the Navigation pane.
2. Once you have selected the content, select the Download Content option. This option is available in: � the ribbon. � right clicking on the object you want to download and selecting "Download Content to File System" from the right click menu.
3. This will open the item or site download wizard, depending on the object you selected for download. NOTE: An option to include sub-sites is also available but please note that this may result in a lengthy download process
Essentials for Office 365 276
File Manager Tab

4. Select a location to store your download and appropriate options from the Advanced Options section.
Essentials for Office 365 277
File Manager Tab

5. Press Finish to begin the download.
File Share Pre-Migration Analysis
If you selected "File Share" as the Migration Analysis type do the following: 1. Once the Pre-Migration Analysis wizard opens, enter your Source Location. You can either select a source folder, or you can select a source folder from a CSV spreadsheet.
2. Select a Target location to which you plan to migrate the source FileShare.
Essentials for Office 365 278
File Manager Tab

3. Select the parameters which you would like to use in your pre-migration analysis. See the following sections for an overview of the analysis parameter options:
� Item Analysis Parameters 221
NOTE: The analysis parameters have default settings that scan for files that are outside of the out of the box parameters for SharePoint. You can make changes to the default parameter settings in the wizard in the event that your SharePoint environment has been customized to allow for files outside of SharePoint's original parameters. The premigration analysis works for file systems and file shares that can be mounted as a networked drive. 4. Select "Finish" to begin the Pre-Migration Analysis. If you selected "SharePoint" as the Migration Analysis type do the following: 1. Once the Pre-Migration Analysis wizard opens, enter your Source Location from the drop down list.
2. Select a Target location to which you plan to migrate the source.
3. Select the parameters which you would like to use in your pre-migration analysis. See the following sections for an overview of the analysis parameter options:
� Site Analysis Parameters 219 � List Analysis Parameters 220 � Item Analysis Parameters 221
Essentials for Office 365 279
File Manager Tab

NOTE: The analysis parameters have default settings that scan for files that are outside of the out of the box parameters for SharePoint. You can make changes to the default parameter settings in the wizard in the event that your SharePoint environment has been customized to allow for files outside of SharePoint's original parameters. The premigration analysis works for file systems and file shares that can be mounted as a networked drive.
5. Select "Finish" to begin the Pre-Migration Analysis.
Site Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis only.
Site Templates Site and List Templates used in the source environment must be available in the target if the tool is going to create new sites or lists during the operation. To ensure all in use templates are available, this option will scan each site and list to identify the template type. If a Target Location was specified, then the analysis will compare the list of used templates in the source against the list of available templates in the target location. If a template is marked as Condition 3, it was not detected as an available template in the target location. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight templates based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint templates. If a template is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box template. Site Features Site Features can provide additional functionality to SharePoint. To ensure site features are available, this option will scan each site to identify which features have been activated. If a Target Location was specified, then the analysis will compare the list of activated features in the source against the list of available features in the target location. If a feature is marked as Condition 3, it was not detected as an available feature in the target location. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight features based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint features. If a feature is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box feature. Web Parts Web Parts allow users to modify the behavior and appearance of SharePoint pages. To ensure web parts are available, this option will scan each page to identify which web parts have been placed. The analysis will identify and highlight web parts based on a pre-determined list of out of the box SharePoint web parts. If a web part is marked as Condition 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box web part. Site Master Pages
Essentials for Office 365 280
File Manager Tab

Master Pages in SharePoint allow for the customization of the interface and layout which are then applied to the individual pages. When migrating SharePoint sites, it is important to understand which sites have Master Pages applied as this can be used as a good indicator of customizations. To verify the presence of Master Pages, this option will scan each site to identify which have been applied as Site and System Master Pages. If a Target Location was specified, then the analysis will search the Master Page Gallery in the destination for the availability of this page. If the result is reported as a Condition Level 3 it was not found in the destination. If a Target Location was not specified, then the analysis will identify and highlight Master Pages based on the version of SharePoint. If the result is reported as a Condition Level 3, it was not recognized as an out of the box Master Page for this version of SharePoint. Include Sub Sites Enabling this option will also include all accessible sub-sites below the defined "Source Location" in SharePoint.
NOTE: If a large number of sub-sites exist, enabling this option could slow down the analysis.
List Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis only.
NOTE: The condition codes associated to each list entry in the report are based on the following criteria, Total List Items and Total List Size. If either value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be marked as a condition 2.
Total List Items It is generally outside of SharePoint best practice for lists to exceed a certain number of items or threshold for various reasons. The default list view threshold for optimal SharePoint performance is 5000 items. This option will scan for and highlight any list that exceeds the total number of items defined in this parameter (default value is 5000). This is particularly important when migrating into SharePoint Online, as this value is not user configurable in online tenants. If any value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be reported as a Condition 2. Note:
NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
Total List Size Limitation Although SharePoint lists are designed to house many millions of items, it may not be ideal to store large amounts of data in a single list. This option will scan for and highlight any list that exceeds the total size in megabytes as defined in this parameter (default value is 1000 MB). If any value exceeds the defined parameter, the entire list will be reported as a Condition 2.
Essentials for Office 365 281
File Manager Tab

NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
Item Analysis Parameters
The Following applies to File Share and SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis, options vary based on whether File Share or SharePoint Migration analysis has been selected.
Item Size Limitation (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) To identify content that may exceed SharePoint's maximum file size, this option will return items which are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined size, in megabytes (MB). The default value is 50 MB, but this can be adjusted. For performance reasons, if the source is SharePoint this size will only be representative of the most recent version of every object. If you also want to include the size of all versions, please also enable the option "Version Size Calculation".
NOTE: Specifying a target location for this scan will not provide additional analysis.
File Path Length (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) To stay within the guidelines of SharePoint, this option will scan this file share or SharePoint location and identify file path lengths that are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined value. Optionally for File Share Analysis, you may decide to include a "Target Location" which will subtract the total length of this entered location from the defined limitation, resulting in a more accurate File Path limitation estimate. The report will also include the calculation of the space characters into their encoded format and this value will be displayed in parenthesis next to the file path length.
NOTE: Microsoft recommends the effective file path length not exceed 256 characters. Please note that this Microsoft recommended value also includes the SharePoint domain/server name which may not be accounted for in this analysis.
Component Name Length (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) SharePoint enforces limits to the number of characters in a path component; more specifically, this path component refers to the length of the name of files and folders. This option will identify which items are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' the defined length.
NOTE: Microsoft recommends the effective limit of a path component be 128 characters.
Name Contains Invalid Characters (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) Certain characters and their placement are considered invalid and therefore forbidden to be used in
Essentials for Office 365 282
File Manager Tab

standard SharePoint naming conventions. This option will scan the file share location and identify if any of these defined values are used within the full file path.
Blocked File Extension (File Share and SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis) SharePoint provides functionality to block specific file types from being uploaded. Enabling this option will scan the file share location and identify the content based on this list of defined blocked file extensions.
NOTE: The list of file extensions should be separated by a comma. (exe, zip, avi, mp3)
Last Modified (SharePoint 2010/2013/2016 pre-migration Analysis only) This option includes the Last Modification date of SharePoint content to the Content report, useful for determining the age of this information. Based on the selected value, this date value will either be highlighted in Green or Red. Green indicates that the content is newer than the selected date while Red indicates that it is older.
Custom Master Pages (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) This option will include the analysis of each SharePoint page to determine if it has an explicitly defined Master Page associated to it. All pages with a specifically defined Master Page will be set to Condition 3 in order to draw attention to this commonly overlooked SharePoint customization.
NOTE: Only those pages with a specifically defined Master Page will be listed and not those that used placeholders (default.master or custom.master).
Name Ending String (File Share Pre-migration Analysis only) Due to SharePoint restriction, file and folder names may not end with any of these defined strings. This option highlights files with these incompatible file name endings.
NOTE: The list of name ending strings should be separated by a comma. (.files, _files, -Dateien, _fichiers)
File Size Limitation (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) To identify content that may exceed SharePoint's Maximum Upload Limit, this option will return items which are 'Equal', 'Greater Than' and 'Less Than' this defined size, in megabytes (MB).
Search for Duplicate Files (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) Enabling this option will scan the file share location and identify the files with same name and extension stored in folders structure.
Last Modified (File Share and SharePoint Pre-Migration Analysis) The selected date and time in this option will determine if the date in this column is highlighted in red or green. Red indicates that the content is older than the value specified while Green indicates that is it newer.
NOTE: the outcome of this option will not have an impact on the Condition Level of each item, rather it is to be used for the quick, visual identification of old or stale content.
Last Accessed (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) The selected date and time in this option will determine if the date in this column is highlighted in red or green. Red indicates that the content is older than the value specified while Green indicates that is
Essentials for Office 365 283
File Manager Tab

it newer. NOTE: the outcome of this option will not have an impact on the Condition Level of each item, rather it is to be used for the quick, visual identification of old or stale content.
Detailed Reporting Level (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) When the Analyze Items option is included, the process will examine all items in the specified SharePoint sites. What this Detailed Reporting Level option provides is the ability to choose the amount of items (based on Condition level) to be included in the report. Please note that the use of this option will not decrease the amount of time for the analysis to complete, it will only reduce the amount of items listed in the resulting report. When this option is enabled, the report will include detailed information about all items, regardless of their reported Condition level. The use of this option can greatly increase the size of the report, so you may consider leaving it disabled if your SharePoint location contains a large amount of items. When this option is disabled, the report will include detailed information about only those items with a Condition 2 or 3 status, meaning ones where the tool has detected a potential issue for your consideration. Version Size Calculation (SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis only) This option will include the size of all files, folders and items into the Object Size (MB) column. The size including the version history will be shown after the slash next to the size of the most recent object. Most recent item size / Size of all versions Summary Only (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) Enabling this option will provide a summary report calculating the total number, size and average size of the objects (files and folders) in the specified Source Location. Save to CSV (File Share Pre-Migration Analysis only) When this "Save to CSV" option is enabled, the output of this analysis will be saved to a CSV file (.csv) rather than the default Excel file (.xlsx). The benefit of using this option is an increase in analysis performance, however the downside is that the native functionality of Excel files is lost (color, sorting, additional worksheets, etc.)
Essentials for Office 365 284
File Manager Tab

Copying NTFS Permissions
NTFS folder permissions are automatically mapped when the "Copy Permissions" option is selected within the Advanced Options of the Summary screen of the wizard.

NOTE: If selecting "Remove Folder Structure", the "Copy Permissions" option will be disabled. The application will match NTFS to SharePoint permissions in the following way

NTFS Permission

SharePoint Permission Level

Full Control Modify Read Write
List Folder contents Read & Execute

Full Control Contribute
Read Contribute
Read Read

NOTE: These permissions may also be mapped when copying NTFS to SharePoint via CSV 207 and Command Line Scripting 754

Essentials for Office 365
285 File Manager Tab

Copy Files Shares to OneDrive for Business
When licensed, Metalogix Essentials File Manager provides the ability to bulk upload user's networked file system drives into their respective OneDrive for Business Document library in your Office 365 tenant. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the upload needs to have access and at least Read permissions from this computer to all the user's networked file system drives.
� The account used to perform the upload needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the upload will need to know the relationship (mapping) between each user's networked file system drive and their corresponding Office 365 user account.
� Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office 365.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload functionality.
1. To access the wizard, first switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials for Office 365 application. 2. Click the "Copy File Shares" button and select Copy File Share to OneDrive. This will open the
wizard.
3. Give your project a name.
4. Enter the URL to the SharePoint Admin Center in your Office 365 tenant. Click the Connect button and then enter the Username and Password of your Global Administrator to authenticate. The SharePoint Admin Center URL will look similar to this: https://YourTenantadmin.sharepoint.com
5. In the Map File System to Users section, load the CSV file that maps the relationship between the networked file system drives and the corresponding Office 365 user account. During the upload, all the content, files, and sub-folders (if configured), will be migrated from within the root of this network path and uploaded into the user's OneDrive for Business "Documents" library.
Essentials for Office 365 286
File Manager Tab

NOTE: Click here to download an example mapping file. 6. After the mapping file is loaded, click the Check for Users Personal Sites button to run a
validation test. This option is designed to validate the existence of the mapped user in Office 365 and also to check for the availability of each user's OneDrive for Business.
The following results can be displayed in the "OneDrive Exists" column:
� Yes - The user account has been found in this Office 365 Tenant and this user's OneDrive for Business has already been provisioned.
� No - The user account has been found in this Office 365 Tenant, but this user's OneDrive for Business has not yet been provisioned.
� Invalid User - The user account was not found in this Office 365 Tenant and therefore cannot be included with this operation as currently mapped.
7. After the validation process, select all the valid users from the list which you wish to include in this operation and click Next to continue.
8. On the following page of the wizard, you are presented with a few choices dealing with the content that is to be uploaded. Select the options required, as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 287
File Manager Tab

Overwrite if files exist: If a file of the same name already exists in the OneDrive's Documents library, this option will overwrite that file with the current one from the file system.
Incremental Copy: There are multiple scenarios where an ability to re-copy changes (from the source environment to the target) rather than re-copying all the content is preferable and necessary. This function allows user's to continue working on their networked drives or in their OneDrives while the migration is performed and then at a later date, the tool can be used to identify and migrate newly created or modified content. Incremental Copy uses a 'Last <N> Days/Weeks/Months' method to identify and migrate this content starting at the time of execution. Click here 216 for additional information about Incremental Copy.
Copy Permissions: This setting copies NTFS File System folder permissions when copying file system content to SharePoint libraries or when importing files from the file system using CSV Spreadsheet for metadata.
Migrate to Folder: When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner.
Essentials for Office 365 288
File Manager Tab

NOTE: the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content.
For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions.
"Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It is recommended that users not use the operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size, if the file size is greater than 1 MB.
Use the "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to a file and load them in different wizards or the Profile Manager.
Re-map Users: If the user accounts within your local file system differ from those in Office 365, this option provides the ability to map the differences so the tool can properly retain the Created/Modified By authorship information and permissions. Please note that source file shares account are read in the following format and this should be used when creating your user mapping file. domain\user01,user01@contoso.com. You should also add any necessary Groups to this mapping file too. domain\ADMarketingGroup,Marketing Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Essentials for Office 365 289
File Manager Tab

NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled. � Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage. � User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. Note: NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage. Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. 9. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Essentials for Office 365 290
File Manager Tab

Essentials for Office 365
291 File Manager Tab

6 Drives Tab
Metalogix Essentials for Drives provides a simplified, wizard driven experience to migrating content in, out, or between various drive management systems (local or cloud based). It can also provide additional functionality to managing some or all OneDrive for Business sites within a specific Office 365 tenant.
Interface Overview
The application consists of two primary panes: (1) Navigator and (2) Contents/Objects Area. The primary focus of this area is a set of wizards that are displayed when selecting the required operation from the ribbon. A complete listing and description of these wizards is in a separate section of the manual labeled Common Functions. The navigator can be loaded with individual or enterprise level drives that allow for simple drag and drop migrations between several of these Drive locations.
The Drive's tab also gives you access to a Progress tab, also located in the contents pane area, under the Progress tab. This tab has detailed information about each single current user migration status.
Essentials for Office 365 292
Drives Tab

For more information about the progress bar see this section 124.
The Drive's tab also gives you access to a Hyper Migration tab, also located in the Contents pane area, under the Hyper Migration tab. This tab is where all hyper migration jobs are saved, displayed, and managed. For more information on managing your Hyper Migrations, please see this section 101.
NOTE: Hyper Migration is currently only available for Migrations where the source is Dropbox, FileShare,
or Box.
Connecting to Resources
In order to be able to use the Metalogix Essentials Content and Navigator panes in order to copy the contents of your various Drives by dragging and dropping, you will first need to connect to them within Essentials. The following are detailed steps on how to connect to your respective Drives.
Connecting to OneDrive
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your
Essentials for Office 365 293
Drives Tab

Office 365 tenant.
3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios: � Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user. NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 294
Drives Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 295
Drives Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 296
Drives Tab

7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to Box
If you wish to connect to a Box account, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Box option in the Connect To section under the Drives tab. 2. The connecting to Box window will pop up. enter a Project name, and your Box Username and Password. Click on Connect or Claims 786 (depending on the authorization settings for your Box service).
Essentials for Office 365 297
Drives Tab

3. Box will now appear in the Navigator tab, located on the left hand side.
Export to CSV
Essentials provides users with the ability to Export a list of Box users to a CSV file. This report can then be used for User Mapping or Source-To-Target CSV file creation for Mass Migrations from the Drives Tab.
The following steps will run through the process of Exporting Box users to a CSV file. 1. In the Essentials console, click on the Drives tab, and select Box. This will open the Connect to Box window.
2. On the Connect to Box window, enter a project name, a Box Admin account and its corresponding Password. Check on the "User Service Account" option. Click on Connect or Claims (depending on the authorization settings for your Box service).
Essentials for Office 365 298
Drives Tab

3. Once you're connected to box the Select Box Users window will pop up. Select the users you wish to export to a CSV report and then click the Export to CSV button.

4. Provide your CSV file with a name and click Save.

Connecting to Google
Enter topic text here.

Essentials for Office 365
299 Drives Tab

Connecting to Google Accounts
If you wish to connect to a Google account, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Google option in the Connect To section under the Drives tab. 2. On the Connect to Google Screen, enter the email for the Google account you wish to connect to.
Essentials for Office 365 300
Drives Tab

3. Enter the Password for the Google Account.
Essentials for Office 365 301
Drives Tab

4. Allow Metalogix International GmbH to use your information in accordane with our terms of service and privacy policies. You can do this by selecting Allow on the following screen.
NOTE: if you wish to run bulk migrations of Google Drives to Microsoft OneDrive then you must next complete the steps in this section 303.
Essentials for Office 365 302
Drives Tab

5. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to Google Admin Console
This sections describes the process required in order to connect to Google's Admin Console in order to run bulk migrations of Google Drives to Microsoft OneDrive. Note: If you are planning to migrate each drive individually, you can skip this section.
1. Open the Google Cloud Developer Console and login with your Google Admin Account. https://console.developers.google.com
Essentials for Office 365 303
Drives Tab

2. From the dashboard, select create new project. Give your project a name and click Create.
3. Once the Project has been created, the Library view should appear, if it does not then you can select Library on the left side navigation pane. Confirm that the project name you just created is shown in the ribbon.
4. Search for, and enable the Google Drive API and the Admin SDK.
5. Switch to the credentials section by selecting Credentials in the left hand panel.
Essentials for Office 365 304
Drives Tab

6. On the Credentials screen click Create Credentials, and then Service Account Key.
7. On the Create Service Account Key Screen do the following and then click Create in order to create your new service account. a. Select New Service Account as the account type. b. Give your service account a name. c. Under Role select Project and then Owner.
Essentials for Office 365 305
Drives Tab

d. Select P12 as your key type.
8. In a few seconds, you should be prompted to download and save your P12 key file. Please do so and save this p12 file to a location on your computer.
9. After the file is saved, you should be redirected back to the Credentials screen where your new service account is now listed. If you are not, please click the Credentials button in the left side navigation bar.
10. From this Credentials screen, click the button to the right labeled Manage service accounts.
11.You should now be on a page called "Service Accounts for Project 'yourprojectname'". Locate and select the service account name you created. Select the vertical ellipsis button located to the right of your service account, this will open a drop down menu. Choose Edit from the drop down menu.
12.On the Edit Service Account dialog, check the box to "Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation". A new field "Product name for the consent screen" may appear, if it does enter any name you wish in this box and click Save. If it does not just continue to the next step.
13. You should now see "View Client ID" in the Options section for your service account. Click on View Client ID.
14.When the page opens, copy and save the following parameters to a new text file on your computer: o Client ID
Essentials for Office 365 306
Drives Tab

o Service Account
15.Open a new tab in your browser and go to https://admin.google.com. Login with your admin account if necessary.
16.From the Admin Home page, select the menu button on the top left hand corner, and click the Security menu option.
Essentials for Office 365 307
Drives Tab

17.On the Security page select Advanced Settings, and then under Authentication select Manage API Client Access.
18.In the left field named "Client Name" paste in the Client ID value you generated in step 14.
19.In the right field named "One or More API Scopes" copy the following string being sure there are no leading or trailing spaces. https://docs.google.com/feeds,https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.group.m ember.readonly,https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.group.readonly,https:// www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.user.readonly,https://www.googleapis.com/aut h/drive,https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.file,https://www.googleapis.com/auth/user info.email,https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile,https://www.googleapis.com/ oauth2/v1/userinfo
20.Click Authorize. The screen should refresh and display the pair you just entered in the list below the fields.
21.Start Metalogix Essentials software, go to Drives tab and click Copy Google Drive in the ribbon. Select "Copy Google Drive to OneDrive" from the drop down list.
22.Enter the Google Drive parameters as follows and then click Connect: a. Admin User � the username of the account that was just used to create the service account. b. P12 Key File � click the Load button and select the .p12 key file you downloaded earlier
Essentials for Office 365 308
Drives Tab

c. Service Account � paste in the service account ID that you saved to a text file earlier. You want to paste the service account that is formatted like an email address.
23.In a few seconds, you should receive the message "Successfully connected to Google Drive".
Connecting to Dropbox
If you wish to connect to aDropbox account, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Dropbox option in the Connect To section under the Drives tab. 2. The connecting to Dropbox window will pop up. enter a Project name, and your Dropbox Username and Password. Click Connect or Claims 786 if your account requires multi-factor authentication.
Essentials for Office 365 309
Drives Tab

3. Dropbox will now appear in the Navigator tab located on the left hand side.
Connecting to SharePoint
If you wish to connect to SharePoint, do the following:
Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 310
Drives Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 311
Drives Tab

5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
Essentials for Office 365 312
Drives Tab

specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 313
Drives Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 314
Drives Tab

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 315
Drives Tab

Connecting to FileShare
In order to view a file share in the Connections panel within Essentials, you must map your PC to the file share: 1. Navigate to the file share in windows explorer and select the network location.
Essentials for Office 365 316
Drives Tab

2. Right Click and select Map Network Drive.
3. Open Essentials, and note that the file share is now available in the Connections section. NOTE: If you want to run Essentials as an admin, you will first need to add the Admin to the user group for the file share, otherwise you wont be able to see the file share in the Connections panel.
Essentials for Office 365 317
Drives Tab

Copy Google Drive
Copy Google Drive to an Office 365 Group
This option allows administrators to move content from multiple Google Drives to Office 365 Group Sites ("Documents" library) in a single operation.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The Google Drive pre-requisites 303 must be configured successfully prior to the migration. � The account used to perform the migration into Office 365 Groups needs to be a Global
Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping)
between each source Google Drive account and their corresponding Office 365 Group name and Office 365 user account. � The Office 365 Group and its Site must already exist. To migrate the content of multiple Google Drives to Office 365 Groups, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Google Drive and selec "Copy Google Drive to Office 365 Groups".
The Google Drives to Office 365 Groups Migrator wizard opens. 2. Select the Copy Google Drives option.
3. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
4. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if
Essentials for Office 365 318
Drives Tab

you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Google Drive, double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
5. Specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL?and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
6. Click the Load from Google button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded (this CSV file can be created with the help of the Google User Mapping 456 report). Select the ones you want to include in this migration NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives (>1000), the Load from Google option may take several minutes to complete.
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Google Drive 450 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but
Essentials for Office 365 319
Drives Tab

does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. Check the Re-Map Users option and load your Group mapping CSV file (Please see this section 349 for instructions on how to create a CSV Group Mapping file for Google Drive to Office 365 Group, user mapping may also be included in this CSV).
The CSV for Group mapping is required so that the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Google account and the corresponding Office 365 Group name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Google Drive and Office 365 then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file. In the example below, illustrate mapping a source Google Drive (network path) to an Office 365 Group (Office 365 Group Account). C:\2015 Marketing Plan,MarketingGroup2015@contoso.com X:\2016 Marketing Plan,MarketingGroup2015@contoso.com \\home\users\jsmith\content\draft docs,AllGroup@contoso.com 8. Click Check Office 365 Groups in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 Groups were located) and check to determine if each Group currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next. If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Google Drive or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check Office 365 Group button again.
9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 320
Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Google revision history will be converted into Office 365 Group versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Google Drives (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB.
Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled you can create a (or use an existed) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. Skipped Non-Owned Files - This addresses the possible scenario where content exists in the user's Google Drive "My Drive" area which is not owned by this user. Skipping these objects will prevent duplicate content from being migrated to the destination. Include First Reference File Only - This option addresses the possible scenario where a user creates reference objects (links using Shift + Z in Google Drive) of a file in various locations throughout their Google Drive environment. Skipping these additional references will prevent duplicate files from being migrated to the destination by migrating only the first reference found. Please note that the "first" reference is defined by a list of parent folders returned from Google Drive and the first may not always be the same one on subsequent or incremental migrations. Please also note this option is only applicable to files, all referenced folders will be copied. Include Orphaned Files - For the purpose of this option, an orphaned file is defined as a file that was created in a folder that was shared with this user and after the file was created, their permission to the shared folder was removed. The file still exists in the user's Google Drive, however it does not reside in any visible folder path and can only be located using the Google
Essentials for Office 365 321
Drives Tab

Drive Search Bar. When this option is enabled, the migration will identify these orphaned files and migrate them to the mapped Office 365 Group Site's Documents library. In this library, a new folder named "Orphaned Files" will be created which will contain all the migrated orphaned files.
NOTE: The use of this option can decrease overall migration performance.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration. Format Conversion:
This set of options allows you to determine how Google formatted content will be converted into Microsoft compatible content. Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 322
Drives Tab

� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
10. Click Finish to begin the migration process.
Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Copying Google Drive to Office 365 Group.
Unsupported Objects for Migrating Google Drive to Office 365
The following Google Drive objects and scenarios are not supported when migrating to OneDrive for Business.
� Content scenarios o Content within or shared from a user account which is currently in a "Suspended" state. o Content that is linked, synchronized or referenced in a second or more Google Drive folders will be copied as individual, discrete files to each of their respective locations in OneDrive
Essentials for Office 365 323
Drives Tab

for Business. Their linked, synchronized or referenced configuration from Google will not be maintained and duplicate files may therefore be created in OneDrive for Business.
� To prevent duplicate files from being created, the option "Include First Reference File
Only" has been added. When this option is enabled only the first returned reference of these linked files will be migrated. All other references will be skipped and an appropriate message will be added to the log file as shown below: "Skipped copying /GoogleDriveObjectPath because it is another reference object to a file and the option to include only the first reference was selected." o Documents within a user's Google Drive that are owned by this user, but are not "Shared From" this user (this is related to the prior use of Google's "Transfer Ownership" function) will be skipped. This logic applies to documents only, folders will still be migrated. � Folder colors � Google Forms � Google My Maps and other connected Apps � Google Photos � Inline file comments (November 11, 2016 update: inline file comments now supported for Google Docs, Sheets and Slides only) � "Link sharing" settings are not retained o The two link sharing options listed below will not be retained due to native OneDrive for Business permissions.
� Anyone with the link � Anyone at MyCompany with the link
The following error message will appear in the log when file with either of those link sharing are processed: "Google "with the link" sharing was not processed on object /objectPath, and should therefore be manually recreated post migration."
� Objects in the "Trash" � Shared Permissions (Google Drive to Office 365 Group Sites only) � Shared Permissions or meta-data associated with external users will not be retained. � Starred or Favorite label on content
o The item can be migrated, however this label is not retained.
Essentials for Office 365 324
Drives Tab

Copy Google Shared Drive to an Office 365 Group
This option allows administrators to move content from multiple Google Shared Drives to Office 365 Group Sites ("Documents" library) in a single operation.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The Google Drive pre-requisites 303 must be configured successfully prior to the migration. � The account used to perform the migration into Office 365 Groups needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each source Google Shared Drive account and their corresponding Office 365 Group name and Office 365 user account. � The Office 365 Group and its Site must already exist.
To migrate the content of multiple Google Shared Drives to Office 365 Groups, perform the following:
1. On the Drives tab click Copy Google Drive and selec "Copy Google Drive to Office 365 Groups".
The Google Drives to Office 365 Groups Migrator wizard opens. 2. Select the Copy Google Shared Drives option.
3. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
4. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Google Drive, double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still
Essentials for Office 365 325
Drives Tab

experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
5. Specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL?and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
6. Click the Load from Google button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded (this CSV file can be created with the help of the Google User Mapping 456 report). Select the ones you want to include in this migration, click Next. NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives (>1000), the Load from Google option may take several minutes to complete.
7. Check the Re-Map Users option and load your Group mapping CSV file (Please see this section 349 for instructions on how to create a CSV Group Mapping file for Google Drive to Office 365 Group, user mapping may also be included in this CSV).
The CSV for Group mapping is required so that the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Google Shared Drive account and the corresponding Office 365 Group name as well as maintain content authorship, it is very important for Google Shared Drives as they have unique ID indicators. If your user accounts differ between Google
Essentials for Office 365 326
Drives Tab

Drive and Office 365 then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file. In the example below, illustrate mapping a source Google Shared Drive (unique ID and users) to an Office 365 Group (Office 365 Group Account).

0AFQAqumR-AUk9PVA,NikolaPrivate@metavistech.com Mark@metavist.com,MarketingGroup2015@contoso.com
Members Permission Levels Mapping:

Google Shared Drive Manager Content Manager Contributor Commenter Viewer

Office 365 Office 365 Groups Owner Office 365 Groups Member Office 365 Groups Member Office 365 Groups Member Office 365 Groups Member

NOTE: Google Shared Drives membership can be copied to Office 365 only with OAuth
8. Click Check Office 365 Groups in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 Groups were located) and check to determine if each Group currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next. If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Google Drive or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check Office 365 Group button again.

9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options as described below.

Essentials for Office 365
327 Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Google revision history will be converted into Office 365 Group versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Google Drives (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB.
Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled you can create a (or use an existed) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. Skipped Non-Owned Files - This addresses the possible scenario where content exists in the user's Google Drive "My Drive" area which is not owned by this user. Skipping these objects will prevent duplicate content from being migrated to the destination. Include First Reference File Only - This option addresses the possible scenario where a user creates reference objects (links using Shift + Z in Google Drive) of a file in various locations throughout their Google Drive environment. Skipping these additional references will prevent duplicate files from being migrated to the destination by migrating only the first reference found. Please note that the "first" reference is defined by a list of parent folders returned from Google Drive and the first may not always be the same one on subsequent or incremental migrations. Please also note this option is only applicable to files, all referenced folders will be copied. Include Orphaned Files - For the purpose of this option, an orphaned file is defined as a file that was created in a folder that was shared with this user and after the file was created, their permission to the shared folder was removed. The file still exists in the user's Google Drive, however it does not reside in any visible folder path and can only be located using the Google
Essentials for Office 365 328
Drives Tab

Drive Search Bar. When this option is enabled, the migration will identify these orphaned files and migrate them to the mapped Office 365 Group Site's Documents library. In this library, a new folder named "Orphaned Files" will be created which will contain all the migrated orphaned files.
NOTE: The use of this option can decrease overall migration performance.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration. Format Conversion:
This set of options allows you to determine how Google formatted content will be converted into Microsoft compatible content. Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 329
Drives Tab

� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
10. Click Finish to begin the migration process.
Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Copying Google Shared Drives to Office 365 Group.
Copy Google Drive to Microsoft Teams
This option allows administrators to move content from multiple Google Drives to Microsoft Teams in a single operation.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration.
Essentials for Office 365 330
Drives Tab

This operation has the following requirements for use: � The Google Drive pre-requisites 303 must be configured successfully prior to the migration. � The account used to perform the migration into Microsoft Teams needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each source Google Drive account and their corresponding Microsoft Teams group name and Office 365 user account. � The Microsoft Team Group must already exist.
To migrate the content of multiple Google Drives to Microsoft Team Groups, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Google Drive and select "Copy Google Drive to Microsoft Teams".
The Google Drives to Microsoft Teams Migrator wizard opens. 2. Select the Copy Google Drives option.
3. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
4. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Google Drive, double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
5. Specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL?and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 331
Drives Tab

If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
6. Click Load from Google to load a list of available Google Drive accounts from your environment. Click Load from CSV to load users from a CSV file. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded (this CSV file can be created with the help of the Google User Mapping 456 report).
Select the accounts you want included in this migration. NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives (>1000), the Load from Google option may take several minutes to complete.
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Google Drive 450 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. Check the Re-Map Users option and load your Group mapping CSV file (Please see this section 349 for instructions on how to create a CSV Group Mapping file for Google Drive to Microsoft Teams, user mapping may also be included in this CSV).
Essentials for Office 365 332
Drives Tab

The CSV for Group mapping is required so that the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Google account and the corresponding Microsoft Teams Group name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Google Drive and Microsoft Teams then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file. In the example below, lines 1-3 illustrate mapping a source Google Drive to an Microsoft Teams Group by name while lines 4-5 in the same file are used to map the Google user accounts to their respective Office 365 user accounts to maintain item authorship.
sales@company.com,MicrosoftTeams Group Name marketing@company.com,MicrosoftTeams MarketingGroup IT@company.com,IT Group scott@company.com,swilson@contoso.com bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com
If you wish to migrate one or more source accounts to a single Group library while also remapping the user account for the purpose of metadata and sharing, please use the following format in your mapping file.
user@google.com,MicrosoftTeamsGroupName(user@contoso.com)
The software will migrate the content from the source drive "user@google.com" to the Documents library in the group "MicrosoftTeamsGroupName". The metadata and shared permissions of Google user "user@google.com" will be mapped to the Office 365 user account "user@contoso.com". 8. Click Check MS Team in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (MS Teams were located) and check to determine if each Ms Team currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Google Drive or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check MS Team button again. 9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 333
Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Google revision history will be converted into Microsoft Teams versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Google Drives (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB.
Migrate to folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Skipped Non-Owned Objects - This addresses the possible scenario where content exists in the user's Google Drive "My Drive" area which is not owned by this user. Skipping these objects will prevent duplicate content from being migrated to the destination. Include First Reference File Only - This option addresses the possible scenario where a user creates reference objects (links using Shift + Z in Google Drive) of a file in various locations throughout their Google Drive environment. Skipping these additional references will prevent duplicate files from being migrated to the destination by migrating only the first reference found. Please note that the "first" reference is defined by a list of parent folders returned from Google Drive and the first may not always be the same one on subsequent or
Essentials for Office 365 334
Drives Tab

incremental migrations. Please also note this option is only applicable to files, all referenced folders will be copied. Include Orphaned Files - For the purpose of this option, an orphaned file is defined as a file that was created in a folder that was shared with this user and after the file was created, their permission to the shared folder was removed. The file still exists in the user's Google Drive, however it does not reside in any visible folder path and can only be located using the Google Drive Search Bar. When this option is enabled, the migration will identify these orphaned files and migrate them to the mapped Office 365 Group Site's Documents library. In this library, a new folder named "Orphaned Files" will be created which will contain all the migrated orphaned files.
NOTE: The use of this option can decrease overall migration performance.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration. Format Conversion:
This set of options allows you to determine how Google formatted content will be converted into Microsoft compatible content. Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User
Essentials for Office 365 335
Drives Tab

Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
10. Click Finish to begin the migration process.
Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Copying Google Drive to Microsoft Teams.
Essentials for Office 365 336
Drives Tab

Copy Google Shared Drive to Microsoft Teams
This option allows administrators to move content from multiple Google Shared Drives to Microsoft Teams in a single operation.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The Google Drive pre-requisites 303 must be configured successfully prior to the migration. � The account used to perform the migration into Microsoft Teams needs to be a Global
Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping)
between each source Google Shared Drive account and their corresponding Microsoft Teams group name and Office 365 user account. � The Microsoft Team Group must already exist. To migrate the content of multiple Google Drives to Microsoft Team Groups, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Google Drive and select "Copy Google Drive to Microsoft Teams".
The Google Drives to Microsoft Teams Migrator wizard opens. 2. Select the Copy Google Shared Drives option.
3. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
4. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Google Drive, double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still
Essentials for Office 365 337
Drives Tab

experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
5. Specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL?and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
6. Click Load from Google to load a list of available Google Drive accounts from your environment. Click Load from CSV to load users from a CSV file. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded (this CSV file can be created with the help of the Google User Mapping 456 report).
� Select the accounts you want included in this migration. Click Next. NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives (>1000), the Load from Google option may take several minutes to complete.
7. Check the Re-Map Users option and load your Group mapping CSV file (Please see this section 349 for instructions on how to create a CSV Group Mapping file for Google Drive to Microsoft Teams, user mapping may also be included in this CSV).
The CSV for Group mapping is required so that the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Google Shared drive account and the corresponding Microsoft Teams Group name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Google Shared Drive and Microsoft Teams then you will want to add your user
Essentials for Office 365 338
Drives Tab

mapping to this same file. In the example below, lines 1 illustrates mapping a source Google Shared Drive to an Microsoft Teams Group by name while line 2 in the same file is used to map the Google user accounts to their respective Office 365 user accounts to maintain item authorship. 0AFQAqumR33-Uk9PVA (this is the google shared group ID number),MicrosoftTeams Group Name bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com 8. Click Check MS Team in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (MS Teams were located) and check to determine if each MS Team currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Google Drive or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check MS Team button again. 9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options as described below.
Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Google revision history will be converted into Microsoft Teams versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Google Drives (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or
Essentials for Office 365 339
Drives Tab

months).
Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB.
Migrate to folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Skipped Non-Owned Objects - This addresses the possible scenario where content exists in the user's Google Drive "My Drive" area which is not owned by this user. Skipping these objects will prevent duplicate content from being migrated to the destination.
Include First Reference File Only - This option addresses the possible scenario where a user creates reference objects (links using Shift + Z in Google Drive) of a file in various locations throughout their Google Drive environment. Skipping these additional references will prevent duplicate files from being migrated to the destination by migrating only the first reference found. Please note that the "first" reference is defined by a list of parent folders returned from Google Drive and the first may not always be the same one on subsequent or incremental migrations. Please also note this option is only applicable to files, all referenced folders will be copied.
Include Orphaned Files - For the purpose of this option, an orphaned file is defined as a file that was created in a folder that was shared with this user and after the file was created, their permission to the shared folder was removed. The file still exists in the user's Google Drive, however it does not reside in any visible folder path and can only be located using the Google Drive Search Bar. When this option is enabled, the migration will identify these orphaned files and migrate them to the mapped Office 365 Group Site's Documents library. In this library, a new folder named "Orphaned Files" will be created which will contain all the migrated orphaned files.
NOTE: The use of this option can decrease overall migration performance.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration.
Format Conversion:
Essentials for Office 365 340
Drives Tab

This set of options allows you to determine how Google formatted content will be converted into Microsoft compatible content. Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Essentials for Office 365 341
Drives Tab

Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
10. Click Finish to begin the migration process. Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Copying Google Drive to Microsoft Teams.
Copy Google Drives to OneDrive for Business
This option allows administrators to move content of multiple Google Drives to OneDrive for Business in a single move.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration.
To migrate content of multiple Google Drives, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click "Copy Google Drive" and select, Copy Google Drive to OneDrive.
The Google Drive to OneDrive for Business Migration wizard opens. 2. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
3. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if
Essentials for Office 365 342
Drives Tab

you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to Google Drive", double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
4. Specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
5. Click the Load from SharePoint button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded. Select the account you wish to migrate. NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives, it's recommended to load them by pressing the Load from CSV button.
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Google Drive 450 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
Essentials for Office 365 343
Drives Tab

7. Check the Re-Map Users option and load your user mapping CSV file (Please see this section 351 for instructions on how to create a CSV User Mapping file for Google Drive to OneDrive). User mapping is required so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Google and Office 365 accounts.
8. Click Check for users personal sites in order to begin the validation process. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 user accounts were located) and check to determine if each user currently has a OneDrive for Business for the site provisioned. If one or more valid users do not have a OneDrive for Business site currently provisioned,
Essentials for Office 365 344
Drives Tab

select them and check Create personal sites for the selected users option. Click Next.
9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options as described below: Content Options:
Essentials for Office 365 345
Drives Tab

� Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled.
� Include Versions - The process in which Google revision history will be converted into OneDrive for Business versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Google Drives (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). You can select whether you would like to:
o Include All Versions
o Include The Most Recent Versions - this option allows you to specify how many recent versions you would like to copy the content from.
� Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). To perform a Delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration.
NOTE: delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
� Skip Files Greater Than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration.
� Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create, or use an existing, root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path, for example: /My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and sub-folder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
� Copy Permissions - Will convert Google shared permissions into OneDrive for Business shared permissions.
NOTE: Select the "Copy Permissions" option in order to copy content permissions.

Google Drive Shared Permission

OneDrive for Business Sharing Permission

Is owner

Full Control

Can edit

Can edit (Contribute)

Can comment

Can view (Read)

Essentials for Office 365
346 Drives Tab

Can view

Can view (Read)

� Skipped Non-Owned Files - This addresses the possible scenario where content exists in the user's Google Drive "My Drive" area which is not owned by this user. Skipping these objects will prevent duplicate content from being migrated into OneDrive for Business.
� Include First Reference File Only - This option addresses the possible scenario where a user creates reference objects (links using Shift + Z in Google Drive) of a file in various locations throughout their Google Drive environment. Skipping these additional references will prevent duplicate files from being migrated into OneDrive for Business by migrating only the first reference found. Please note that the "first" reference is defined by a list of parent folders returned from Google Drive and the first may not always be the same one on subsequent or incremental migrations. Please also note this option is only applicable to files, all referenced folders will be copied.
� Include Orphaned Files - For the purpose of this option, an orphaned file is defined as a file that was created in a folder that was shared with this user and after the file was created, their permission to the shared folder was removed. The file still exists in the user's Google Drive, however it does not reside in any visible folder path and can only be located using the Google Drive Search Bar. When enabled, the migration will identify these orphaned files and migrate them to the mapped OneDrive for Business Documents library. In this library, a new folder named "Orphaned Files" will be created which will contain all the migrated orphaned files. The use of this option can decrease overall migration performance.
� Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner.
NOTE: the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content.
For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions.
"Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It is recommended that users not use the operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size, if the file size is greater than 1 MB.
Use the "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to a file and load them in different wizards

Essentials for Office 365
347 Drives Tab

or the Profile Manager.
Format Conversion: This set of options to determine how Google formatted content will be converted into Microsoft compatiable content.
Adanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Essentials for Office 365 348
Drives Tab

NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
10. Click Finish to begin the migration process. Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Copying Google Drive to OneDrive for Business.
Google Group Mapping
When migrating from Google Drive to OneDrive for Business it may be necessary to re-map your Google based groups into existing Office 365 groups. This may be necessary when you have a group on your Google document that you want to translate into another group in your Office 365 environment.
Essentials for Office 365 349
Drives Tab

1. In your Google Drive, open the 'share' pane of the file that you want to map the group from.
As is shown in the image above, "EDI@domainname.com" is the group. When migrating this into OneDrive, it will become "EDI At domainname.com". 2. Find the Group that you want to map this Google Drive group to in Sharepoint. On this screen, copy the Account for the group that you want to map into within OneDrive.
3. Make a new entry in your User Mapping file for the Group. As you can see, use the information from the Google side on the leftmost column and use the information from your SharePoint side on the rightmost column. When you use this mapping file, your group should map from Google Drive to an existing group in OneDrive.
Essentials for Office 365 350
Drives Tab

NOTE: When creating your mapping you can use full group names and domains (edi@domainname.com,groupname) or you can simply set it up using the group name without the domain (edi,groupname)

Google User Mapping

When migrating from Google Drive to OneDrive for Business it may be necessary to re-map your Google based user accounts into their new Office 365 user accounts.
A migration example that may not require user mapping:

Google User Account Office 365 User Account user1@company.com user1@company.com

Both the username (user1) and domain (company.com) are identical between Google and Office 365. (If you are using a .onmicrosoft.com email to authenticate against Office 365, then you will need to map all users even if the usernames and domain are identical.)

A few migration examples that would require the use of a mapping file:

Google User Account user1@companyA.com user1@companyA.com user1@company.com

Office 365 User Account user1@companyB.com user.one@companyB.com user.one@company.com

The username (user1) is the same between Google and Office 365, however the domain has changed (companyA.com | companyB.com).
Both the username (user1 | user.one) and the domain (companyA.com | companyB.com) is different.
The domain is the same (company.com), but the username has changed (user1 | user.one).

Based on the examples above, if your situation requires the use of a mapping file, please create it using the steps below.
1. Create a new blank worksheet in Excel.
2. In Column A, enter the list of Google User Accounts.
3. In Column B, enter the list of Office 365 User Accounts next to their respective Google Accounts.
4. When complete, save this to a CSV file.
If you are not using Excel, then please create this mapping in a text file and then change the file extension to CSV when complete. The file format should look similar to this when viewed in a text editor:

Essentials for Office 365
351 Drives Tab

user1@companyA.com,user1@companyB.com user2@companyA.com,user2@companyB.com user3@companyA.com,user3@companyB.com user4@companyA.com,user4@companyB.com user5@companyA.com,user5@companyB.com Click here to download an example user mapping file.
Google Permission Mapping
The application provides options to map domain and default Google permissions to SharePoint. To enable migration of Google permissions, select the Copy Permissions option under Advanced Options in the copy wizard. The unique permissions granted to documents will be preserved unless you chose to map Google Permissions to SharePoint.
Copy File Share
Copy File Share to OneDrive for Business
When licensed, Metalogix Essentials File Manager provides the ability to bulk upload user's networked file system drives into their respective OneDrive for Business Document library in your Office 365 tenant. This operation has the following requirements for use:
Essentials for Office 365 352
Drives Tab

� The account used to perform the upload needs to have access and at least Read permissions from this computer to all the user's networked file system drives.
� The account used to perform the upload needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the upload will need to know the relationship (mapping) between each user's networked file system drive and their corresponding Office 365 user account.
� Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office 365.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload functionality.
1. To access the wizard, first switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials for Office 365 application. 2. Click the "Copy File Shares" button and select Copy File Share to OneDrive. This will open the
wizard.
3. Give your project a name.
4. Enter the URL to the SharePoint Admin Center in your Office 365 tenant. Click the Connect button and then enter the Username and Password of your Global Administrator to authenticate. The SharePoint Admin Center URL will look similar to this: https://YourTenantadmin.sharepoint.com
5. In the Map File System to Users section, load the CSV file that maps the relationship between the networked file system drives and the corresponding Office 365 user account. During the upload, all the content, files, and sub-folders (if configured), will be migrated from within the root of this network path and uploaded into the user's OneDrive for Business "Documents" library. NOTE: Click here to download an example mapping file.
6. After the mapping file is loaded, click the Check for Users Personal Sites button to run a validation test. This option is designed to validate the existence of the mapped user in Office 365 and also to check for the availability of each user's OneDrive for Business.
Essentials for Office 365 353
Drives Tab

The following results can be displayed in the "OneDrive Exists" column:
� Yes - The user account has been found in this Office 365 Tenant and this user's OneDrive for Business has already been provisioned.
� No - The user account has been found in this Office 365 Tenant, but this user's OneDrive for Business has not yet been provisioned.
� Invalid User - The user account was not found in this Office 365 Tenant and therefore cannot be included with this operation as currently mapped.
7. After the validation process, select all the valid users from the list which you wish to include in this operation and click Next to continue.
8. On the following page of the wizard, you are presented with a few choices dealing with the content that is to be uploaded. Select the options required, as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 354
Drives Tab

Overwrite if files exist: If a file of the same name already exists in the OneDrive's Documents library, this option will overwrite that file with the current one from the file system. Incremental Copy: There are multiple scenarios where an ability to re-copy changes (from the source environment to the target) rather than re-copying all the content is preferable and necessary. This function allows user's to continue working on their networked drives or in their OneDrives while the migration is performed and then at a later date, the tool can be used to identify and migrate newly created or modified content. Incremental Copy uses a 'Last <N> Days/Weeks/Months' method to identify and migrate this content starting at the time of execution. Click here 216 for additional information about Incremental Copy. Copy Permissions: This setting copies NTFS File System folder permissions when copying file system content to SharePoint libraries or when importing files from the file system using CSV Spreadsheet for metadata. Migrate to Folder: When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner.
NOTE: the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content.
For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions.
"Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It is recommended that users not use the operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size, if the file size is greater than 1 MB.
Use the "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to a file and load them in different wizards
Essentials for Office 365 355
Drives Tab

or the Profile Manager.
Re-map Users: If the user accounts within your local file system differ from those in Office 365, this option provides the ability to map the differences so the tool can properly retain the Created/Modified By authorship information and permissions. Please note that source file shares account are read in the following format and this should be used when creating your user mapping file. domain\user01,user01@contoso.com. You should also add any necessary Groups to this mapping file too. domain\ADMarketingGroup,Marketing Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply
Essentials for Office 365 356
Drives Tab

this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. Note:
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage. Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. 9. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy File Share to SharePoint Online
This option allows Local and Office 365 administrators to migrate folders (and their subfolders and files) from within multiple local files shares or network drives to one or more document libraries in a SharePoint Online Site Collection. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the migration from the File Shares needs to have at least Read permissions to every object in the source path.
� The account used to perform the migration into SharePoint Online needs to have at minimuim Designer permissions to the destination Site Collection. Full Control or Site Collection Administrator are recommended to avoid potential permission related issues during migration.
� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping 747) between each user's local user account and their corresponding Office 365 user account.
� The destination sites and libraries must exist in SharePoint Online prior to migration. Once the requirements above are satisified, you can proceed with your File Share to SharePoint Online migration.
1. To access the wizard, first switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials for Office 365 application. 2. Click the "Copy File Shares" drop down and then select the Copy File Shares to SharePoint
option. This will open the wizard.
Essentials for Office 365 357
Drives Tab

3. Give your project a name.
4. Enter the URL for the SharePoint Site you wish to copy your File Share to. Click the Connect button. If prompted, enter the Username and Password credentials for the SharePoint site.spsadmin.
5. Load the Map file share to sharepoint CSV file. This option is required in order to map which folders from your local or network drives are migrated into which specific document library in your SharePoint Online site(s). Create and load a CSV formatted to include the following 4 headers and is specific to a single target SharePoint Online root location as defined in the SharePoint Site field above. NOTE: When connecting to a SharePoint Online Site in this step, please be aware that you may migrate content into any library within this site or any sub-site beneath it. If you want to migrate content to a different site collection, then you will need to configure a second migration.
� Source Path - This column defines the path to the root folder (including all its child content) from the local or network drive that you wish to migrate.
� Target SharePoint Site - This column defines the site or sub-site you wish to use as your destination location. If you want to migrate to the root site as defined in the SharePoint Site URL, then simply enter a forward slash (/) in this column. If you wish to migrate to a sub-site of the root, then enter the relative path to your sub-site starting at the root level (i.e. /subsite1/subsite2). Please note that each defined target site or sub-site must already exist in SharePoint Online as this process will not create this new site. This will then result in an error during migration.
� Target SharePoint List - This column defines the document library you wish to use as your destination list. Please enter the library's Display Name into this column. Please note that each defined target library must already exist in SharePoint Online as this process will not create this new library. This will then result in an error during migration.
� Target folder path - This column defines the folder that you would like to use as your destination location. If you want to migrate to the root of the library defined in the
Essentials for Office 365 358
Drives Tab

Target SharePoint List column, then simply enter a forward slash (/) in this column. If you wish to migrate to a sub-folder of the root, then enter the relative path to your subfolder starting at the root level (i.e. /folder1/folder2).
NOTE: A sample CSV file can be downloaded from here and used as an example template. Please do not modify the first row (headers) of the CSV file, but do modify the remaining values starting in the second row to meet your needs. 6. Once you have Loaded a CSV file, the table in the wizard will be populated. you must select at least one row in the table to copy over in order to be able to select Next and move forward in the wizard.
7. On the following page of the wizard, you are presented with a few choices dealing with the content that is to be uploaded. Select the options required, as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 359
Drives Tab

Content Options:
Overwrite if file exists - If the content already exists in the destination location, this option determines whether the operation will overwrite this content in the destination or to skip it. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created or modified within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Copy Permissions - Enable this option to include NTFS permissions with this operation. Defer Required Fields - Content will be uploaded/copied even if required fields are left empty. Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude
specific content during migration. Re-Map Users - If necessary, create and load a user mapping file to be used for both permissions and metadata. User accounts as well as domain groups should be included in this CSV mapping file. Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB. Advanced Options:
Essentials for Office 365 360
Drives Tab

Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation.
Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode.
NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding.
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
8. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Essentials for Office 365 361
Drives Tab

Copy File Share to an Office 365 Group
This option provides the ability to bulk upload networked file system content into an Office 365 Group Site's Documents library. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the upload needs to have access and at least Read permissions from this computer to all the networked file system drives.
� The account used to perform the upload needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the upload will need to know the relationship (mapping) between each networked file system path and the corresponding Office 365 Group Name.
� The Office 365 Group and its Site must already exist. Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your File Share to Office 365 Group Site migration.
1. Switch to the Drives tab and click the Copy File Share dropdown and then the "Copy File Shares to Office 365 Group" migration button.
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the URL to the SharePoint Admin Center in your Office 365 tenant. Click the Connect button and then enter the Username and Password of your Global Administrator to authenticate. The SharePoint Admin Center URL will look similar to this: https://YourTenantadmin.sharepoint.com
4. In the Map File System to Groups section, load the file that maps the relationship between the networked file system drives and the corresponding Office 365 Group Name. During upload all the content, files, and sub-folders (if configured), will be migrated from within the root of this network path and uploaded into the Office 365 Group Site's "Documents" library.
Essentials for Office 365 362
Drives Tab

Click here to download an example mapping file.
5. After the mapping file is loaded, click the Check for Office 365 Groups button to run a validation test. This option is designed to validate the existence of the mapped user in Office 365 and also to check for the availability of each Office 365 Group and its Site.
The following results can be displayed in the "Group Site Exists" column: � Yes - The Group has been found in this Office 365 Tenant and this Group's Site has already been provisioned. � No - The Group has been found in this Office 365 Tenant, but this Group's Site has not yet been provisioned. � Invalid Group - The Group was not found in this Office 365 Tenant and therefore cannot be included with this operation as currently mapped.
After the validation process, select from the all the valid mappings from the list to include in this operation and click Next to continue. 6. If required, modify your Content Option settings as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 363
Drives Tab

Include sub-folders - When enabled, this option will include the root folder and all subfolders in the defined source path. When disabled, only the root folder will be included in the migration.
Overwrite if file exists - If the content already exists in the destination location, this option determines whether the operation will overwrite this content in the destination or to skip it.
Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created or modified within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Remove Folder Structure - Enable this option to exclude all source folder structure. All folder content will be migrated into the destination location without their parent folders.
Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration.
Re-Map Users - If necessary, create and load a user mapping file to be used for both permissions and metadata. User accounts as well as domain groups should be included in this CSV mapping file. Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Essentials for Office 365 364
Drives Tab

NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. Note: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. Note: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. 7. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy File Share to Microsoft Teams
This option provides the ability to bulk upload networked file system content into an Microsoft Team File Library. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the upload needs to have access and at least Read permissions from this computer to all the networked file system drives.
� The account used to perform the upload needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the upload will need to know the relationship (mapping) between each networked file system path and the corresponding Microsoft Teams Name.
� The Microsoft Team must already exist.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your File Share to Office 365 Group Site migration.
Essentials for Office 365 365
Drives Tab

1. Switch to the Drives tab and click the Copy File Share dropdown and then the "Copy File Shares to Microsoft Teams" migration button.
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the URL to the SharePoint Admin Center in your Office 365 tenant. Click the Connect button and then enter the Username and Password of your Global Administrator to authenticate. The SharePoint Admin Center URL will look similar to this: https://YourTenantadmin.sharepoint.com
4. In the Map File System to Groups section, load the file that maps the relationship between the networked file system drives and the corresponding Microsoft Teams. During upload all the content, files, and sub-folders (if configured), will be migrated from within the root of this network path and uploaded into the Microsoft Teams channel. Click here to download an example mapping file.
5. After the mapping file is loaded, click the Check for Microsoft Teams button to run a validation test. This option is designed to validate the existence of the mapped user in Microsoft Teams and also to check for the availability of each Team.
The following results can be displayed in the "MS Team Exists" column: � Yes - The Group has been found in this Office 365 Tenant and this Group's Site has already been provisioned.
Essentials for Office 365 366
Drives Tab

� No - The Group has been found in this Office 365 Tenant, but this Group's Site has not yet been provisioned.
� Invalid Group - The Group was not found in this Office 365 Tenant and therefore cannot be included with this operation as currently mapped.
After the validation process, select from the all the valid mappings from the list to include in this operation and click Next to continue. 6. If required, modify your Content Option settings as described below.
Include sub-folders - When enabled, this option will include the root folder and all subfolders in the defined source path. When disabled, only the root folder will be included in the migration. Overwrite if file exists - If the content already exists in the destination location, this option determines whether the operation will overwrite this content in the destination or to skip it. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created or modified within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Remove Folder Structure - Enable this option to exclude all source folder structure. All folder content will be migrated into the destination location without their parent folders. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
Essentials for Office 365 367
Drives Tab

In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude
specific content during migration.
Re-Map Users - If necessary, create and load a user mapping file to be used for both
permissions and metadata. User accounts as well as domain groups should be included in this
CSV mapping file.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation.
Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55
section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode.
NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding.
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
Essentials for Office 365 368
Drives Tab

7. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business
A simple, Administrator driven wizard is provided to bulk migrate the lists and content from legacy on-premise SharePoint My Sites to OneDrive for Business sites in Office 365. In order to successfully configure and run this operation, you will need to be able to authenticate against the on-premise Central Admin page with a Farm Admin account (full control to all My Sites) as well as a Global Administrator in the Office 365 tenant. A mapping file may also be needed in order to resolve the user accounts between the source and destination locations.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration needs to have at least Owner permissions to each
users' My Site. � The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office
365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (mapping) between
each user's My Site account and their corresponding Office 365 user account. � Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office
365. Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload
functionality. 1. Switch to the Drives tab in Essentials for Office 365 and click the button Copy My Sites to
OneDrive, located in the ribbon.
2. When the wizard appears, begin by entering the SharePoint Admin URL - This will be the URL to the on-premise SharePoint Central Admin page that hosts the My Sites. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Farm Admin account and click Connect. When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next parameter.
3. Enter the URL for the SharePoint Admin Center in Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect. NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation. When you receive a successful
Essentials for Office 365 369
Drives Tab

connection message proceed to the next step.
4. Click the Load from SharePoint button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded. Load from SharePoint will connect to your source Farm and retrieve a list of available web applications. From this list, select the web application that hosts your My Sites and click OK.
Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file. You can use the user mapping report 452 option to create this CSV file. The wizard will now load a list of available My Sites into the table. Depending on the amount of My Sites within this web application, this may be a time consuming operation.
Essentials for Office 365 370
Drives Tab

5. Check the box next to each My Sites that you would like to include with this operation and then click Next.
6. On the second page of the wizard, if a user mapping file is required, check the box next to ReMap Users and then load the mapping file (for more information on how to create a user mapping file please see the User Mapping 747 section).
7. Click the Check for users personal sites button. This operation will verify that the user account listed in the mapping file was found in Office 365 and it will also determine if the
Essentials for Office 365 371
Drives Tab

user's OneDrive for Business site is currently provisioned.
tou
� If the user is valid in Office 365 but does not currently have a OneDrive for Business site,
please check the option labeled "Create personal sites for the selected users" which will instruct the software to provision the necessary sites. 9. Click Next to continue. 10.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation should be configured. Content Options
Copy Sub-Sites - Enable this option to include all sub-sites of the current site in this operation.
Essentials for Office 365 372
Drives Tab

Copy Permissions - This option will enable the transfer of internally shared permissions from the source to OneDrive for Business. For source Google Drive migrations, this will include internally shared folder and item-level permissions. For source SharePoint My Site migrations, this will include internally shared site, list and item level permissions. For source Box migratons, this will include internally shared folder collaborators. For source Dropbox migrations, this will include internally shared folder permissions.
Deferred Group Copy - Selecting Deferred Group Copy will only copy Permissions Groups that are used within the site(s) you are copying. Selecting Copy Site Groups will copy all Groups across the entire site collection.
NOTE:
1. Using Deferred Group Copy can be time consuming and result in slower migration performance.
2. Copying Permissions Groups requires elevated privileges within SharePoint.
Copy Content - enabling this option will copy all of the content from your My Sites to your OneDrive. You can further specify if you would like to include all versions of the content from your My Sites, or only the specified most recent versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration. NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Skip files greater than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration.
Migrate to folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be
Essentials for Office 365 373
Drives Tab

created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Re-Map Site and List Templates - This feature allows for the re-mapping of list or site templates. Download the Site and List Template Report. To do this:
1. Right click on a site in the Navigation View and go to Reports > SharePoint Site and Templates(csv). Alternatively choose the Reports Menu and then choose the Site and List Templates button on the ribbon. Enter a file name and select a location to download the CSV report, then select "Save".
2. Open and review the template report. Choose the Source Template ID and the Target Template ID you would like to Re-Map.
3. Create a new CSV file and insert the Source template ID into column A, and the Target template ID into Column B. Save the new CSV file.
4. During a copy operation, select Re-Map Site and List Templates, and then choose "Load". Select the new CSV file containing Source Template ID and Target Template ID. Once you are satisfied with your settings, press the "Next" button located at the bottom of the window to continue to the Summary window. Review your migration settings one more time and press the "Finish" button to initiate the operation.
Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55
section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 374
Drives Tab

� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
11. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy Tenant
Copy OneDrive to OneDrive
A simple Administrator driven wizard is provided to bulk migrate the Documents library content from the OneDrive for Business sites in one Office 365 tenant into the appropriate OneDrive for Business Documents library in another Office 365 tenant. In order to successfully configure and run this operation, you will need to be able to authenticate against both SharePoint Admin Center portals in Office 365 using a Global Administrator login. A mapping file may also be needed in order to resolve the user accounts between the source and destination tenants. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the source Office 365 tenant.
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the target Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (mapping) between the user accounts in the source and target Office 365 tenants.
� Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office 365.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload functionality.
Essentials for Office 365 375
Drives Tab

1. Switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials console and click the button "Copy Tenant" located in the ribbon, and select Copy OneDrive to OneDrive.
2. When the wizard appears, select a Profile and give your project a name.
3. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the source Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect. NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next parameter. You may also choose to add additional Admin accounts by selecting the "+Admin" button. 4. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the target Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect.
NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next step. You may also choose to add additional Admin accounts by selecting the "+Admin" button. 5. Click the Load from Tenant button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file (see user mapping for more information on user mapping report 452), which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded. If you've selected Load from Tenant, then the table will be populated with a list of currently provisioned OneDrive for Business sites.
6. You can also choose the Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze OneDrive 446 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but
Essentials for Office 365 376
Drives Tab

does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. On the second page of the wizard, if a user mapping file is required, check the box next to ReMap Users and then load the mapping file (For an overview on how to create a CSV mapping file for your users, please see the User Mapping 747 section).
8. Click the Check for users personal sites button. This operation will verify that the user account listed in the mapping file was found in the target Office 365 and it will also determine if the user's OneDrive for Business site is currently provisioned.
If the user is valid in Office 365 but does not currently have a OneDrive for Business site, please check the option labeled "Create personal sites for the selected users" which will instruct the software to provision the necessary sites.
Essentials for Office 365 377
Drives Tab

9. Click Next to continue. 10.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation
should be configured. Content Options
Copy Permissions - This option will enable the transfer of internally shared permissions from the source to OneDrive for Business. For source Google Drive migrations, this will include internally shared folder and item-level permissions. For source SharePoint My Site migrations, this will include internally shared site, list and item level permissions. For source Box migratons, this will include internally shared folder collaborators. For source Dropbox migrations, this will include internally shared folder permissions.
Copy Content - Enabling this option will copy all of the content from your Source to your Target. You can further specify if you would like to include all versions of the content from your source, or only the specified most recent versions.
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
Essentials for Office 365 378
Drives Tab

NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Skip files greater than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example: /My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. NOTE: the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It is recommended that users not use the operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size, if the file size is greater than 1 MB. Use the "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to a file and load them in different wizards or the Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 379
Drives Tab

Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Essentials for Office 365 380
Drives Tab

Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. 11. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy SharePoint Online to SharePoint Online
A simple Administrator driven wizard is provided to bulk migrate the Documents library content from the Source SharePoint Online into the appropriate Target SharePoint Online Documents library. In order to successfully configure and run this operation, you will need to be able to authenticate against both SharePoint Admin Center portals in Office 365 using a Global Administrator login. A mapping file may also be needed in order to resolve the user accounts between the source and destination tenants. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the source Office 365 tenant.
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the target Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (mapping) between the user accounts in the source and target Office 365 tenants.
� Each user account must have either a SharePoint Online license assigned to it in Office 365.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload functionality.
1. Switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials console and click the button "Copy Tenant" located in the ribbon, and select Copy SharePoint Online to SharePoint Online.
2. When the wizard appears, select a Profile and give your project a name.
3. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the source Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect. NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
Essentials for Office 365 381
Drives Tab

When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next parameter. You may also choose to add additional Admin account by selecting the "+Admin" button. 4. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the target Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect.
NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next step. You may also choose to add additional Admin account by selecting the "+Admin" button. 5. Click the Load from Tenant button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded (see the user mapping report 452 section for details on how to create a user mapping report). In the table, a list of currently provisioned SharePoint Site Collections will be loaded. Select the site Collection you wish to migrate, and click Next.
6. Click the Check for sites button. This operation will check for sites, which you can then select to create from. If a target URL is greyed out, it does not exist and will be created for you.
NOTE: � If you are creating a new site, language and regional settings will automatically be copied
during migration. If the site already exists, then language and regional settings will be skipped, and will NOT be copied during migration. � When Essentials creates a new site collection during a SPO to SPO hyper migration, the site collection created on the target will always be an STS#3 site collection, even if the source is STS#0 (this is a Microsoft requirement)
Essentials for Office 365 382
Drives Tab

Click Next to continue. 7. The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation
should be configured.
Essentials for Office 365 383
Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Sub-Sites - Enable this option to include all sub-sites of the current site in this operation. Include Content Versions - This option allows you to select whether versioning is enabled. you can choose to include all versions in the migration, or the most recent (specified) number of versions. Copy Permissions - This option will enable the transfer of internally shared permissions from the source to OneDrive for Business. For source Google Drive migrations, this will include internally shared folder and item-level permissions. For source SharePoint My Site migrations, this will include internally shared site, list and item level permissions. For source Box migratons, this will include internally shared folder collaborators. For source Dropbox migrations, this will include internally shared folder permissions. Copy Features- This option will transfer site level feature settings from the source to the
Essentials for Office 365 384
Drives Tab

target site.
Copy Workflows - This option allows you to copy SharePoint Out-of-Box Workflows, SharePoint Designer Workflows, and Nintex Workflow (This will be available in the next release). NOTE: - Workflows may have a reference on images, columns, files, lists, sites, etc. These objects should be copied with Workflows or be created/copied before Workflow migration. - The Nintex Workflow must be installed before the migration (This will be available in the Next release)
Copy Forms - this option allows you to copy Classic Nintex Forms. (This will be available in the Next release) NOTE: - The Nintex App must be installed before the migration - Domains must be updated during the migration - Rules must be preserved - Collection to columns must be preserved - The form must be published after migration
Copy Navigation (This will be available in the Next release) - selecting this option will copy quick launch settings and top link bar settings from your source site to your target site, both for new and existing sites, for Modern and Classic team sites. Note, that when enabled this setting works in 'replace mode', meaning it will delete all quick launch and top link bar settings on the target, and replace them entirely with the settings from the source - this means that if you have custom settings or libraries that do not exist on the source, these settings will be lost on the target.
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
Essentials for Office 365 385
Drives Tab

NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected. Skip files greater than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration. Re-Map Users - This option will allow you to map users between different domains or to change the user account in the target environment during copy. Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. NOTE: the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It is recommended that users not use the operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size, if the file size is greater than 1 MB. Use the "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to a file and load them in different wizards or the Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 386
Drives Tab

Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Essentials for Office 365 387
Drives Tab

Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. 11. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy Office 365 Groups to Office 365 Groups
A simple Administrator driven wizard is provided to bulk migrate the Office 365 Group sites from one Office 365 tenant to another Office 365 tenant. In order to successfully configure and run this operation, you will need to be able to authenticate against both SharePoint Admin Center portals in Office 365 using a Global Administrator login. A mapping file may also be needed in order to resolve the user accounts between the source and destination tenants. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the source Office 365 tenant.
� The account used to perform the migration needs to be a Global Administrator in the target Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (mapping) between the user accounts in the source and target Office 365 tenants.
� Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office 365.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with utilizing the bulk upload functionality.
1. Switch to the Drives tab in the Essentials console and click the button "Copy Tenant" located in the ribbon, and select Copy OneDrive to OneDrive.
2. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
3. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the source Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect. NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
Essentials for Office 365 388
Drives Tab

When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next parameter. You may also choose to add additional Admin account by selecting the "+Admin" button. 4. Enter a SharePoint Admin Center URL for the target Office 365. Once the URL is entered, click the Connect button, enter a valid Global Admin account and click Connect.
NOTE: that the Claims option is not supported for this operation.
When you receive a successful connection message proceed to the next step. You may also choose to add additional Admin account by selecting the "+Admin" button. 5. Click the Load from SharePoint button or Load From CSV. Note that Load from CSV will allow you to load users from a CSV file, which is the faster option as only the listed users are loaded. (You can also choose to load from CSV and use a user mapping report 452)
6. In the table, a list of currently provisioned domain users will be loaded. Check the box next to each user that will be included with this operation. Click Next to continue.
7. On the second page of the wizard, if a user mapping file is required, check the box next to ReMap Users and then load the mapping file (For an overview on how to create a CSV mapping file for your users, please see the User Mapping 747 section). NOTE: If OAuth authentication is being used for this migration, owners and members will be copied by default, please note that in order for these users to be migrated, you must have them mapped in the same CSV mapping file with the groups mapping. See the OAuth section 105 for more information on how to set up OAuth Authentication.
Essentials for Office 365 389
Drives Tab

8. Click the Check Office 365 Group button. This operation will verify that the user accounts listed in the mapping file were found in the target Office 365.
9. Click Next to continue. 10.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation
should be configured. Content Options
Copy Content - Enabling this option will copy all of the content from your Source to your
Essentials for Office 365 390
Drives Tab

Target. You can further specify if you would like to include all versions of the content from your source, or only the specified most recent versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Skip Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Box account which are not owned by this user; the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into Office 365 Groups because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated.
Skip files greater than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration.
Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path
Apply Filter - This feature allows the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner.
Advanced Options
Essentials for Office 365 391
Drives Tab

Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation.
Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode.
NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding.
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification - enter specific user email addresses to denote who will receive notifications.
11.Click Finish to begin the migration.
Modern Pages Migration
The following are supported features and requirements for the migration of Modern Pages when doing an Office 365 Group to Office 365 Group Migration:
� Functionality works only for modern pages (Inherits="Microsoft.SharePoint.WebControls.ClientSidePage" )
� Pages should be published on source.
Essentials for Office 365 392
Drives Tab

� Works only through CSOM. If migration was started with azure -pages migration would go in to CSOM and can be done only in sync mode.
� Functionality works only for out-of-box Pages, library automatically created when group site is created or team site is created.
� Overwrite of pages is not supported. Overwrite and Incremental/Delta works the same - Target pages would be deleted and new pages with web-parts would be created.
� Pages history for modern pages is not supported and will not be preserved. � Core properties for modern pages should be preserved for last page version. � Web part ID should be updated after it was created on the target page. � Link inside web part referencing on lists should be updated after it was created on the target
page. � If reference object is missing on target (was not copied because of errors, was excluded from
migration, deleted from target before migration) the web part is copied as close as it can be. There will be no errors logged for the web part or for the page migration in post migration log. � app.log in job log must have the line : "Create modern page :: :: page name.aspx has web parts: updated: list- webpart id , list webpart id, image - id and not updated: map id". For example : Create modern page :: :: page Home.aspx has web parts: updated: Image-edbf790c-7047-4f81-9893-c90e35eaf3db List9d86e730-a1ff-4631-aeb2-6f52a097e339 List-e6158eca-b230-42d3-a5a8-7ca7840e44c3 DocumentEmbed-459d5426-ed40-4031-accb-d33f59006f98 and not updated: ContentRollup66046009-2f07-40e0-b3da-28d4196f956b LinkPreview-e6195746-3090-46c2-8c94-ff31fc009d9f.
This info will give an explanation about supported web parts and not supported web parts. Web parts next to not updated were not modified by the tool and will not work on the page. � Section layout should be the same as on the source. List of supported layouts: one column, two column, thee columns, one-third left column, one-third right column. Section background is not supported � Web part should be placed on the same section and same zone as on the source page. � Tool will create a .txt file with original page history just to save this information somewhere and share it with end-users.
List of supported Web Parts � Text (Supported properties: simple text without formatting) � Image (Supported properties: link to image; only for current site - sub sites and other site are not
supported) � Highlighted content (Supported properties: Source - this site , Type - documents , Document Type
- any) � Document Library (Supported properties: Document lib link reference) � List (Supported properties: List link reference) � File Viewer (Supported properties: File link reference) � Link (link reference) � Tasks � Picture Library � Survey
Essentials for Office 365 393
Drives Tab

Copy Box
Copy Box to OneDrive for Business
This option allows Box and Office 365 administrators to copy content from within multiple Box Drives to their respective OneDrive for Business sites in a single migration.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Box needs to have Full Enterprise Admin
access to the Box tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into OneDrive for Business needs to be a Global
Administrator or SharePoint Administrator Role in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping)
between each user's Box user account and their corresponding Office 365 user account. � Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office
365 and can not be in a 'Blocked' state. Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your Box to OneDrive for Business migration.
1. Switch to the Drives tab and click the "Copy Box" option and select the Copy Box to OneDrive button.
2. Give your project a name.
Essentials for Office 365 394
Drives Tab

3. Enter the username of your Box Administrator and click Connect.
4. When the popup appears, enter this Admin account's password and click Connect. Then "Grant access to Box" and you will return back to the migration configuration where a "Successfully connected to Box" message will appear.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, you may require an alternate framework. Please review the section Alternate Framework 785 for instructions on how to install the alternate framework. 5. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameters section, specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com 394). When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support 665 for further assistance.
6. Click the "Load from Box" button to load in a list of available Box drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Box drives in your tenant you may wish to create a single column CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option
Essentials for Office 365 395
Drives Tab

"Load from CSV" instead.
7. Select the Box drives that you wish to include with this migration, or select the Load and Apply Report button, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Box 448 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
8. Select Re-Map Users option and load a user mapping CSV file. User mapping is required so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Box and Office 365 accounts. Please see the User Mapping 747 section if you require further instructions on creating a CSV file for user mapping.
Essentials for Office 365 396
Drives Tab

9. Click Check for users personal sites in order to begin the validation process. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 user accounts were located) and check to determine if each user currently has a OneDrive for Business for site provisioned. If any of the valid users do not have a OneDrive for Business site currently provisioned, you can select them and check Create personal sites for the selected users option.
10.Click Next to continue. 11.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation
should be configured. Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 397
Drives Tab

Include Versions - The process in which Box version history will be converted into OneDrive for Business versions. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Copy Permissions - Will convert Box permissions (known as Collaborators) into OneDrive for Business permissions. Please refer to the following page for additional information: Box Permissions and Mapping 402. Skip Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Box account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into OneDrive for Business because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details.
Skip Files Greater Than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Apply Filter: Creates and assign any number of filter parameters to be used to include or exclude content from the upload process, including but not limited to file extensions, size and dates.
Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation.
Essentials for Office 365 398
Drives Tab

Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
12. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Essentials for Office 365 399
Drives Tab

Box - Group Mapping
This may be necessary when you have a Collaboration group assigned to a Box Folder that you want to translate into an Azure Active Directory group in your Office 365 environment. Finding the Box Group to map:
1. In the Box application, right click on the shared folder which contains the group you want to map the Office 365 group from, and select Share>Manage Collaborators.
2. As is displayed in the following image, the group for this example is "Box Dev".
3. When migrating this as is (with no mapping) into OneDrive for Business, a SharePoint group will be created with the same name "Box Dev".
If you would like to translate this Box Group into an Azure AD Group, we first need to locate the "Account" name of the Azure AD group you would like to map the Box Group to. You can do this by following these steps:
1. On your SharePoint Online site or OneDrive for Business Site, select the cogwheel settings tab, and then click Site Settings.
Essentials for Office 365 400
Drives Tab

2. Select "People and Groups" under User Permissions.
3. Click on the name of the Azure Group AD for which you wish to find the Account ID for user mapping.
4. The Azure Group AD account ID will be the set of numbers and characters listed beside "Account". Copy this sequence.
Make a new entry in your User Mapping file for the Group As you can see, use the information from the Box side on the leftmost column and use the information from your SharePoint side on the rightmost column. When you use this mapping file, your group should map from Box group to your existing group in OneDrive for Business.
Essentials for Office 365 401
Drives Tab

Box - Permissions and Mapping
Due to the differences between permissions in Box versus those in OneDrive for Business, the following permission mapping is performed during the migration. If you wish to not include permissions, simply deselect the Copy Permissions option during configuration.
By Default, The "Copy Permissions" option only migrates Collaborators' permissions assigned to Box Folders. Files that are migrated to OneDrive for Business will inherit permissions from the folder that they reside in; linked and/or shared file permissions will not be retained. However, you can include file level permissions by enabling the option in the Profile Manager.
Navigate to the Help tab, select Profile Manager, Box Options, and then select Copy File Level Permissions.

This option will allow you to copy file level permissions from the source account to Office 365 Locations. In order to do this, the above checkbox must be enabled and the Copy Permissions option must be enabled in the copy wizard.
NOTE: The Copy File Level Permissions option will not work, even if it is enabled in Profile Manager, when the Copy Permissions option is disabled in the copy wizard.

Box Access Level Uploader Previewer Viewer Viewer Uploader (note 1) Previewer Uploader (note 1) Editor Co-Owner Owner

OneDrive for Business Permission Level Read View Only Read Contribute Contribute Contribute Full Control Full Control

Essentials for Office 365
402 Drives Tab

NOTE: Viewer Uploader/Previewer Uploader - Please note that the "Contribute" permission level in OneDrive for Business grants the user or group the ability to Delete whereas in Box this is not allowed.
Box- Unsupported Objects
The following Box objects are not supported when migrating to OneDrive for Business or SharePoint Online.
� Box Notes � Box Bookmarks � Comments � Custom Terms of Service
o If the Box tenant has a Custom Terms of Service configured and a user has not Accepted the Terms of Service, then their Box account cannot be accessed and therefore their content cannot be migrated.
� External users (permissions and metadata) � File and Folder descriptions � Google Documents � Google Spreadsheets � Objects in the "Trash" � Office documents created in Box with a size of 0 KB cannot be migrated using Azure Turbo � "Tags" and Favorite labels
o The item can still be migrated, however these labels will not be retained.
� Version history when a more recent version has a created date earlier than a previous version cannot be migrated using Azure Turbo.
� Mass migration from Box to Office 365 preserves file information available in the Version history section only, the original information from file shares gathered in the File Information section is not supported during migration.
Essentials for Office 365 403
Drives Tab

Copy Box to SharePoint Online
This option allows Box and Office 365 administrators to migrate folders (and their subfolders and files) from within multiple Box Drives to one or more document libraries in a SharePoint Online Site Collection.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Box needs to have Full Admin access to the
Box tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into SharePoint Online needs to have at minimuim
Designer permissions to the destination Site Collection. Full Control or Site Collection Administrator are recommended to avoid potential permission related issues during migration. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship between each user's Box user account and their corresponding Office 365 user account. Please see the User Mapping 747 section for an overview on how to create a CSV User Mapping file. � The destination sites and libraries must exist in SharePoint Online prior to migration. Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your Box to SharePoint Online migration. 1. On the Drives tab, Click the Copy Box button, and select "Copy Box to SharePoint".
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Box Administrator and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 404
Drives Tab

4. When the Connect to Box popup appears. enter the Admin account's password and click Connect. If your Box authentication requires additional security steps (i.e. single sign-on) then click the "Claims" button and enter your Box Admin and Password credentials into the browser popup to continue.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, you may require an alternate framework. Please review the section Alternate Framework 785 for instructions on how to install the alternate framework. 5. In the SharePoint Connection Parameters section, specify the destination SharePoint Online site URL and then click Connect. When prompted, enter your Office 365 user login and password and then click Connect. If you receive any message other than successfully connected, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a user login with sufficient permissions for this site. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
NOTE: when connecting to a SharePoint Online Site in this step, please be aware that you may migrate content into any library within this site or any sub-site beneath it. If you want to migrate content to a different site collection, then you will need to configure a second migration. 6. Your next step is to click the Load from CSV button. This option is required in order to map which folders from Box are migrated into which specific document library in your SharePoint Online site(s).
Essentials for Office 365 405
Drives Tab

The CSV format includes the following 5 headers and is specific to a single target SharePoint Online root location as defined in the SharePoint Site field.
1. Source User - This column defines the source Box user account which contains the folder that should be migrated. Your CSV file may contain one or more source Box user accounts.
2. Source Path - This column defines the path to the root folder (including all its child content) from Box that you wish to migrate. If you want to migrate all folders and root content from a Box user, simply enter a forward slash (/) in this column. Your CSV file may contain one or more source folder paths for each source Box user.
3. Target SharePoint Site - This column defines the site or sub-site you wish to use as your destination location. If you want to migrate to the root site as defined in the SharePoint Site URL, then simply enter a forward slash (/) in this column. If you wish to migrate to a sub-site of the root, then enter the relative path to your sub-site starting at the root level (i.e. /subsite1/subsite2). Please note that each defined target site or sub-site must already exist in SharePoint Online as this process will not create this new site. This will then result in an error during migration.
4. Target SharePoint List - Target SharePoint List - This column defines the document library
you wish to use as your destination list. Please enter the library's Internal Name into this column. Please note that each defined target library must already exist in SharePoint Online as this process will not create this new library, if you do not do this, it will result in an error during migration.
5. Target folder path - This column defines the folder that you would like to use as your destination location. If you want to migrate to the root of the library defined in the Target SharePoint List column, then simply enter a forward slash (/) in this column. If you wish to migrate to a sub-folder of the root, then enter the relative path to your sub-folder starting at the root level (i.e. /folder1/folder2). For an example CSV file downloaded from here. Please do not modify the first row
Essentials for Office 365 406
Drives Tab

(headers) of the CSV file, but do modify the remaining values starting in the second row to meet your needs. 7. Click the Check Box Users button in order to verify that the source users, as defined in the loaded CSV file, are found within your Box tenant. After the function is complete, all source users not found will be displayed in red font while users successfully located will remain in the default black font. This acts as a warning that you may have entered an invalid user or there is an issue locating the defined user(s). You may still proceed with the migration, however you should expect errors when trying to migrate from these users. NOTE: Check Box Users only verifies if the source Box user account was located. It does not validate the existence or accuracy of any other value in the CSV file, so please be sure to visually confirm before proceeding.
8. Select the Box drives that you wish to include with this migration, or select the Load and Apply Report button, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Box 448 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
9. The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation should be configured.
Essentials for Office 365 407
Drives Tab

Content Options:
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Box version history will be converted into SharePoint Online. You can specify whether All Versions or the specified most recent versions are included. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Copy Permissions - Will convert Box folder permissions (known as Collaborators) into SharePoint Online folder permissions. Please refer to the following page for additional information: Box - Permissions and Mapping 402. Skip Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Box account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into SharePoint Online because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Re-Map Users - Will allow both permissions (if included) and user metadata like Created and Modified By to be properly mapped from Box to Office 365. Please refer to the following page for additional information: User Mapping. 747 Please note that this mapping file can also contain Box Groups to SharePoint Groups or federated Active Directory groups in Office 365. Please refer to the following page for additional information: Box - Group Mapping 400 Skip Files Greater Than - When enabled, this option will skip any source files that are greater than the value specified (in MB or GB). An entry will be added to the post-migration log indicating which file(s) were skipped due to this configuration. Advanced:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online
Essentials for Office 365 408
Drives Tab

Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode.
NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding.
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
10. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Box- Unsupported Objects
The following Box objects are not supported when migrating to OneDrive for Business or SharePoint Online.
� Box Notes
� Box Bookmarks
� Comments
Essentials for Office 365 409
Drives Tab

� Custom Terms of Service o If the Box tenant has a Custom Terms of Service configured and a user has not Accepted the Terms of Service, then their Box account cannot be accessed and therefore their content cannot be migrated.
� External users (permissions and metadata) � File and Folder descriptions � Google Documents � Google Spreadsheets � Objects in the "Trash" � Office documents created in Box with a size of 0 KB cannot be migrated using Azure Turbo � "Tags" and Favorite labels
o The item can still be migrated, however these labels will not be retained.
� Version history when a more recent version has a created date earlier than a previous version cannot be migrated using Azure Turbo.
� Mass migration from Box to Office 365 preserves file information available in the Version history section only, the original information from file shares gathered in the File Information section is not supported during migration.
Copy Box to an Office 365 Group
This option allows administrators to move content from multiple Box Accounts to Office 365 Group Sites ("Documents" library) in a single operation.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Box needs to have Full Enterprise Admin access to the Box tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into an Office 365 Group Site needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 410
Drives Tab

� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each user's Box user account and their corresponding Office 365 Group name and Office 365 user account.
� The Office 365 Group and its Site must already exist. Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your Box to Office 365 Group Site migration.
1. On the Drives tab, Click the Copy Box button, and select "Copy Box to Office 365 Groups".
2. Select a Profile and give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Box Administrator and click Connect.
4. When the Connect to Box popup appears, enter the Admin account's password and click Connect. You will return back to the migration configuration where a "Successfully connected to Box" message will appear.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, you may require an alternate framework. Please review the section Alternate Framework 785 for instructions on how to install the alternate framework.
Essentials for Office 365 411
Drives Tab

5. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameter section, enter your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL, and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com).
6. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin", double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
7. Click the Load from Box button to load in a list of available Box drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Box drives in your tenant you may wish to create a single column CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option Load from CSV instead.
8. Select the Box drives that you wish to include with this migration, or select the Load and Apply Report button, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Box 448 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
Essentials for Office 365 412
Drives Tab

9. Select Re-Map Users option and load your mapping CSV file. Group mapping is required (user mapping may also be included) so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Box account and the corresponding Office 365 Group name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Box and Office 365 then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file. In the example below, lines 1-3 illustrate mapping a source Box to an Office 365 Group by name while lines 4-5 in the same file are used to map the Box user accounts to their respective Office 365 user accounts to maintain item authorship.
sales@company.com,Office365 Group Name marketing@company.com,Office365 MarketingGroup IT@company.com,IT Group scott@company.com,swilson@contoso.com bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com
If you wish to migrate one or more source accounts to a single Group library while also remapping the user account for the purpose of metadata and sharing, please use the following format in your mapping file.
user@box.com,Office 365 GroupName(user@contoso.com
The software will migrate the content from the source drive "user@box.com" to the Documents libary in the group "Office 365 GroupName". The metadata and shared permissions of Box user "user@box.com" will be mapped to the Office 365 user account "user@contoso.com". 10.Click Check Office 365 Groups in order to begin the validation process. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 Groups were located) and check to determine if each Group currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
NOTE: If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Box account or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check button again.
Essentials for Office 365 413
Drives Tab

11.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation should be configured. Content Options:
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Box version history will be converted into Office 365 Group Site versions. You can specify whether All Versions or the specified most recent versions are included. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Essentials for Office 365 414
Drives Tab

Skipped Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Box account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into Office 365 Group because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 415
Drives Tab

� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
12. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy Box to Microsoft Teams
This option allows Box and Microsoft Teams administrators to copy content from within multiple Box Drives to their respective Microsoft Teams sites in a single migration.
NOTE: if you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Box needs to have Full Enterprise Admin access to the Box tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 416
Drives Tab

� The account used to perform the migration into Microsoft Teams needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
� The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each user's Box user account and their corresponding Microsoft Teams user account.
� Each user account must have either a Microsoft Teams license assigned to it in Office 365 and can not be in 'Blocked' status.
Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your Box to Microsoft Teams Site migration.
1. On the Drives tab, Click the Copy Box button, and select "Copy Box to Microsoft Teams".
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Box Administrator and click Connect.
4. When the Connect to Box popup appears, enter the Admin account's password and click Connect. You will return back to the migration configuration where a "Successfully connected to Box" message will appear.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, you may require an alternate framework. Please review the section Alternate
Essentials for Office 365 417
Drives Tab

Framework 785 for instructions on how to install the alternate framework. 5. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameter section, enter your tenant SharePoint
Administration Center URL, and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com).
6. When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin", double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
7. Click the Load from Box button to load in a list of available Box drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Box drives in your tenant you may wish to create a single column CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option Load from CSV instead.
8. Select the Box drives that you wish to include with this migration, or select the Load and Apply Report button, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Box 448 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but
Essentials for Office 365 418
Drives Tab

does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
9. Select Re-Map Users option and load your mapping CSV file. Group mapping is required (user mapping may also be included) so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Box account and the corresponding Microsoft Team name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Box and Microsoft Teams then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file. In the example below, lines 1-3 illustrate mapping a source Box to a Microsoft Team by name while lines 4-5 in the same file are used to map the Box user accounts to their respective Microsoft Team user accounts to maintain item authorship. sales@company.com,MicrosoftTeams Name marketing@company.com,MicrosoftTeams MarketingGroup IT@company.com,IT Group scott@company.com,swilson@contoso.com bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com
10.Click Check MS Team in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (MS Teams were located) and check to determine if each Team currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
NOTE: If the group is not found, you may continue however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Box account or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check button again.
Essentials for Office 365 419
Drives Tab

11.The final page provides a few options to configure how the content portion of the operation should be configured. Content Options:
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Box version history will be converted into Microsoft Team versions. You can specify whether All Versions or the specified most recent versions are included. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months).
Essentials for Office 365 420
Drives Tab

Skipped Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Box account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into Microsoft Teams because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Skip files greater than - This provides the functionality to skip all files larger than the value specified. Unit of measure is configured for MB or GB. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017
In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location.
Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 421
Drives Tab

� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed. Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
12. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy Dropbox
Copy Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business
This option allows Dropbox Business and Office 365 administrators to copy content from within multiple Dropbox Business drives to their respective OneDrive for Business sites in a single migration.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785.
Essentials for Office 365 422
Drives Tab

This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Dropbox Business needs to have Team Admin access to the Dropbox Business tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into OneDrive for Business needs to be a Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator Role in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each user's Dropbox user account and their corresponding Office 365 user account. � Each user account must have either a SharePoint or OneDrive license assigned to it in Office 365 and can not be in 'Blocked' status.
Once the requirements above are satisified, you can proceed with your Dropbox Business to OneDrive for Business migration.
1. Switch to the Drives tab and click the Copy Dropbox button, then select "Copy Dropbox to OneDrive".
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Dropbox Administrator, and enter the Access Token associated with your Dropbox Business tenant. If you do not currently have one, please review the steps in the Dropbox Business Access Token 428 section in order to continue. Once all of the Dropbox connection parameters have been entered, Click Connect.
If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Dropbox, double check your supplied information and try again. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please contact support for a updated version of the required framework. 4. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameters section, specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com 422). When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator or
Essentials for Office 365 423
Drives Tab

SharePoint Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
5. Click the Load from Dropbox button to load in a list of available Dropbox Business drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Dropbox Business drives in your tenant you may wish to CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option to "Load from CSV" instead. Select the Dropbox Business drives that you wish to include with this migration
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Dropbox 447 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. Select the Re-Map Users option then click the Load button in order to load user mapping CSV file. User mapping is required so the software can properly resolve the differences between
Essentials for Office 365 424
Drives Tab

your users' Dropbox Business and Office 365 accounts. 8. Click Check for users personal sites in order to begin the validation process. This process will
validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 user accounts were located) and check to determine if each user currently has a OneDrive for Business site provisioned. If one or more valid users do not have a OneDrive for Business site currently provisioned, select them and check Create personal sites for the selected users option. Click Next.
9. If required, modify your Content Option settings?as described below. Content Options:
Essentials for Office 365 425
Drives Tab

Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Dropbox Business version history will be converted into OneDrive for Business versions. Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Copy Permissions - Will convert Dropbox Business folder permissions into OneDrive for Business shared folder permissions. Please refer to the following page for additional information. Dropbox Business - Folder Permissions and Mapping 432 Skip Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Dropbox Business account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user has folder access (Editor or Viewer) but is not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into OneDrive for Business because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration.
Essentials for Office 365 426
Drives Tab

Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
Essentials for Office 365 427
Drives Tab

Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive, that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests). 10.Click Finish to begin the migration.
Dropbox Business - Access Token
In order for the software to access and migrate content from all users' Dropbox Business drives, you will need to generate and supply an Access Token which grants access to the Dropbox Business API. To generate your Dropbox Business Access Token, please perform the following steps:
1. Login to https://www.dropbox.com/developers/apps using your Team Admin account. 2. Go to the My apps section and click Create App
3. On the new app creation page, select the following options
� Choose an API: Dropbox Business API � Choose the type of access you need: Team member file access � Name your app: enter any name
Essentials for Office 365 428
Drives Tab

Click Create App.
4. When the app is created, it should open the App Settings page. If it does not, return back to the My apps section and open this newly created app and click on the Settings tab.
Essentials for Office 365 429
Drives Tab

5. Locate the "Generated access token" option and click the Generate button.
6. Copy the access token that appears to a file for safe keeping. This token is required for connection.
Essentials for Office 365 430
Drives Tab

Dropbox Business - Group Mapping
This may be necessary when you have a Dropbox Business team group assigned to a shared folder that you want to translate into an Azure Active Directory group in your Office 365 environment. First, open the Shared view of the folder that you want to map the group from.
As we can see in the screenshot above, "TestGroup" is the group. When we would migrate this as-is (with no mapping) into OneDrive for Business a SharePoint group will be created with the same name "TestGroup". If you would like to translate this into an existing Azure AD Group, we first need to locate the "Account" name of this Azure AD group. You can find the "Account" value by opening the User Information view for this group in either a SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business site.
Copy the Account out of this screen for the group that you want to map into. Make a new entry in your User Mapping file for the group.
Essentials for Office 365 431
Drives Tab

As you can see, use the information from the Dropbox Business side on the leftmost column and use the information from your SharePoint side on the rightmost column. When you use this mapping file, your group should map from the Dropbox Business group to your existing AD group in OneDrive for Business.

Dropbox Business - Content Permissions and Mapping

Due to the differences between permissions in Dropbox Business versus those in OneDrive for Business, the following permission mapping is performed during the migration. If you wish to not include permissions, simply uncheck the "Copy Permissions" option during configuration.

Dropbox Business Shared Folder Permission Level Viewer Editor Owner

OneDrive for Business Permission Level
Read Contribute Full Control

The "Copy Permissions" option migrates shared permissions assigned to Dropbox Business folders and files. By default files permissions is not enabled. Turning this option on will allow you to copy file level permissions from the source account to Office 365 Locations. In order to do this, you must enable the Copy Permissions checkbox, as well as enable the Copy Permissions options in the Copy Wizard.

NOTE: The Copy File Level Permissions option will not work, even if it is enabled in the Profile Manager, if
the Copy Permissions option is disabled in the copy wizard.
In order to enable the Copy Permissions option, do the following: 1. Navigate to the Help tab within Essentials and select Profile Manager.

2. Within the Profile Manager, select Dropbox Options.

Essentials for Office 365
432 Drives Tab

3. Navigate to the Copy Properties section and select the copy options you want to enable.
4. Once you are done making your changes click Apply. Click Close.
Dropbox Business - Unsupported Objects
The following Dropbox Business objects are not supported when migrating to OneDrive for Business or SharePoint Online.
� Comments � External user accounts are not supported. But if an external user is a collaborator and has
permissions to some connection and was mentioned in the content metadata (core properties), then migration of this permission and metadata is supported. � Objects in the "Deleted Files"
Essentials for Office 365 433
Drives Tab

Dropbox Business - Core Properties
Migration of Created At/Created By and Modified At/Modified By is limited because of Dropbox API rules. Dropbox API does not return information about the Created At and Created By fields, it only supports the preservation of the Modified By and Modified At fields. To solve this problem the Essentials Tool sets the target user account as Created By. For most files, it is a valid account since most of the content is the personal content of this account. This means that for content that is not owned by the target user, Created By will also be set as the target user account and the original ownership would be lost. We recommend using the Skip non-owned content option in order to exclude the migration of such files. In global, you will copy this content correctly with valid ownership when you copy that particular account over. Select the option "Copy Permissions" to preserve sharing - it will help to preserve the full original content structure when you copy all accounts over. For the Created At problem, the Essentials Tool sets the value to Modified At because it would be the closest date to the original value. It will help to prevent Created At being newer than Modified At or to be completely out of activity time region.
Copy Dropbox to an Office 365 Group
This option allows Dropbox Business and Office 365 administrators to copy content from within Dropbox Business drives to an Office 365 Group's Site(s) in a single migration.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Dropbox Business needs to have Team Admin access to the Dropbox Business tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into Office 365 Group Sites needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping) between each user's Dropbox user account and their corresponding Office 365 Group name and Office 365 user account. � The Office 365 Group and its Site must already exist.
To migrate content of a Dropbox Business Account(s) to Office 365 Groups, perform the following:
Essentials for Office 365 434
Drives Tab

1. On the Drives tab click Copy Dropox and select the "Copy Dropbox to Office 365 Groups" option.
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Dropbox Administrator, and enter the Access Token associated with your Dropbox Business tenant. If you do not currently have one, please review the steps in the Dropbox Business Access Token 428 section in order to continue. Once all of the Dropbox connection parameters have been entered, Click Connect.
If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Dropbox, double check your supplied information and try again. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please contact support for a updated version of the required framework. 4. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameters section, specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com 434). When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
5. Click the Load from Dropbox button to load in a list of available Dropbox Business drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Dropbox Business drives in your tenant you may wish to CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option to "Load from CSV" instead . Select the Dropbox Business drives that you wish to
Essentials for Office 365 435
Drives Tab

include with this migration.
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Dropbox 447 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. Select Re-Map Users option and load your mapping CSV file. Group mapping is required (user mapping may also be included) so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Dropbox account and the corresponding Office 365 Group name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Dropbox and Office 365 then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file.
In the example below, lines 1-3 illustrate mapping a source Dropbox to an Office 365 Group by name while lines 4-5 in the same file are used to map the Dropbox user accounts to their respective Office 365 user accounts to maintain item authorship. sales@company.com,Office365 Group Name marketing@company.com,Office365 MarketingGroup IT@company.com,IT Group scott@company.com,swilson@contoso.com bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com
Essentials for Office 365 436
Drives Tab

If you wish to migrate one or more source accounts to a single Group library while also remapping the user account for the purpose of metadata and sharing, please use the following format in your mapping file. user@dropbox.com,Office 365 GroupName(user@contoso.com) The software will migrate the content from the source drive "user@dropbox.com" to the Documents libary in the group "Office 365 GroupName". The metadata and shared permissions of Dropbox user "user@dropbox.com" will be mapped to the Office 365 user account "user@contoso.com". 8. Click Check Office 365 Group in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (Office 365 Groups were located) and check to determine if each Group currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
If the group is not found you may continue, however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Dropbox account or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check button again. 9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options?as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 437
Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled. Include Versions - The process in which Dropbox revision history will be converted into Office 365 Group versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Dropbox (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Skipped Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Dropbox account which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into Office 365 Groups because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration.
Essentials for Office 365 438
Drives Tab

Advanced Options:
Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding. NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
Essentials for Office 365 439
Drives Tab

Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Google Drive that will be saved directly to that Group's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership. NOTE: Create user Specific log file is disabled if Azure Turbo Asynchronous mode is on. Supported only for CSOM or Azure Turbo Synchronous modes.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Office 365 Group permissions are maintained and enforced by the group membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests). 10. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Copy Dropbox to Microsoft Teams
This option allows Dropbox Business and Office 365 administrators to copy content from within Dropbox Business drives to an Microsoft Teams site in a single migration.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Dropbox Business needs to have Team
Admin access to the Dropbox Business tenant. � The account used to perform the migration into Microsoft Teams needs to be a Global
Administrator in this Office 365 tenant. � The person performing the migration will need to know the relationship (user mapping)
between each user's Dropbox user account and their corresponding Microsoft Teams name and account. � The Microsoft Team must already exist. To migrate content of a Dropbox Business Account(s) to Microsoft Teams, perform the following:
Essentials for Office 365 440
Drives Tab

1. On the Drives tab click Copy Dropox and select the "Copy Dropbox to Microsoft Teams" option.
2. Give your project a name.
3. Enter the username of your Dropbox Administrator, and enter the Access Token associated with your Dropbox Business tenant. If you do not currently have one, please review the steps in the Dropbox Business Access Token 428 section in order to continue. Once all of the Dropbox connection parameters have been entered, Click Connect.
If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Dropbox, double check your supplied information and try again. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please contact support for a updated version of the required framework. 4. In the Target Office 365 Connection Parameters section, specify your tenant SharePoint Administration Center URL and then click Connect (i.e. https://tenantadmin.sharepoint.com 440). When prompted, enter your Office 365 Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login and password. Click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin, double check the URL and make sure you are supplying a Global Administrator or SharePoint Administrator login for this tenant. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
5. Click the Load from Dropbox button to load in a list of available Dropbox Business drives to include with this migration. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Dropbox Business drives in your tenant you may wish to CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option to "Load from CSV" instead. Select the Dropbox Business drives that you wish to
Essentials for Office 365 441
Drives Tab

include with this migration.
6. You can also choose to Load and Apply report option, which allows you to load and apply an Analyze Dropbox 447 report, which then sets the Migration Priority for each user mentioned in the report. Click Next to continue.
NOTE: Each Migration Priority value can be changed if you click on the value in the Migration Priority columns (without user selection). It changes the migration queue but does not change the original report file. Priority in the wizard is not saved after the wizard has been closed.
7. Select Re-Map Users option and load your mapping CSV file. Group mapping is required (user mapping may also be included) so the software can properly resolve the differences between your users' Dropbox account and the corresponding Microsoft Teams name as well as maintain content authorship. If your user accounts differ between Dropbox and Microsoft Team then you will want to add your user mapping to this same file.
In the example below, lines 1-3 illustrate mapping a source Dropbox to an Microsoft Team by name while lines 4-5 in the same file are used to map the Dropbox user accounts to their respective Microsoft Teams user accounts to maintain item authorship. sales@company.com,MicrosoftTeam Name marketing@company.com,MicrosoftTeam MarketingGroup IT@company.com,IT Group scott@company.com,swilson@contoso.com bill@company.com,bgeorge@contoso.com
Essentials for Office 365 442
Drives Tab

If you wish to migrate one or more source accounts to a single Group library while also remapping the user account for the purpose of metadata and sharing, please use the following format in your mapping file. user@dropbox.com,MicrosoftTeam GroupName(user@contoso.com) The software will migrate the content from the source drive "user@dropbox.com" to the Documents libary in the group "Microsoft Team GroupName". The metadata and shared permissions of Dropbox user "user@dropbox.com" will be mapped to the Microsoft Team user account "user@contoso.com". 8. Click Check MS Team in order to begin the validation process?. This process will validate that the supplied user mapping is correct (MS Teams were located) and check to determine if each Team currently has a Site provisioned. Click Next.
If the group is not found you may continue, however no content for this mapping will be migrated. Alternatively, you may go back one page and remove the selected source Dropbox account or modify your mapping file, reload the CSV and click the Check button again. 9. If necessary, change content and file format conversion options?as described below.
Essentials for Office 365 443
Drives Tab

Content Options
Copy Content - A flag to determine if content is or is not included with this operation. When not included the remainder of the options will become disabled.
Include Versions - The process in which Dropbox revision history will be converted into Microsoft Teams versions. Please note that this option is only referring to the major revisions (those shown as the "less detailed revisions") and not those that are automatically generated within Dropbox (those shown as the "more detailed" revisions). Incremental Copy - When enabled, the migration process will identify and migrate only that content which was created, modified or versioned within the defined interval (days, weeks or months). Skipped Non-Owned Folders - This option addresses the scenario where folders appear in a user's Dropbox which are not owned by this user; meaning the user is a folder collaborator and not the folder "Owner". Skipping these folders will prevent duplicates from being migrated into Microsoft Teams because the folder will be migrated only once when the folder "Owner" is migrated. Please refer to the in-application Help button for additional details. Migrate to Folder - When this option is enabled, you can create a (or use an existing) root folder structure in the destination library where your source content will be migrated. You will need to define the path like this example:
/My Source Content/2017 In the above example, the folder "My Source Content" and subfolder "2017" will be created in the root library of your destination and all source content will be migrated to this folder location. Apply Filter - Optionally, select from a series of filterable parameters to include or exclude specific content during migration. Advanced Options:
Essentials for Office 365 444
Drives Tab

Enable Azure Turbo Mode: When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Please review the User Manual for additional information as well as recommended configuration as this process is a resource intensive operation.
Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Acces Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
NOTE: this function is optional and is only used to increase the migration performance to SharePoint Online or OneDrive for Business in Office 365. It does not provide any additional functionality that is not available when this option is disabled.
� Microsoft Provided Storage: This option allows you to use Microsoft provided Azure storage instead of providing your own for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode.
NOTE: the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
� User Provided Storage: This option allows you to provide your own Azure Storage instead of using one provided by Microsoft for the purpose of utilizing Azure Turbo Mode. It requires that you provide both your Azure Blob Storage Account Name as well as its corresponding Access Key by clicking the "Select" button to the right. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual or contact Support for additional information before proceeding.
NOTE: that the migration end result will not differ regardless of your selection between Microsoft or User provided storage.
Send Notification: When selected, this feature will send emails to the listed recipients once Migrations are completed.
Create User Specific Log File - If you would like a user specific log file (.txt format) created for each migrated Microsoft Team that will be saved directly to that Team's "Documents" library, check this option before you finish. This log file will contain all the content that was included in the migration with both source and target URLs as well as any file renaming that took place and skipped files due to lack of ownership.
NOTE: Content permissions are not migrated because Microsoft Teams permissions are maintained and enforced by the team membership and its roles (Owners, Members and Guests).
Essentials for Office 365 445
Drives Tab

10. Click Finish to begin the migration.
Drives Reports
Enter topic text here.
Analyze OneDrive
This option allows administrators to analyze content from OneDrive. This includes the number of folders, sub folders, and files for each user selected to be analyzed in the report. The report will also categorize the user's priority by their account size. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the analysis needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To analyze the content of your OneDrive, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Tenant and select "Analyze OneDrive ".
The Analyze OneDrive wizard opens. 2. Provide your SharePoint Admin URL, click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup,
enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support.
3. Click Load from Tenant to load a list of available OneDrive user accounts from your environment. Select the users you would like to include in the report.
Essentials for Office 365 446
Drives Tab

4. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report.
5. Click Finish to begin the analysis. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Analyzing OneDrive.
Analyze Dropbox
This option allows Dropbox Business and Office 365 administrators to Analyze their Dropbox. NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the analysis needs to have Team Admin access to the Dropbox Business tenant. � The account used to perform the analysis needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To analyze a Dropbox account, do the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Dropox and select the "Analyze Dropbox" option.
2. When the wizard appears, enter the username of your Dropbox Administrator, and enter the Access Token associated with your Dropbox Business tenant. If you do not currently have one, please review the steps in the Dropbox Business Access Token 428 section in order to continue. Once all of the Dropbox connection parameters have been entered, Click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 447
Drives Tab

If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Dropbox, double check your supplied information and try again. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for further assistance.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Dropbox drive through the software and it does not respond, please contact support for a updated version of the required framework. 3. Click the Load from Dropbox button to load in a list of available Dropbox Business drives to include in this analysis. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Dropbox Business drives in your tenant you may wish to create a single column CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option "Load from CSV" instead. Select the Dropbox Business drives that you wish to include in this analysis.
4. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report.
5. Click Finish to begin the analysis.
Analyze Box
This option allows Essentials to analyze Box, creating a report that provides an overview of the number of folders, subfolders, and files contained in each selected user's account. The report then rates the priority of each account by it's size.
NOTE: if you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, please review the section Alternate Framework 785. This operation has the following requirements for use: � The account used to perform the migration from Box needs to have Full Enterprise Admin
access to the Box tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 448
Drives Tab

Once the requirements above are satisfied, you can proceed with your Box analysis. 1. On the Drives tab, Click the Copy Box button, and select "Analyze Box".
2. When the wizard appears, enter the username of your Box Administrator and click Connect.
3. When the Connect to Box popup appears, enter the Admin account's password and click Connect. You will return back to the migration configuration where a "Successfully connected to Box" message will appear.
NOTE: If you attempt to connect or open a Box drive through the software and it does not respond, you may require an alternate framework. Please review the section Alternate Framework 785 for instructions on how to install the alternate framework. 4. Click the Load from Box button to load in a list of available Box drives to include with this
analysis. For performance reasons, if you have a large number of Box drives in your tenant you may wish to create a single column CSV file with the user accounts and choose the option
Essentials for Office 365 449
Drives Tab

Load from CSV instead. Select the Box drives that you wish to include with this migration.

5. Select a location and name for the report.
6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. This will open a progress bar window.
Analyze Google
This option allows administrators to analyze content from Google Drives. This includes the number of folders, sub folders, and files for each user selected to be analyzed in the report. The report will also categorize the user's priority by their account size.
NOTE: If you have not already performed the prerequisite steps in Google, please go to this section 303first. Once the prerequisite configuration is complete, return here to continue with the migration.
This operation has the following requirements for use: � The Google Drive pre-requisites 303 must be configured successfully prior to the migration. � The account used to perform the analysis needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To analyze the content of your Google Drives, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Copy Google Drive and select "Analyze Google Drive".

The Analyze Google wizard opens.

Essentials for Office 365
450 Drives Tab

2. Provide your Google Admin login, P12 Key File and Service Account in the Google connection parameters area. This information is gathered directly from your Google environment, so if you have not already please refer to this section 303for the required steps. Once the values are entered, click Connect. If you receive any message other than Successfully connected to Google Drive, double check the prerequisite steps and then entered values. If you are still experiencing issues, please contact Support for assistance.
3. Click Load from Google Drive to load a list of available Google Drive accounts from your environment. NOTE: For a large number of Google Drives (>1000), the Load from Google option may take several minutes to complete.
4. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report. 5. Click Finish to begin the analysis. Please visit the following link to view the list of unsupported Google Drive objects 323. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as Analyzing Google Drive, and Copying Google Drives.
Essentials for Office 365 451
Drives Tab

Mapping Reports
The automatic mapping feature is intended to reduce the number of cases when the tool's user needs to provide a mapping file to perform content copy between SharePoint sites set up in different user domains. Here are some things to consider about mapping: � The feature does not resolve all cases where user-mapping is required. For example, the tool's user
may still need to supply the copy process with a user-mapping file in the case when some account names are different in the source and the target domains, or if the tool cannot detect a way to build automatic mapping. � If a user provides a user-mapping file within a migration wizard, this file will override any automatically generated user-mapping file. � The tool automatically creates user-mapping files behind the scenes when the tool's user presses the "Finish" button on an Item, List, or Site copy wizard without providing their own user-mapping file on the summary page of these wizards. The tool's user does not see this file but it exists just as it would if the user were to create it and uploaded to the wizard. � The automatically created user-mapping file contains one record. To construct this record the tool reads the currently logged-in source account and the currently logged-in target account from the Account field of the "My Settings" page in SharePoint. The tool then replaces the actual user name in these accounts with an asterisk (*) and uses this source to target pair to build the only usermapping file record. Below are a couple of examples of the user-mapping file records (note that there are several examples here but the actual generated user-mapping file would contain only one of the record types below): *\DomainA,*\DomainB
*@DomainA.com,*@DomainB.com
*\DomainA,*@DomainB.com In the event that the tool cannot extract user name information from the source or target account, the automatic user-mapping file will not be created and the copy process will be performed without a mapping file.
Essentials for Office 365 452
Drives Tab

Tenant to Tenant
This option allows administrators to create a mapping report, matching the source Office 365 users with Target Office 365 users. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the report needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To create a user mapping report, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Mapping Report.
The Mapping Report wizard opens. 2. In the wizard, select the Office 365 tab.
3. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the source Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
4. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the Target Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
Essentials for Office 365 453
Drives Tab

5. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report. 6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. 7. The report generated will folllow the following rule:
userloginname@*.*, userloginname@*.*
8. In order to use the mapping report generated within Essentials, open it in excel, delete the source and target workbook sheets, and the first line with the headers from the user mapping report worksheet. Go to File > Save As> Select file type as CSV UTF-8
9. You can now use the .csv file in the Copy Tenant wizards, and the Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business wizard, by selecting Load from CSV on the wizard's first page.
Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as User Mapping Report.
File Share to Tenant
This option allows administrators to create a mapping report, matching the source file share with Target Office 365 users. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the report needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To create a mapping report, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Mapping Report.
The Mapping Report wizard opens.
Essentials for Office 365 454
Drives Tab

2. In the wizard, select the File Share tab.
3. Enter your Domain Controller, domain\login, and password for your file share location. Click Connect.
4. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the Target Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
5. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report. 6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. 7. The report generated will folllow the following rule:
userloginname@*.*, userloginname@*.*
8. In order to use the mapping report generated within Essentials, open it in excel, delete the source and target workbook sheets, and the first line with the headers from the user mapping report worksheet. Go to File > Save As> Select file type as CSV UTF-8.
9. You can now use the .csv file in the Copy Tenant wizards, and the Copy My Sites to OneDrive for Business wizard, by selecting Load from CSV on the wizard's first page.
Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as User Mapping Report.
Essentials for Office 365 455
Drives Tab

Google to Tenant
This option allows administrators to create a mapping report, matching the source Google accounts (users or groups) with Target Office 365 users. This operation has the following requirements for use:
� The account used to perform the report needs to be a Global Administrator in this Office 365 tenant.
To create a mapping report, perform the following: 1. On the Drives tab click Mapping Report.
The Mapping Report wizard opens. 2. In the wizard, select the Google tab.
3. Enter your the Admin user, p12 file key, and service account information for your google drive or google shared drive. Click Connect.
4. Enter your SharePoint Admin URL for the Target Office 365 connection and click Connect. On the Connect to SharePoint popup, enter your SharePoint credentials and click Connect. If you receive any message other than "Successfully connected to SharePoint Admin URL", please double check your credentials or contact support. If you would like to add additional Administrator accounts to this report, click Admin+.
5. Click the Select button to specify a location and a name for this report. 6. Click Finish to begin the analysis. 7. The report generated will folllow the following rule:
userloginname@*.* OR Shared Group ID number (ie: 0ABDWpGG8AGwXUk9PV) ,
Essentials for Office 365 456
Drives Tab

userloginname@*.*
The mapping is done by matching accounts with the same name, or by matching accounts with the same display name. 8. In order to use the mapping report generated within Essentials, open it in excel, delete the source and target workbook sheets, and the first line with the headers from the user mapping report worksheet. Go to File > Save As> Select file type as CSV UTF-8. 9. You can now use the .csv file in the Copy Google Drives/Google Shared Drives to Office 365 wizard and the Google Drives/Google Shared Drives to Microsoft Teams wizard, by selecting Load from CSV on the wizard's first page. Please visit the following link for an overview on how to script and schedule jobs 754 such as User Mapping Report.
Essentials for Office 365 457
Drives Tab

7
Security Manager Tab
Metalogix Essentials Security Manager for SharePoint is designed to analyze and manage permissions, groups/users and levels across multiple site collections and farms. It aims to both simplify cumbersome tasks and provide in-depth analysis of existing security rights from the convenience of your desktop and without installing anything on your SharePoint servers. Metalogix Essentials Security Manager allows you to:
� Browse, add, edit and delete groups, users, permissions and permission levels in a visual hierarchical structure of site collections, sites, lists and individual items
� One easy to use interface for managing multiple server farms, domains and site collections. � Copy groups, users, permissions and permission levels between server farms, site collections,
sites, lists and individual items across user directories (LDAP, ADFS, RDBMS). � Manage permissions for multiple objects at the same time � Compare an object's permissions to better manage permission templates and identify where
permissions do not match the templates � Analyze a user's or group's permissions for any site, list or item � Analyze which users or groups have permissions for a specific object � Discover and resolve potential security problems in multi-server farm environments such as
sites with no permissions, deleted users with granted permissions, broken chain of permission inheritance, etc � Transfer roles between users addressing issues such as employee turnover and new hires � Supports SharePoint 2007, 2010, 2013 and SharePoint Online � And much more
Interface
The application consists of two primary panes: (1) Navigator 459 and (2) Contents/Objects Area 459. The Navigation area is auto-generated when connecting to a SharePoint environment and provides a hierarchical representation of Farms, Tenants, Sites, Sub-Sites and Lists. The Content area contains screens in a tabbed structure that provide detailed information regarding the object selected in the
Essentials for Office 365 458
Security Manager Tab

Navigator pane.
NOTE: We have found this to be the ideal configuration, but the individual panes may be rearranged, minimized or maximized.
Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to Farms/Tenants, sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Double-clicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object.
Contents Area
SELECT OBJECTS: In order to select (or unselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the files located between the two items will be highlighted.
Essentials for Office 365 459
Security Manager Tab

In order to select (or unselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
OPERATIONS MENU: Right-clicking on an item(s) will display a menu of available operations. These may also be available through buttons in the top right corner of the window. The list of available activities will depend on what is selected or not selected in the window. BREADCRUMB TRAIL: Located in the top left-hand corner is a breadcrumb pointer to the source of the content shown. FUNCTION MENU: Located in the top right-hand corner are a set of buttons that supply specific functionality for the contents of this area.
Reports and Analysis
Permission Differences
Permission Differences is a real-time comparison between the selected object's permissions and those of it's (inherited) parent. This report is generated to highlight what is truly "unique" with the permissions compared to those above. The "parent" may be defined as the object immediately above this one or if that object inherits its permissions, then it may be a level or more higher (folder, list or site). This extended report is available on any object that has a unique set of permissions, with
Essentials for Office 365 460
Security Manager Tab

the exception of root site collections, and can be generated by clicking on the Permission Differences button located in the Permission report toolbar. Once generated, the results can then be exported to an Excel file (*.xlsx) for viewing or sharing outside of Essentials. Permission Difference report button
Permission Difference report Export to Excel button
This report adds a forth column "Parent Permission Level" to display the permission level of this user or group to the parent object and highlights these differences using a series of colors for quick identification. The following colors are used: Gray - no difference in permission level between this object and its parent Red - the user or group has permissions to both, however the set of permission levels is different Blue - the user or group only has permission to one of these objects, but not both The screenshot below is an example of this report displaying a uniquely secured document compared to its parent.
Please note that SharePoint grants "Limited Access" to users and groups in certain scenarios and having Limited Access to an object will be handled as a permission difference; therefore this will be shown in Red as opposed to having no access which is shown in Blue. There are a few examples of this behavior in the screenshot above.
Essentials for Office 365 461
Security Manager Tab

Permissions Given to a User or Group
This window displays a set of permissions granted to specific user or group. It may be accessed by selecting a farm/tenant, site, list or library from the Navigation Pane and then pressing the Permission Given to User/Group button in the Security Analysis section of the ribbon. This window features drill-down capabilities to analyze user/group permissions further down in the hierarchy. Additional capabilities such as modifying permissions can be exposed using the right-click menu or the ribbon.
NOTE: This report may be exported in its entirety to a .csv format. However this may be a lengthy process depending on the amount of content.
Permission Inheritance
This window displays the inheritance information for SharePoint sites, lists and items. It may be accessed by selecting a site, list or library from the Navigation Pane or an item from a Content Pane and then pressing the Permission Inheritance in the Security Analysis section of the ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 462
Security Manager Tab

This window features drill-down capabilities to analyze inheritance further down in the hierarchy. Additional capabilities such as breaking and reinstating inheritance can be exposed using the rightclick menu or the ribbon.
NOTE: This report may be exported in its entirety to a .csv format. However this may be a lengthy process depending on the amount of content.
Permission Inventory
This window generates a CSV report that contains a complete inventory of all permissions in site or a site collection combining data from other visual reports into a single export. It may be accessed by selecting a site, list or library from the Navigation Pane or an item from a Content Pane and then
Essentials for Office 365 463
Security Manager Tab

pressing the Permission Inventory in the Security Analysis section of the ribbon.
Site Collection Administrators
This window displays a list of all Site Collection Administrators to this specific site collection. To view and export a list of Site Collection Administrators for any SharePoint 2010 or 2013 location:
1. Connect to this location in the Essentials Navigator 2. Select a site or sub-site
Essentials for Office 365 464
Security Manager Tab

3. Right click and select Permissions > Show Site Collection Administrators
4. The list of Site Collection Administrator usernames, login and email will be displayed in the report section. If you wish to export this list, click the CSV Report button in the report's toolbar.
Users with Permissions to Object
This window displays a listing of all users with access to the selected object. It may be invoked by selecting a farm/tenant, site, list or library from the Navigation Pane or an item from a Content Pane and then pressing the Users with permissions to Object button in the Security Analysis section of the ribbon. This window features drill-down capabilities to reveal how access was granted. Additional capabilities can also be exposed using the right-click menu or the ribbon.
NOTE: This report may be exported in its entirety to a .csv format.
Essentials for Office 365 465
Security Manager Tab

Permissions
Copy Permissions
The application allows administrators to copy one or more permissions from one object to another. 1. For lists and sites, make the appropriate selection from the Navigation area. NOTE: For items, click on the list or library, right click and select "View Contents". The items will appear in the "Contents" pane. From there select the appropriate item, right click again, and click on "Show Permissions".
2. Click the Object Permissions button in the ribbon (or from the site level right-click menu select Permissions>Show Permissions; from the list level right-click menu select Objects > Show Permissions).
3. In the provided window select one or more users/groups with permissions to be copied and press the Copy button in the ribbon.
4. Similar to the procedure in Step 1 above select the target object.
Essentials for Office 365 466
Security Manager Tab

5. Click the Paste button from the ribbon. 6. In the provide window, confirm that information and select the appropriate options. 7. Click Finish to begin the operation.
Edit Permissions
The application allows administrators to edit permission roles for a user or group with explicit or inherited permission to a selected object. This operation can be executed for a site, list or list item.
NOTE: that changes to inherited permissions will result in a broken inheritance for the selected object. 1. For a list or site, make the appropriate selection from the Navigation area.
NOTE: For items, click on the list or library, right click and select "View Contents". The items will appear in the "Contents" pane. From there select the appropriate item, right click again, and click on "Show Permissions". 2. Press the Object Permissions button to generate a list of all the permissions to that object.
Essentials for Office 365 467
Security Manager Tab

3. To edit permissions for a specific group or object, select that object and press the Edit button in the ribbon.
4. In the provided window select or deselect the applicable permissions. 5. Press Finish to begin the operation.
NOTE: Permissions may also be completely deleted using the same process as outlined above.
Grant Permissions
The application allows administrators to grant specific permissions for user(s) and group(s). This operation can be executed for one or more sites, lists or list items.
1. For lists and sites, make the appropriate selection from the Navigation area.
Essentials for Office 365 468
Security Manager Tab

NOTE: For items, click on the list or library, right click and select "View Contents". The items will appear in the "Contents" pane. From there select the appropriate item, right click again, and click on "Show Permissions". 2. Press the Create/Grant button and select the Grant Permissions option. 3. In the provided window select or enter a list of users and/or groups to whom the permissions will be assigned. 4. If the Permissions are to be assigned to a SharePoint Group, select the group from the "Add users to SharePoint group" section. If the permission are to be granted directly, check off the "Grant user permissions directly" radio button and select from the list of provided permission levels. 5. Press Finish to begin the operation. NOTE: Check the "Add to Sub-Objects" option to propogate the permission to any objects below the selected one (e.g. subsites, lists, folder, etc) that have a broken inheritance.
Essentials for Office 365 469
Security Manager Tab

Transfer User Permissions
One of the more common operations for an administrator is to clone or transfer permissions from one user to another. This occurs when users move from one department to another or leave the organization. Security Manager allows users to execute this operation on a site by site basis.
1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the user has permissions. 2. Press the Transfer/Clone Permissions button to activate the window. 3. In the provided window, confirm the Site Address 4. To transfer permissions for a single user enter the Source and Target user accounts.
5. For bulk transfer of user permissions, select the Mass Transfer User Permissions option and the Load a CSV file that contains the source users in the first column and the corresponding target user in the second column. For example a CSV can be constructed like this:
Essentials for Office 365 470
Security Manager Tab

6. Check off the appropriate options. Press Finish to begin the operation.
Site Collection Administrators
If you wish to apply the Transfer/Clone permissions function to Site Collection Administrators as well (SharePoint 2010, 2013 only), then the starting URL must be a root site collection or higher. Also, the account provided to Essentials to use must be a Site Collection Admin itself, Farm Admin if used against a Web Application.
Remove User Permissions
In some cases a user's permissions need to be completely removed. This can be done individually or done in mass. Security Manager allows users to execute this operation on a site by site basis.
1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the user has permissions. 2. Press the Remove Permissions button to activate the window. 3. If removing permissions for an individual, confirm the Site Address and select the User.
If removing permissions for multiple users, confirm the site address, select the Mass Remove Users Permissions options and load a CSV file that contains the accounts of multiple users.
Essentials for Office 365 471
Security Manager Tab

For example, a CSV file containing many users can be constructed like the one below.
4. Check off the appropriate options. 5. Press Finish to begin the operation.
NOTE: User permissions may also be removed as part of a Transfer Permissions 470 operation.
Compare Permissions, Groups, and Levels
Security Manager provides a unique method for visually comparing and synchronizing permissions within any two site collections, sites or lists. The Live Compare! interface displays up to the moment differences between these objects and allows the user to drill-down and copy the differences to either environment. The Live Compare! interface consists of single window separated into two parts. A user can drill down into any object type to compare or re-compare that object against its counterpart in the other site. The two "Copy from-" buttons at the top of the window initiate a standard copy operation and will prompt a Wizard.
Essentials for Office 365 472
Security Manager Tab

SharePoint Groups
This window displays SharePoint groups associated with a specific site. It may be accessed by selecting a site from the Navigation Pane and then pressing the Groups button in the ribbon. As with all windows, users will be able to select one or more of these objects and copy them from one place to another. There are also more specific operations available within the interface including adding and removing users from a group, creating, editing or deletion of groups and removing permissions. Before running a SharePoint Groups report you will be presented with 2 optional parameters, Show Orphaned Groups and Show Total Members.
� Show Orphaned Groups - When included, this will add another parameter to the results which will highlight which of the groups are orphaned (if any are). NOTE: this process can be extremely time consuming to complete.
Essentials for Office 365 473
Security Manager Tab

� Show Total Members - When included, this will add another parameter to the results displaying the number of members per group.
Copy SharePoint Group
Security Manager allows administrators to copy one or more SharePoint Groups from one site to another.
1. Select the source site in the Navigation area. 2. Press the Groups button in the ribbon (or from the right-click menu select Permissions>Show
Groups) to expose all the available groups. 3. In the provided window select one or more groups to be copied and press the Copy button
the ribbon. 4. In the Navigation area select the target site. 5. Press the Paste button from the ribbon. 6. In the provided window, confirm that information and select the appropriate options.
Essentials for Office 365 474
Security Manager Tab

7. Press Finish to begin the operation.
Add a SharePoint Group
Security Manager allows administrators to add SharePoint groups to sites. Groups may be added to one or more sites at the same time.
1. Select one or more sites in the Navigation area. 2. Press the Create/Grant button and select the Create Group option to activate the window.
Essentials for Office 365 475
Security Manager Tab

3. In the provided window, enter a group name, group owner and description.
4. Press Finish to create the group. NOTE: An existing Group may be removed selecting it in the Users/Groups window and then pressing the Delete button in the ribbon.
Remove SharePoint Group
Security Manager allows administrators to remove SharePoint Group using a single operation. 1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the group is located. 2. Press the Groups button to view a list of available groups. 3. Select the group(s) that need to be removed 4. Press the Del key (or from the right-click menu select the Delete option). 5. In the provided window, confirm the delete operation. 6. Press OK to begin the operation.
Add Users to Group
Security Manager allows administrators to add users (or groups) to a one or more SharePoint groups using a single operation.
1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the group(s) is located. 2. Press the Groups button to view a list of available groups.
Essentials for Office 365 476
Security Manager Tab

3. Select on or more groups where user(s) need to be added. 4. Press the Create/Grant button and select the "Add Users to Group" option to activate the
window. 5. In the provided window, select the user(s) that will be added.
6. Press Finish to begin the operation. NOTE: Users and groups may also be added to any group using a CSV.
Remove Users from Group
Security Manager allows administrators to remove users (or groups) from a SharePoint groups using a single operation.
1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the group(s) is located. 2. Press the Groups button to view a list of available groups. 3. Expand the group user(s) need to be removed. 4. Select users that need to be removed 5. Press the Del key (or from the right-click menu select the Delete option). 6. In the provided window, confirm the delete operation. 7. Press OK to begin the operation.
Essentials for Office 365 477
Security Manager Tab

SharePoint Permission Level
Create/Edit Permission Level
Security Manager allows administrators to create new Permission Levels or edit permissions within an existing one.
1. Select a site from the Navigation area. 2. Press the Permission Levels button to view a list of existing levels. 3. Press the Create/Grant button and select the "Create Permission Level" option to activate
the window. 4. In the provided window, enter a name and description.
5. Select the Permissions that apply from the provided list. 6. Press Finish to begin the operation.
NOTE:
Essentials for Office 365 478
Security Manager Tab

� An existing Permission Level may be edited by selecting it in the Permission Level window and then pressing the Edit button in the ribbon.
� An existing Permission Level may be removed selecting it in the Permission Level window and then pressing the Delete button in the ribbon.
Copy Permission Level
The application allows administrators to copy one or more permission levels from one site to another.
1. Select the appropriate site in the Navigation pane 2. Click the Permission Levels button in the ribbon (or from the site level right-click menu select
Permissions>Show Permission Levels) . 3. In the provided window select one or more permission levels to be copied and press the Copy
button in the ribbon. 4. Similar to the procedure in Step 1 and 2 above select the target object. 5. Click the Paste button from the ribbon. 6. In the provide window, confirm that information and select the appropriate options. 7. Click Finish to begin the operation
Essentials for Office 365 479
Security Manager Tab

Remove Permission Level
Security Manager allows administrators to remove Permission Level(s) using a single operation. 1. Select a site from the Navigation area where the group(s) is located. 2. Press the Permission Levels button to view a list of available levels. 3. Select the level(s) that need to be removed 4. Press the Del key (or from the right-click menu select the Delete option). 5. In the provided window, confirm the delete operation. 6. Press OK to begin the operation.
Essentials for Office 365 480
Security Manager Tab

Transfer Permissions
Transferring permissions can be down by right clicking on a SharePoint site or user and selecting Permissions and then Transfer Permissions.
1. Enter your credentials if prompted for them. 2. In the Clone/Transfer Permissions Wizard, select whether you would like to manually enter the
source and target users, or you can choose to transfer users using a user-mapping file.
3. If you chose to manually enter users, be sure to select the Check Names button next to both source and target fields, to confirm that they are valid users.
Essentials for Office 365 481
Security Manager Tab

4. Select which which permission options you would like to include in the transfer. 5. Select Finish to start the transfer.
Essentials for Office 365 482
Security Manager Tab

8 Term Store Manager Tab
Term Store Manager is a feature of Essentials for Office 365 Architect. It delivers full control of SharePoint term stores from the convenience of a client interface. Users can granularly or in bulk create, edit, delete, copy and merge Term Groups, Term Sets, and Terms. Term Sets Manager also allows users to export the Term Sets into a CSV file. This CSV file can then be used to duplicate Managed Metadata in other SharePoint applications.
Connect and View Term Store
The following steps will allow you to connect to, and view, the term store: 1. To access a site's Term Store, right click on a site and select Objects > Show Term Store. In the product's Architect ribbon an icon is also enabled when a site is selected. The Term Store content will then appear in the content pane.
2. Expand the term store hierarchy to view Term Groups, Term Sets, and Terms. 3. Once an item is highlighted, the right click menu will display the available options.
Essentials for Office 365 483
Term Store Manager Tab

Copy/Merge/Reorganize Term Store Objects
Users of Term Store Manager can copy the entire term store or granular objects between different SharePoint farms To copy and paste Terms, Term Sets, and Term Groups:
1. Connect to the Term Store using the procedure from "Connect/View Term Store 483". 2. Highlight the item you would like to copy and right click on it. In this example, the Term
"Lighting" is being copied from the "Production Category" Term Set. 3. The right click menu will appear, select 'Copy'.
4. For the paste operation, users should right click on the container above the original item being copied. For instance, in order to copy the Term "Lighting" into a Term Set "Production Category", users should right click on "Production Category" and select 'Paste Term(s)'.
Essentials for Office 365 484
Term Store Manager Tab

5. Once 'Paste Term(s)' is selected a copy confirmation window will appear.
6. Checkbox options are available before clicking 'Finish'. The 'Copy With Children' checkbox will copy any child terms along with your selected item. The "Merge" checkbox will merge term store objects (the source object will overwrite the target in the event of a conflict).
7. Once appropriate options are selected, click 'Finish".
Unsupported Objects for Migration
Due to limitations in the Microsoft API, the following parameters cannot be retained during migration nor while using the Edit function in Term Store Manager
� Term Group "Group Managers" � Term Group "Contributors" � Term Set "Stakeholders" � Term Set and Term "Custom Sort Order" for SharePoint 2010 as a destination
Essentials for Office 365 485
Term Store Manager Tab

Create/Edit/Delete Term Store Objects
Terms store manager offers the ability to manipulate term store object individually or in bulk. Specific functionality is available via the right-click menu or in the upper right-hand corner of the pane. Create Term Store Objects
1. Select the parent object from the term store. The type of objects that can be created depends on the parent object selected.
2. From the right-click or pane menu select the Create option. 3. A window will be displayed with the appropriate fields for the object being created. 4. Press the Finish button to complete the operation.
(In this example, since a Term Group is selected, a Term Set would be created underneath it.) Bulk Create Term Store Objects
1. Select the parent object from the term store. The type of objects that can be created depends on the parent object selected.
2. From the right-click or pane menu select the Bulk Create option. 3. A window will be displayed with the appropriate fields for the object or objects being created.
Fill in new items on each line.
Essentials for Office 365 486
Term Store Manager Tab

4. Press the Finish button to complete the operation.
(In the above, since a Term Group is selected multiple term sets would be created) Edit Term Store Objects
1. Select an object or multiple objects from the term store. 2. From the right-click or pane menu select the Edit option. 3. A window will be displayed with the appropriate fields for the object or objects being edited.
NOTE: the fields displayed may vary depending on whether one or more objects are being created.
Essentials for Office 365 487
Term Store Manager Tab

4. Press the Finish button to complete the operation.
Delete Term Store Objects 1. Select an object or multiple objects from the term store. 2. From the right-click or pane menu select the Delete option. 3. A message will be displayed confirming that object(s) are about to be removed. NOTE: A term group must be empty, meaning all terms and term sets must first be deleted before the Term Group can be delete.
Custom Sort Order (supported for SharePoint 2013, SharePoint 2016 and SharePoint Online only) To modify the custom sort order of terms:
1. Select the parent term set or term. 2. Right click and choose the Edit Term Set or Edit Term option. 3. Click the Custom Sort tab. 4. Choose between the options to use the Default Sort or Custom Sort Order. 5. If you choose Custom Sort Order, the list of child terms will appear in a table below. 6. To modify the order, simply select a term and drag and drop to reorganize the order.
Dropping a term onto another, will place that term dropped term above in the order.
Essentials for Office 365 488
Term Store Manager Tab

7. When done, click Finish to apply your changes.
Exporting Term Groups and Term Sets to CSV
Term Groups and Term Sets may be exported to a CSV file. This will allow users to manipulate this information with any text editor or spreadsheet application. The exported file may be imported back into SharePoint using the Import from CSV option within SharePoint's Central Administration console. To create an export file:
1. Connect to the Term Store using the procedure from section Connect and View Term Store 483.
2. Select a Term Group or Term Set and right click on that item. 3. Choose the 'Export to CSV' option. 4. Select a Destination File Location, Name the CSV file, and click 'Create'. NOTE: The exported file conforms to Microsoft's supported CSV formatting and therefore if a Term Group is exported, a separate CSV file will be created for each Term Set within this group.
This CSV file can be imported into SharePoint through Central Administration. 1. In Central Administration, under the Application Management heading, select Mange Service Applications.
Essentials for Office 365 489
Term Store Manager Tab

2. Select the Manged Metadata Service, right click and select 'New Group' 3. Enter a name for the new group and press 'Enter'. 4. Select the newly named group and right click on that group to choose 'Import Term Set' 5. Browse to select the CSV file and click 'OK'
Export to and Import from SKOS Files
The native external format that Microsoft supports for Term Sets is CSV files 489, which are limited in the amount of metadata and functionality that is provided. To enhance the experience of import, export or "backup" of Term Store elements, support for SKOS (*.rdf files) is included. More information about this file format can be learned from the following link (external link): http://www.w3.org/2009/08/skos-reference/skos.html. Some of the advantages to using SKOS rather than CSV:
� SKOS can include all terms sets within a selected term group � SKOS includes additional metadata properties like translations, synoymns and custom
properties � SKOS is more universally supported outside of SharePoint Term Stores NOTE: Managed and Faceted Navigation is not currently supported for either Export to and Import from SKOS.
Export to SKOS
To export to a SKOS file, select a Term Group or Term Set and either right click > Export to SKOS or simply click the Export to SKOS button in the application's ribbon. Select a location to save the file and enter a name, then click Create. The SKOS file will then be created, depending on the size and complexity this process could take anywhere from a few seconds to a few minutes to complete. A dialog will appear when the file is ready.
Import From SKOS
To import a SKOS file, select the Term Group or Term Set in which the SKOS should be imported into and either right click > Import from SKOS or simply click the Import from SKOS button in the application's ribbon. Click OK on the confirmation dialog and the import process will begin. During this process, new objects (term sets and terms) may be created as well as updates to existing
Essentials for Office 365 490
Term Store Manager Tab

elements already within this location, as defined in the SKOS. The recommendation is to Import to the object that was originally used for Export. For example, if the SKOS export was created from Term Set "ABC", then the Import from SKOS option should be chosen after selecting Term Set "ABC". In this example, if the parent Term Group was selected, then the objects in the SKOS will be created one level higher (Terms as Term Sets). Depending on the size and complexity this process could take anywhere from a few seconds to a few minutes to complete. A dialog will appear when the file is ready.
Live Compare
Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 provides a unique method for visually comparing and synchronizing the objects and content within any two site collections, sites or lists. The Live Compare interface displays up to the moment differences between these sites and allows the user to drill down and copy the differences to either environment. The Live Compare! interface consists of three primary sections: 1. A connection area, 2. Viewer, 3. Compare Options The Connection Area: The connection area is separated into a "Site URL" and a "List/Library" field for each of the lists to be compared. The Viewer Area: The viewer area is separated into two parts each of which displays the content from the site, list, or library specified above in the connection area. Compare Options: At the bottom of the Live Compare window, there are three buttons; "Full Compare" "Load Compare Report" and "Quick Compare" During a compare, A user can drill down into any object type to compare or re-compare that object against its counterpart in the other site. The two "Copy from-" buttons at the top of the window initiate standard copying operations. See the Site Migration Wizard 169 section for additional detail.
Essentials for Office 365 491
Term Store Manager Tab

Full Compare
This option will generate a report of all the differences between the selected sites and subsites (if selected). Unlike the "Quick Compare 184" interactive approach, this report will automatically crawl and collect all the differences, which will then be saved to a CSV file for viewing.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content and selected options, this may require an extended amount of time. For this reason, the report is run in the background. The completed report, (stored as a csv file), may be loaded into this interface using the "Load Compare Report" button (see the Load Compare Report 186section for more details on loading a compare report). To perform a Full Compare with Live Compare, do the following: 1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
2. Once the Live Compare window opens, select your two Site URL's for comparison by clicking the downward arrow of each. This will open the Select Site screen. Select the site you wish to connect to and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 492
Term Store Manager Tab

3. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
4. Select Full Compare from the bottom of the Live Compare screen.
Essentials for Office 365 493
Term Store Manager Tab

5. Select the properties you would like to apply to your Full Compare and click Run.
Use Enhanced Content Compare: This option will use the last modified date to identify differences in content that exists in both sites (lists and libraries). Normally the comparison is limited to identifying differences in content that exists in one site but not the other.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content this comparison may require extended periods of time. Include Item Level Permissions: The differences in Item Level Permissions between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare. NOTE: Permission comparison may require extended periods of time depending on the amount of content and permissions Include Group Membership: The differences in the Group Memberships between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare.
Essentials for Office 365 494
Term Store Manager Tab

User Mapping: This option should be used in the event that a mapping file was used during the initial copy from source to target. This is especially useful if you have mapped accounts from source to target. Include Subsites: Any subsites for the selected sites will be analyzed as part of the compare.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of subsites this comparison may require extended periods of time. 6. When prompted save the Full Compare file to a location on your computer.
Quick Compare
This option will generate a listing of SharePoint objects within the Live Compare window. Users can navigate and drill down into each object to see and copy the differences from one site to another. This option is limited to the currently selected sites. See Full Compare 181 for additional capabilities. To perform a Quick Compare with Live Compare, do the following:
1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
2. Once the Live Compare window opens, select your two Site URL's for comparison by clicking the downward arrow of each. This will open the Select Site screen. Select the site you wish to connect to and click Connect.
3. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
Essentials for Office 365 495
Term Store Manager Tab

4. Select Quick Compare from the bottom of the Live Compare screen.
5. Select the properties you would like to apply to your Full Compare and click Run.
Essentials for Office 365 496
Term Store Manager Tab

Use Enhanced Content Compare: This option will use the last modified date to identify differences in content that exists in both sites (lists and libraries). Normally the comparison is limited to identifying differences in content that exists in one site but not the other.
NOTE: Depending on the amount of content this comparison may require extended periods of time.
Include Item Level Permissions: The differences in Item Level Permissions between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare.
NOTE: Permission comparison may require extended periods of time depending on the amount of content and permissions
Include Group Membership: The differences in the Group Memberships between the selected sites or lists will be analyzed as part of the compare.
User Mapping: This option should be used in the event that a mapping file was used during the initial copy from source to target. This is especially useful if you have mapped accounts from source to target. 6. The Live Compare results will be loaded in the Live Compare window, where you can now copy items from left to right and vice versa.
Load Compare Report
The Load Compare Report option allows users to select a completed Full Compare report and display its results in the Live Compare viewer where a user can drill down into any object type to compare or re-compare that object against its counterpart on the other side. The "Copy from..." buttons can be used to initiate a copy operation from one side to the other. To load a compare report do the following:
1. In the Migrator tab, select Live Compare from the Sites section.
2. At the bottom of the Live Compare window select Load Compare Report. This will open your
Essentials for Office 365 497
Term Store Manager Tab

computer's explorer.
3. Locate the Live Compare .csv file you wish to load. Click Open.
4. This will open the Select Site screen. Select one of the sites from the original full compare .csv file and click Connect.
5. Select the site or sub-site that you want to compare and press the Finish button.
Essentials for Office 365 498
Term Store Manager Tab

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the second site from your full compare .csv file for comparison. Once you have completed these steps the full compare .csv file will be loaded into the Live Compare window.
7. You can now copy items from left to right and vice versa.
Essentials for Office 365 499
Term Store Manager Tab

Essentials for Office 365
500 Term Store Manager Tab

9
Administrator Tab
This section provides an overview of the Administrator tab.
Metalogix Essentials Administrator
The Administrator tab within the Essentials console, provides valuable insights into your SharePoint farms or Office 365 tenancies with centralized reporting and actionable management. Easy-to-use dashboards offer automated data collections and trend analysis to help manage user activity, site growth and content distribution, as well as identify accessibility and security issues. Its detailed reports help you know your content and enforce enterprise specific governance policies.
� Built Cloud First: A zero footprint solution requiring no server deployments or configuration, designed to operate and interact with SharePoint remotely. Fully compatible with on premise, Office 365, SharePoint Online or hybrid SharePoint environments, a true "agentless" solution.
� Dashboards: Dashboards allow SharePoint Administrators to quickly and easily see key information about their environments from a single, feature rich view.
� Valuable Business Insights: Acquire awareness about your SharePoint environment to determine Site Activity, User Activity, Data Growth, User Adoption, Various List and Permission settings and much more.
� Actionable: Take actions based on information learned from the reports using intuitive menu options to maintain or enforce governance and policies across your SharePoint environment.
� Automated data collection: Always have the most recent data points available at the tip of your fingers with scheduled collections.
To begin using Metalogix Administrator, start here 521.
Essentials for Office 365 501
Administrator Tab

Service Manager
Metalogix Administrator with Service Manager provides Administrators with a global understanding of their Office 365 tenants, including user profiles, license distribution, Exchange Online, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online and more. It provides detailed and actionable reporting across many Office 365 Services and the ability to create and execute custom rules with consistent, repeatable actions.
� Cross Service Identity Management: Perform complex, user-focused administrative tasks across multiple systems in the environment from a single interface.
� License Management/Optimization: See what licenses are in your environment, to whom they are deployed, and which ones are in use. Take action by allocating or re-allocating licenses with the click of a button.
� On-boarding/Transferring: Use automated templates to ensure that the proper licenses are allocated, quotas assigned, permissions granted, oversight access is granted, and the users profile is properly filled out all from a single, unified, administration interface.
� Off-boarding: Set out of office messages, remove access, forward mail to the proper users, and backup a users' content across all systems with the click of a button.
To begin using Service Manager, start by Connecting to your Office 365 Tenant 505. The application consists of three primary panes 1. Navigator, 2. Report Selection Menu, 3. Dashboard, Report and Analysis Display Area.
Essentials for Office 365 502
Administrator Tab

Navigator Pane
The Navigator may contain a series of previously loaded or generated projects with each project representing a separate data collection. The projects specific to Essentials Administrator are defined by a bar graph icon and contain the data from all previously run data collections. Inside these projects will be the locations that were included with this scan, be it multiple site collections, OneDrives, sites, and lists.
Report Selections Menu
The Available Reports menu displays a graphical list of all currently available reports. These are broken down into several, logical sections grouping together the purpose of the each report. The sections can be opened or closed by clicking on the section header. The reports are selected through a series of radio buttons which allows only one report to be loaded at a time.
Please note that some reports may be disabled based on the Admin project being loaded. Refer to the Reports 504 section for more information.
Essentials for Office 365 503
Administrator Tab

Reports Area
The Reports area is the large section of the interface where the various dashboards, reports, and analysis is displayed. You may select one specific report from the main report screen (section 3 found on the Interface Overview 502 page) by double clicking on it. This allows you to view the contents of each individual report in detail.
Along the top toolbar are buttons to allow the configuration of the output The middle portion is the visual representation of the data
The bottom displays the analytical results.
Right Clicking on an one of the analytics results at the bottom provides you with several menu options. One of these is Analysis, which provides a series of context menu options to perform Actions
Essentials for Office 365 504
Administrator Tab

against the selected object.
Connecting to the Office 365 Tenant
The first step when you begin working with Administrator is to create your initial connection to your Office 365 Tenant. It is from this connection project that you will be able to generate your reports, create custom filtered views, and create and run any custom actions.
NOTE: � To make full use of all the Service Manager functionality provided, it is recommended that you
provide the software with a Global Administrator login to the tenant and possibly a Domain Administrator if any reports or actions are required for Active Directory. � An Office 365 Global Administrator is required for Office 365 connections. � A Domain Administrator is required for on premise Active Directory connections. � Two factor authentication and claims based connections are not supported. To connect to your Office 365 Tenant: 1. Under the Administrator tab, select Office 365 in the Manage section of the ribbon.
2. Enter a unique connection project name in the "Name" field and enter the "User" and "Password" of the Global Administrator of the Office 365 tenant to which you wish to
Essentials for Office 365 505
Administrator Tab

connect. Click Connect.
3. Once the connection has been successfully established, a new project will appear in the application's Navigator panel.
Default and Custom Views
After the connection has been made to Office 365, an Administrator project will be created in the Navigator and within that a number of sections known as Default Views. These views are the lifeblood of the Administrator functionality as they allow for greater control and reporting across this
Essentials for Office 365 506
Administrator Tab

tenant, its services, and dependencies, like Active Directory.
These views offer a number of options including creating new custom views, filtering, export/import and actions. The following sections will describe these options in detail. Tenant Level The first level within an Administrator project is the tenant itself shown with this icon . This will display the name of the Office 365 Tenant, with the Global Admin account that was provided during connection appearing in brackets to the right of it. There are a number of menu options that are available at this level, but there are currently no views or reports that can be displayed. Default Views The next level is the Default Views and those are shown with this icon . Default views cannot be deleted nor modified, and they offer a "top to bottom" view of all users and attributes associated to this service. To open a default view do the following: 1. Double click on the View name in the Navigator pane, or right click on the name and select Open.
Essentials for Office 365 507
Administrator Tab

2. The view will load in the larger section to the right of the Navigator pane.
NOTE: Depending on the location of the user and attributes needed to generate this view, you may be asked to provide additional credentials needed to authenticate. 3. From the view results, you can select one or more users and perform a number of actions using either the buttons in the application's ribbon
the toolbar or the right click context menu which differs depending on the Default View that you have selected. These actions include Quick Actions, Custom Actions, Exporting, Refreshing, and Editing.
NOTE: Because these default views are preconfigured to load all attributes, this operation may take a significant time to complete. Please plan accordingly if you are working with a tenant that contains thousands of users or consider creating a custom view that may load in less time. For example, instead of loading the default view "Exchange Online Mailboxes" perhaps consider creating a Custom View where you can display only the mailboxes where the Active Directory attribute "Department" contains "Sales" is generated.
Custom Views Custom views are user created views that reside below a parent Default View and are signified with this icon . Custom views allow a user to read various attributes from different services with the use of filters, in order to create a combined view of users and their metadata. The benefits of custom views is that you can combine information across the services, filter against the relevant attributes, and take less time to load the view than their default counterparts. To create a new custom view do the following:
Essentials for Office 365 508
Administrator Tab

1. Right click the parent default view and choose the New option. This will open the Create View window.
2. Enter a name for the custom view. the Section Name will automatically be populated based on the node for which you selected to create the new view.
Essentials for Office 365 509
Administrator Tab

3. Starting with the Columns tab, expand the Office 365 service you wish to include and click the checkbox next to each relevant attribute.
4. Switch over to the Filters tab if you wish to apply any filters to the results.
Filters are configured with conditions (Equal, Not Equal, Contains, Does not Contain), drop down selections and text entry fields. If you wish to rearrange the order of the columns, simply click and drag/drop the column to the new position you wish it to appear in. If you wish to remove a column, simply switch back to the Columns tab and deselect this attribute. 5. Once you have configured the view to your liking click Ok. You will be asked if you would like to open the created view - you an select yes or no. Selecting Yes will display the custom view immediately, selecting no will simply add the custom view to the Navigator section of the page where it can be accessed later. Menu Options
Essentials for Office 365 510
Administrator Tab

Depending on the selected level, you will have a number of options available in the right click menu. Below are the icons and descriptions for each option within each section.
Tenant Level ( ) Import External List (CSV) - Imports a CSV file containing a list of users and their attributes. ( ) Import - Imports all custom views from another Service Manager project. ( ) Export - Exports all custom views. ( ) Refresh - Manually refreshes this project or view. To enable Automatic View Refresh, please visit the Refresh section of this topic 512. ( ) Manage Custom Actions - Opens the Manage Custom Actions menu. This can also be accessed through the Custom Actions buttons in the ribbon.
Default Views ( ) New - Creates a new custom view beneath this location. ( ) Open - Open this selected default view. ( ) Paste - Paste a copied custom view(s) as a child to this location. ( ) Import - Select a group of exported views to import to this location. ( ) Export - Export all custom views from this location. ( ) Manage Conferencing Policies - Allows users to create new or modify existing conferencing policies for this location.
Custom Views ( ) Open - Load the selected custom view. ( ) Edit - Edit the columns or filters of the selected custom view. ( ) Copy - Copy the selected custom view(s). ( ) Export - Export the selected custom view(s). ( ) Delete - Delete the selected custom view(s).
NOTE: There is no way to undo the deletion of a custom view.
Essentials for Office 365 511
Administrator Tab

Edit Quick and Custom Actions
From any Default or Custom View 506, you may select one or more entries from the View's contents to perform an action against by using the right click menu. The right click menu will provide you with a basic Edit or Update option most appropriate for the currently open view, a Quick Action which performs a single operation regardless of the view, or a Custom Action which is a pre-configured series of actions to be performed in order. The descriptions and their use are detailed in the following sections.
Refresh Due to the amount of time it may take to open certain views, the entries are not automatically refreshed after any Action has been run. To update the entries displayed in any View you may either:
� Select an entry, right click and choose Refresh. This will refresh the entire View.
� Click the Refresh toggle button in the application's toolbar to enable automatic refreshes. When toggled is on ( ), the View will refresh automatically at the completion of the action update. When the refresh is toggled off ( ), the View will not update automatically and you will need to revert to manually refreshing using the right click menu in order to see the results in the application.
Basic Edit or Update Actions When a Default View is open, you may select one or more entries, right click and have access to a view specific Edit or Update action. For example, if you open the default "Office 365 Licenses" view, select one or more users and right click, the basic edit operation here will be to "Edit Licenses". This action will allow you to edit the licenses associated to the selected users only. A similar operation
Essentials for Office 365 512
Administrator Tab

performed in another Default View will present a different Edit action.
In a Custom View, this basic edit action becomes a generic "Edit User" and provides access to all available services and attributes that can be updated.
Quick Actions Select any Default or Custom View. When the view is open, you may select one or more entries, right click and have access to a menu of Quick Actions. Quick Actions, unlike the basic Edit or Update, are not specific to the current view and are configured to perform a single operation against the selected entries. Using the previous example, if you opened the Default View "Office 365 Licenses", select a few entries, right click and hover over Quick Actions, this will open a list of quick action options - such as the Enable/Disable Account option, which allows you to disable the entries you selected. The advantage to these Quick Actions is that you can perform an action without having to load the view that specifically contains these attributes.
Custom Actions Unlike the Basic and Quick Actions, Custom Actions are a series of actions that are user created, upon execution of a custom action each action is performed in the sequence defined, from top to bottom. Custom Actions can be run from any Default or Custom View and are not specific to the one currently open.
Essentials for Office 365 513
Administrator Tab

In order to run a Custom Action, you must first create one. To create a new custom action do the following:
1. Select the Tenant Level node within your Service Manager project and either double click on the Tenant Level node, right click the tenant level node and select Manage Custom Actions, or choose the "Open" option in the Custom Actions section of the top ribbon. This will open the Manage Custom Actions viewer.
2. From within the Custom Action view, either right click and select the menu "Create Custom Action" option, or choose the "Create" button in the Custom Action section of the top ribbon. This will open the Create New Custom Action window.
3. Enter a name and an appropriate description for the new custom action.
4. Select one or more actions from the left side Available Actions menu and either double click on it or click the Add button in the middle. This Available Action will now be moved to the Selected Actions menu on the right side.
� At any time you can choose a Selected Action and either double click or click Remove to
move it back to the Available Action menu.
Essentials for Office 365 514
Administrator Tab

� You may also choose a Selected Action and Move Up or Move Down to adjust the order
of operations.
5. Certain actions will include a placeholder which must be configured to your specifications. For example, the Office 365 Licenses action "Assign License(s)" has a placeholder where you must define which licenses to be assigned during the execution of this Custom Action. You access the configuration by double clicking on the placeholder next to the selected action. This opens a configuration menu for that specific action.
6. Complete the configuration for any placeholders that belong to the Selected Actions.
Essentials for Office 365 515
Administrator Tab

7. Once your custom action has been built to your requirements, click Finish to save the configuration and return to the Custom Action list.
Once one or more Custom Actions have been created, you can run them in one of a few ways: You can run a Custom Action from the right click menu after entries have been selected from any View.
Or you can run a Custom Action from the "Manage Custom Actions" view. The benefit of this approach is that you can specify which users to run the action against either by loading a static CSV file or dynamically by selecting an existing View. In order to use this method do the following:
1. Open the "Manage Custom Actions" view by clicking the "Open" button in the Custom Actions section of the top ribbon or by selecting "Manage Custom Actions" from the tenant
Essentials for Office 365 516
Administrator Tab

node's right click menu.
2. From the Manage Custom Actions view, select the Custom Action that you would like to run and either click the "Run" button in the Custom Actions section of the top ribbon, or right click on the custom actions and select "Run Custom Action" from the right click menu.
3. The Run Custom Action dialog box will now appear. Select from the option to Load from CSV or Load from View.
� Load from CSV: This option provides you with the ability to load a specific list of users for which to run the custom action against. The CSV file should be formatted as a single column which contains the Office 365 User(s) accounts to be processed. For example, user01@contoso.com. Load from CSV example file.
� Load from View: This option allows you to select an existing view (default or custom) for which to run the custom action against. The users which are displayed in the view are the only users for which this custom action will be. Please note that this can be a dynamic list of users. For example, if you create a simple custom view where "Sign-in Status equals
Essentials for Office 365 517
Administrator Tab

Blocked" the list of users in this view on Monday may not be the same list of users on Friday, so the custom action may be run against a different set of users every time. o You may preview which users will be processed by the use of your custom view by simply
selecting the view from the Load from View option and then clicking the Preview Results button.
This will open the preview results window, providing an overview of the users that were loaded.
� Delta: The Delta option is only available when the Load from View option is selected and this action has already been run at least one time in the past against this specifically named view. When enabled, this execution of the Custom Action will not process any objects in the current view results that were previously processed in an earlier run. Using the previous example of a view which returns a list of users whose Sign-in Status is Blocked, if this view returns a total list of 4 users on Monday when the action is first run, then the next run on Friday this view may return the same 4 from Monday, plus an additional 2 users that have since been Blocked. With Delta, the custom action will know that the original 4
Essentials for Office 365 518
Administrator Tab

users were already processed and therefore it will only process the additional 2 users that were added since the last time the action was run. o You may preview which users will be processed by the use of your custom view by simply
selecting the view from the Load from View option and then clicking the Preview Results button. If this custom action has already been processed against this view at least once in the past, then you may also preview the Delta results by clicking the Enable Delta option. With Delta enabled, the Office 365 User accounts listed in red are the ones that would not have been processed during the next delta operation, while those listed in green would have been processed.
4. After you have either loaded the list of users from a CSV file or from an existing view, you may click the Finish button to begin immediately or the Generate Script or Schedule buttons to process them later.
5. Once the Custom Action has finished running, you can select the View Logs option from the pop-up window notifying you of the completion of the process, or you can select to view Logs later by selecting "logs" from the View section of the top banner.
Essentials for Office 365 519
Administrator Tab

Import Certificate
When working with an on-premises LDAP server, certain operations like AD password resets are required to take place over a secure connection (SSL). Due to this requirement, our actions will need access to your LDAP certificate. If LDAPS is not already configured in your environment, please talk with your Active Directory Administrator or consider reading the following Wiki article for guidance: http://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/2980.ldap-over-ssl-ldaps-certificate.aspx. Note: Without LDAPS, you will be able to perform all AD operations with the exception of creating users or updating user passwords. Administrator will support the detection and import of LDAP certificates. When you attempt to perform the first operation that requires a valid certificate, you will receive a message in the log indicating that a certificate is required and has been located. At this point, restart the software and attempt this operation again.
Import External List (CSV)
Import External List will allow you to pre-create a CSV file containing a list of users and associated attributes. Once imported, you can then perform either a Quick or Custom Action 512 against a selected set of these users. To use this option:
1. Right click on the Tenant level Office 365 node in the Navigator. Choose the "Import External
List (CSV)" option. 2. Locate and then select your CSV file and click OK to open it within a new Service Manager
view. 3. You may now select the users from this view and perform quick or custom actions against
them.
Essentials for Office 365 520
Administrator Tab

Below you will find example templates that can be used to Create new Active Directory Users or Create new Office 365 Cloud Users. If you would like to create your own CSV file, you can do so simply by selecting one or more users from your Active Directory Users or Office 365 Users View and choosing the Export to CSV option. Download the new Active Directory User example template: Active Directory User Template Download the new Office 365 Cloud User example template: Office 365 Cloud User Template
Reports
This section provides an overview of the available reports.
Collect Data
The first step to using Metalogix Administrator is to have the tool scan your data within a specified area. Here are the basic steps to perform the data collection.
1. Press the `Collect Data' button in the Reports section of the Metalogix Administrator ribbon. This will load the Create New Report project configuration.
2. Enter a project name where your Admnistrator data will reside.
3. Expand and populate the relevant sections related to your need o On premise Services - If you wish to include one or more SharePoint 2007, 2010, 2013 or 2016 site collections, please populate the required values in this section. Farm
Essentials for Office 365 521
Administrator Tab

Administrator is required for all connections at the farm level.
o Office 365 Services - If you wish to include one or more Office 365 Services, please populate the required values in this section. Global Administrator is required.
� Login - Enter your Global Administrator user name and click Connect to authenticate
with the password.
� Include Tenant Data - Enable this option to include User Profile, Group, License and
Exchange Online data
� Include SharePoint Online - Enable this option to include one or more SharePoint
Online Site Collections.
� Include OneDrive for Business - Enable this option to include one or more OneDrive
for Business sites. o Advanced Options
� Send notification - Enable this option to send an email notification when the collection is
complete.
� Save to SharePoint - Enable this option and choose a SharePoint Online library to save an
Excel report of the collected data.
Essentials for Office 365 522
Administrator Tab

4. Select Finish to begin the data collection now or use the Generate Script or Schedule options to perform this operation at another time.
Update Data
In order to keep the data up-to-date within your Reports, it is necessary to run update collections. To perform an update collection do the following:
1. Within the Navigator pane, expand any existing Administrator project and select the first level. If the project is a single site or site collection, this will be the name of that location. If the project contains multiple sites or OneDrives, this will be a folder with the number of locations that were included.
2. Once selected, do one of the following � Right click and choose Update Data
Essentials for Office 365 523
Administrator Tab

� Press the Update Data button in the Reports section of the ribbon.
3. Choose Finish to run it now.
Load Data
After the data collection process has been completed, the Administrator Reports area should automatically populate with the first report. If you wish to load any other data into the reports area do the following:
1. In the Navigator pane, expand the Administrator project that you wish to load.
2. Select and then double click the specific location you wish to load. This could be the first level folder (if the collection included multiple site collections or OneDrives) or you could navigate lower to any site, list or OneDrive beneath that first level.
3. The first report will load into the Reports Area. NOTE: this may take a few seconds or longer depending on the amount of data that was collected.
Essentials for Office 365 524
Administrator Tab

To configure how the data is displayed, there is a menu of options on the right hand side of the top toolbar.
NOTE: not all views are available for each report. Refer to the Reports section below for additional information and availability.
Sub-site data: A toggle used to include or exclude the sub-site data from the reports. All Data Points: This generates a bar graph visualization that includes all data points. Top 10 Data Points: This generates a pie chart visualization that includes the Top 10 data points. Trending Data: This generates a line graph used for displaying trending data. The Analysis section can also be tailored to the specific data that you wish to display. For example, if you are viewing the Documents Extensions report and wish to see the breakdown of all *.doc files, select this portion from the graph and the Analysis will update to show only the information about those documents.
Essentials for Office 365 525
Administrator Tab

Export Data
The ability to export data is available within the Export section of the ribbon. Reports that contain a visual graph and an analysis list are exported to PDF format, while reports that contain just an analysis list are exported to a CSV file. The Export to Excel function can export all reports into a multiple worksheet Excel file with sub and trending data.
NOTE: Dashboards cannot be exported. Exporting to PDF To export a visual report to a PDF file do the following: 1. First select and load the report. 2. Press the Export to PDF button located in the ribbon.
NOTE: "Export to PDF" is not an available option for any of the Dashboard reports.
Export to CSV To export an analysis only report to a CSV file do the following: 1. Select and load the report you wish to export. 2. Press the Export to CSV button located in the reports section of the ribbon.
Export to Excel To export all the analysis data into a single, multi-worksheet Excel file (*.xlsx) do the following: 1. Click the the Export to Excel option located in the ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 526
Administrator Tab

2. In the Export to Excel window, select whether you want to export to a local location, or save to SharePoint - and then select the respective location or library.
3. Configure the options for which data to include within the reports.
4. Click Finish to begin the export process.
Actions
Beyond just reporting and visualizing the data, Administrator provides a full assortment of real-time actions. Some actions are performed against your selected location (i.e. change version settings) while others may be used to trigger a separate operation within Essentials, like scheduling a Backup job. The list of available Actions is determined by the license key, so some of the Actions described below may not be included in your version. For example, if you want to run a deeper security report, then Essentials Security Manager needs to be included in your license. Actions can be run from either the Analysis portion of any report or by simply right clicking on that location in the Administrator project. Some Actions also support multi-select so you can run it once against several objects or locations.
Essentials for Office 365 527
Administrator Tab

Administrator's list of Actions include:
� View in Browser: This will open your default Internet Browser and load your selected location.
� Create Backup (when licensed): Essentials Backup will open and pre-populate the URL with the site selected. See the Backup 545 section for additional information.
� Change Content Approval: Select one or more lists and change the Content Approval setting to either Yes or No.
� Change Checkout Required: Select one or more lists and change the Checkout Required setting to either Yes or No.
� Change Versioning: Select one or more lists and change the Versioning setting to either No Versions, Create Major Versions, or Create Major and Minor Versions.
� Inherit Permissions (when licensed): Select one or more lists and set inheritance to "Inherit Permissions" or "Stop Inheriting Permissions" from the parent. If you select "Stop Inheriting Permissions" this will remove any unique permissions from the selected lists. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
� Grant Permissions (when licensed): Select one or more lists and the Grant Permissions window will open. From here, you can grant choose to Add users to a SharePoint group, or Grant users permissions directly to users or groups across the selected locations. This will make permissions unique on any location that currently inherits from their parent. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
� Site Content Reports (when licensed): The Site Content Report dialog will open, pre-populate with the selected Site URL and allow for the creation of a content inventory report.
Essentials for Office 365 528
Administrator Tab

� Analysis
o Permissions given to User/Group (when licensed): A real-time security report is run against the defined user or group. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
o Users with permissions to Object (when licensed): A real-time security report is run detailing all users who have access to this selected object. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
o Orphaned Users (when licensed): A real-time security report is generated detailing the list of all orphaned users in this location. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
o Permission Inheritance (when licensed): A real-time security report is run displaying a list of all inherited or unique permissions within this location. See the Essentials Security Manager 458 section for additional information.
o Permission Invenotry (when licensed): A real-time secrutiy report that details permissions related to the selected site collection, site or OneDrive for Business. Permission options include site, list and item permissions, inherited objects as well as group membership.
� Audit Users: Allows you to audit your list of users for a specified site within a specified date range.
� Administrator
Essentials for Office 365 529
Administrator Tab

o Create Subsite: Select one or more sites from the Admin project navigator to create new, identical sub-sites in these locations. Note: This option is only available in the Navigator pane.
o Create List/Library: Select one or more sites from the Admin project navigator to create new, identical lists or libraries in these locations. Note: This option is only available in the Navigator pane.
Available Reports
This menu provides a quick and easy way to generate a number of different visualizations of the collected data. The menu consists of several sections which can be opened or closed by clicking on the header. Please select the appropriate link below to read a list of available reports. Office 365 License Reports 530 User Profile Reports 531 Groups Reports 532 Exchange Online Reports 532 SharePoint and OneDrive for Business Reports 534
Office 365 License Reports
Each section displays the current list of available reports that you can view by selecting the radio button next to the dashboard or report that you wish to load. A description of each report can be found below.
� License Allocation: Displays the allocation of total vs consumed vs available Office 365 license by plan. Use the Plan selector in the upper left to switch between available plans.
� License Distribution by User: Displays the distirbution of Assigned vs Disabled for each user in the selected Plan and Service. Use the selector in the upper left to switch between the available plans and services. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update License or Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� License Distribution by Service: Displays a list of users who have been assigned a license to this service. Use the selector in the upper left to switch between the available plans. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update License or Audit this user.
Essentials for Office 365 530
Administrator Tab

NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� License Distribution by Department: Displays the number of licenses of the selected Service which have been assigned to a member of each department. The department is read from the User's profile. Use the selector in the upper left to switch between the available plans and services. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update License or Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� License Distribution by Service in Department: Displays the allocation of Office 365 licenses to all users of the selected Department. Use the selector in the upper left to switch between the available plans and departments. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update License or Audit this user.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
User Profile Reports
Each section displays the current list of available reports that you can view by selecting the radio button next to the dashboard or report that you wish to load. A description of each report can be found below.
� Users by Manager: Displays the list of users assigned to each Manager. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� Users by Department: Displays the list of users assigned to each Department. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� User by Office: Displays the list of users assigned to each Office. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� Users by City: Displays the list of users assigned to each City. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
Essentials for Office 365 531
Administrator Tab

� Users by Country: Displays the list of users assigned to each Country. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� Users by Location: Displays the list of users assigned to each Location. Last Login Time is read from Exchange Online. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to Update this user's Profile or to Audit this user.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
Groups Reports
Each section displays the current list of available reports that you can view by selecting the radio button next to the dashboard or report that you wish to load. A description of each report can be found below.
� Groups by Type: Displays the total number of found groups of each type during the latest collection; Active Directory, Azure AD, Exchange Distribution, and Office 365 Groups.
� Groups by Members: Displays the total number of discovered members and type of each group found during the latest collection.
� Groups Accepting External Email: Displays the list of Exchange Distribution groups that are configured to receive both Internal and External emails or just Internal emails.
Exchange Online Reports
Each section displays the current list of available reports that you can view by selecting the radio button next to the dashboard or report that you wish to load. A description of each report can be found below.
� Mailbox Size: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and their total size. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� Mailbox Items Count: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and their total item count. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'. NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
� Mailbox Quota: Displays the list of users with mailboxes, their mailbox quota size, used size and the ratio expressed in percentage. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
Essentials for Office 365 532
Administrator Tab

NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions. � Audit Status: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and whether Auditing is enabled or
disabled. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions. � Archive Status: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and whether Archiving is enabled or
disabled. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions. � On Hold Status: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and whether their mailbox is
configured for an In-place hold, litigation hold, both or neither. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions. � Mailbox Forwarding: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and whether their mailbox is
configured for forwarding. If it is enabled, the mail contact that is configured will be displayed. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions. � Send On Behalf: Displays the list of users with mailboxes and whether 'Send on Behalf' is
configured. If it is enabled, the user(s) with whom you can send on behalf of this mailbox will be displayed. Quick Actions are available on the selected users to 'Update this user's Mailbox settings' or to 'Audit this user'.
NOTE: Service Manager license required for Quick Actions.
Essentials for Office 365 533
Administrator Tab

SharePoint and OneDrive for Business Reports
Each section displays the current list of available reports that you can view by selecting the radio button next to the dashboard or report that you wish to load. A description of each report can be found below.
Dashboard The Dashboard section consists of different dashboard views which provides a high level overview of this loaded location. The panels will differ between dashboards, but any one graphical panel may be selected to display a more detailed view of the data.
� Content Utilization: A dashboard designed to provide a high level overview of the content. The panels represent: o Collection Statistics specific to the location. o Site Distribution changes between the most recent and prior data collection. o Content Growth represented in a trending report. Each data point in the trend line represents a prior collection. o Total Document Count between sites and lists (Top 10). o Total Document Size between sites and lists (Top 10). o Total Size Distribution between various locations (Top 10).
� OneDrive for Business: A dashboard designed to provide a high level overview of OneDrives for Business in Office 365. The panels represent: o Collection Statistics specific to the location. o Site Distribution changes between the most recent and prior data collection. o Content Growth represented in a trending report. Each data point in the trend line represents a prior collection. o Documents Size displaying the Top 10 largest OneDrives based on storage consumption. o Documents Extensions displaying the Top 10 file extensions by file count.
Essentials for Office 365 534
Administrator Tab

o Shared With Users providing a view of the Top 10 email domains with which some sharing has been established (internal or external).
� Site Activity: A dashboard designed to provide a high level overview of Site Views (Microsoft refers to these as "Hits") for SharePoint Sites in Office 365. Please note that at least 2 data collections need to be completed before some of the information can be visualized. The panels represent: o Collection Statistics specific to the location. o Activity Distribution changes between the most recent and prior data collection. o Total Site Views displays the trending of the total number of site views. Each data point representing the aggregated total number of views during that collection time. o Trending Site Views shows the number of views specific to that collection period. o Most Viewed Sites is an aggregated report of the Top 10 most viewed sites from this location. o Most Recently Viewed Sites is the Top 10 most viewed sites during this specific collection period.
Content
The Content section contains a series of reports specific to the content within this location. � Checked Out Document Count: Displays the number of checked out files (at the time of collection) per location. Analysis displays the site, library and checked out file count. � Content Distribution: Displays the ratio between the total size of all most recent documents vs the total size of all previous documents versions. Trending view and analysis is not available for this report. � Content Growth: Displays the trending view of the content growth for all data collections. The analysis lists the size per location during the last data collection. All data points and Top 10 data points views are not available for this report. � Documents Count: Displays the total number of documents per library. � Documents Extensions (by Count): Displays the total number of documents with a given file extension by location. Select a portion of the graph to display the analysis specific to that extension. Trending view is not available for this report. � Documents Extensions (by Size): Displays the total combined size of all documents of each found file extension by location. Select a portion of the graph to display the analysis specific to that extension. Trending view is not available for this report. � Documents Size: Displays the total size of each site or list in both the visual and analysis views. � Documents Size Ranges: Displays the total number of files per size range. Size ranges are automatically generated based on the information gathered during the process. Trending and analysis views are not available for this report.
Essentials for Office 365 535
Administrator Tab

� Hierarchy Report: Generates a report of the site collection(s), sites or OneDrives for Business composition including number of sites, lists, items, size and more. This report does not contain a visual component, only Analysis and therefore can only be exported to a CSV file.
� Size Distribution: Displays the distribution of content based on size between lists. Trending view is not available for this report.
Activity
The Activity section contains reports specific to the activity of the users, content or structure of this location.
� Site Views (Total): Displays the total number of views per site (Microsoft refers to these as "Hits"). Please note this report is only supported for Office 365 data collections.
� Site Views (per Collection): Displays the number of views per site (Microsoft refers to these as "Hits") for only this data collection period. Please note this report is only supported for Office 365 data collections.
� Content Activity: Displays the days since last activity for each site or list throughout the location where the larger bar represents longer time since the last activity. Activity in this report is defined as either the creation or modification of content. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Content Type Usage: Displays a list of all used Content Types in this location and the number of items that have that type applied. Trending view and analysis are not available for this report.
� User Activity: Displays a list of all users who have activity in this location and the number of items they modified. Activity in this report is defined as either the creation or modification of content. Trending view and analysis are not available in this report.
Settings
The Settings section contains reports detailing the settings or configuration of a number of objects located within this location.
� Content Approval: Displays the number and names of lists that have Content Approval set to Yes or No. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Permission Inheritance: Displays the number and name of lists that have their permissions inherited from their parent or are broken. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Require Checkout: Displays the number and names of lists that have Require Checkout set to Yes or No. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Shared With Users: Displays a list of email domains (internal and external) with which some sharing has been established. This report is only supported for Office 365 and trending view is not available.
� Site Language: Displays the list of languages for each site that are used throughout this location. Trending view is not available for this report.
Essentials for Office 365 536
Administrator Tab

� Site Template: Displays a list of template names that were used to create each site in this location. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Library Templates: Displays a list of template names that were used to create each list in this location. Trending view is not available for this report.
� Versioning: Displays the number of lists and their location for each of the 3 version settings, No Versions, Major Versions or Major and Minor versions. Trending view is not available for this report.
Correlation
The visual comparison of separate data points from other reports. � Recent vs Versions: A visual comparison between the total size of the most recent versions as compared to version history in the given location. � Shared With Email Domains: A visual comparison between the number of email domains that have permissions to this location over the course of data collection. This report is only supported for Office 365. � Quota vs Usage Top 10: A visual comparison of the top 10 largest sites based on their storage consumption for SharePoint sites in Office 365. The remainder of the sites, including their quota size, consumption and percent are listed in the Analysis section below the graph.
Office 365 Auditing
With the release of Microsoft auditing for Office 365, Service Manager can now generate, search, export and action against audit events across your Office 365 tenant.
Requirements � Your Metalogix license must include the Service Manager module in order to work with your Office 365 Audit logs. � Audit reporting is only available for objects located in Office 365. These reports are not available for any on-premises workload deployments (Active Directory, SharePoint, Exchange, etc.) � You must either use a Global Administrator login (recommended) or if you do not have one, please talk to your Administrator and request permissions to access the Office 365 Audit reports. � Specific actions (for example "Blocking" a user) may require additional permissions within your tenant.
Limitations � Auditing must be available and recording within your Office 365 tenant. If you are unsure, please login to your Office 365 Compliance Center, then Reports, and finally Office 365 Reports. Once the audit log page appears, if you see the message "Start recording user and admin activities" click on it to begin. If you do not see this message, then it is already
Essentials for Office 365 537
Administrator Tab

recording.
� As of March 2016, Microsoft only stores 90 days worth of audit logs so any search performed through our software will only go back that far.
� As of March 2016, Microsoft only returns up to 5000 events per search. If more than 5000 events exist, the report will display the first 5000 starting with the most recent event.
� Our search retrieves information from the native Microsoft audit logs so there is no way for the software to update, edit, remove or verify the actual events themselves.
Audit Reports
Audit reports can be generated against either a SharePoint/OneDrive for Business object or an Office 365 user. Audit events can include activities like file viewed, password changed, sharing permissions, group created and many more. For a complete list of events please visit https://support.office.com/en-US/article/Search-the-audit-log-in-the-Office-365-Protection-Center0d4d0f35-390b-4518-800e-0c7ec95e946c#auditlogevents To generate an audit report against a specific SharePoint or OneDrive for Business object do the following:
Essentials for Office 365 538
Administrator Tab

1. Select one or more objects from the Navigator or Contents pane (objects can be files, folders, lists or sites) and right click. Select the Audit Object option.
2. Enter your search parameters and click OK to begin.
3. Once complete, the audit report will appear. If two or more objects were selected, they will appear grouped by each object and their relevant events. NOTE: that these Audit reports are retrieved in real-time. The wider the date range and the more events returned, the longer the operation will take to complete.
To generate an audit report against an Office 365 user (Office 365 external users are not currently supported), do the following:
Essentials for Office 365 539
Administrator Tab

1. Select one or more users from a Service Manager view (for example, Office 365 Users), right click and choose the Audit User option.
2. Enter your search parameters and click OK to begin.
3. Once complete, the audit report will appear. If two or more users were selected, they will appear grouped by each user and their relevant events.
NOTE: that these Audit reports are retrieved in real-time. The wider the date range and the more events returned, the longer the operation will take to complete. After the report becomes available, there are additional options that you may find useful. These include Search, Export, and others that are available in either the context or toolbar menus. For performance, actions that are performed against the report are done via post processing, so the audit log is not queried multiple times if you perform additional searches. Please consider using the Refresh option first (time permitting) if you wish to update the report before performing any actions. NOTE: Audit dates are displayed in UTC format so please take into consideration time zone differences when applying filters.
Converting Old Admin Projects
Due to a significant update made in the both the data collection and presentation process, the format in which the data is stored needs to be changed as well. Any Admin projects created prior to the Februrary 23, 2015 version will need to be converted. This is a one time operation and any
Essentials for Office 365 540
Administrator Tab

project already converted or any new project created after this point will be stored in the newer format and therefore the conversion will not be necessary. The conversion process is fully automated and very simple to accomplish following the steps below:
1. When accessing an older format that needs to be converted the tool will prompt you with the dialog below.
2. Click Yes to proceed. 3. The conversion process will begin, depending on the amount of data it may take anywhere
from a few seconds to a few minutes to complete. 4. When the conversion is complete, you will receive a confirmation message and you can now
load the project 524as usual.
User Impressions
User Impressions is a view in the Service Manager application (license required) that displays information about a specific user's consumption and usage across various services within their Office 365 tenant. More than just a view, some parameters can be edited and all information can be exported to an Excel file or generated using a script. To generate a User Impression, please follow these steps:
1. Open any view that contains the user whose impression needs to be generated (for example, Office 365 Users)
2. Select the user, right click and select User Impressions.
3. Enter your Global Admin user and password in the browser popup when it appears and click Sign In.
Essentials for Office 365 541
Administrator Tab

4. After a few moments, the User Impression should appear populated with this selected user's information.
You may also generate the User Impression report using a Script or Schedule by clicking the appropriate button at the bottom of the dialog. Due to the APIs that are used, it is recommended that you use the Generate Script function on this dialog first, so the required refresh token can be made available. Once the refresh token is available, it can be used for all other User Impression scripts until it expires (approximately 6 months).
metavis -cmd impressions -userLogin user@contoso.com -refreshToken AQABAAAAAADRNYRQ3dhRSrm-8KadpCJnUq4kfSrydu9vNSAg6gs6fbCYFr5RKd776shS5nlLxbJAGHKAv06UIfkH0qY1vNVIRSnyDtl7i3QHoZhe2CunEBlAy85-BfdiobXEKL6pTxzoZ1FW049-dkvdvXc0gJG0NeqNG8FDezEMX4EL3hO3mtjI4bNhOQm2eJ41i7Cb21BhtWIy12NpiipPH9x5LXqndsVvh5cRwN1AjCggy CkzNiyHKfCxo6b7QQpH0tz4Fmbo3QjLoHFPQ6zk7xkgzkMF6gv_VphMIa2kyqTSsxJe1lgIGuBw3MiPuHbH8g0qulDkt0liII3CHAj1vN0HglaUWbI3hytcI_lVK2VYKlITaBv1MALjVHut5lFpsLpLkIKPiJxz8HoNxXUKr9lEtt5MSZ9ZcYmHzyFOS 3xrc1U_kkj4aNANjcWkIRhxMdt_OhVvZl5F7ew2RVTCNU4x-5FBsN0o_X3AW6QA98NGMq8nY0lLW2AoCiXgkq2XUjxIddvq7B9nL4GmCNMBtPABGhQGc3XNVmFjfDS5gKbfm1fejPxE0c1YreSzOV8Ku5p79a0gvOFmaNL7m1UVQWU_wR_I20NdJCi50eRIDsnU9H1CUppag27ci6ml3ubZUZ_S3FdyZQmFyCbzNmouSA7BHMHqNsdTR m4z_tjlJG_HF3XcS77OrGrhu8zPnB4gAA -path "C:\Output\userImpression.xlsx" -srcuser "admin@contoso.com" -srcepass "encryptedPassword" -log 'C:\Output\output.xml' -noSplash
The browser authentication and refresh token for scripts is required for the Group Membership information. If you choose to not provide either, the User Impression will still be functional but it will not contain Group Membership information. More than just a view, some functionality is provided to edit or update certain values. If text is written in blue font, there is a drop-down arrow, an Edit icon or Remove/Delete icon, you may select
Essentials for Office 365 542
Administrator Tab

any of these to perform an update to this parameter. When the value has been modified from its original, the following visual indicators will be present:
� If a text or choice field has been modified, the label will appear in bold font � If a user(s) has been added to a group or been granted permissions, their name will appear in
green font. � If a user(s) has been removed from a group or had permissions revoked, their name will
appear in red font. Once all changes have been made, please click the Finish button to update the required Office 365 services or Cancel to close the dialog without making any updates.
Essentials for Office 365 543
Administrator Tab

Essentials for Office 365
544 Administrator Tab

10
Backup Tab
Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 Backup is a simple and easy to use backup tool that empowers administrators and power users to efficiently backup, archive, and restore their content from SharePoint, Office 365 SharePoint Online, OneDrive for Business sites, and Exchange Online mailboxes (when licensed). With Metalogix Backup, you can quickly retrieve individual items or entire sites.
� Site Backup: Backup and extract site collections, sites, lists and libraries, documents and versions, permissions, views, column groups, fields, terms, and content types in SharePoint or Office 365.
� OneDrive for Business Backup: Backup and extract content, versions and SharePoint permissions from one or more users' OneDrive for Business Documents library within your Office 365 tenant.
� Exchange Online Mailbox Backup: Backup and extract messages, folders, calendar events, tasks and more from one or more users' Exchange Online Mailboxes within your Office 365 tenant. This feature is automatically disabled and must be manually enabled.
� Cloud Storage: Backup and Restore to/from Azure and Amazon S3 � Extract: Extract legacy or orphaned content from SharePoint and Office 365 to a file system
based on specific search and filter criteria of your choice. � Restore: Restore content to existing SharePoint or Office 365 site collections, sites, list and
libraries, and folders without rolling back the entire SharePoint farm. (Cannot be used for Migration. Choose Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 migration for the best results) � Ensure High Availability: Access critical content and ensure continuous 24x7 business operations in Office 365 and other hosted environments in the event of a service interruption through local backups. � Rapid Item Level Restore: Granularly restore selected SharePoint items from the local backup copy with the option to include metadata, versions, and authorship properties.
Essentials for Office 365 545
Backup Tab

� Schedule Backups: Use Windows scheduler to run full or incremental backups from PowerShell or the command line as a part of larger batch jobs.
NOTE: As with any Backup solution, it is strongly recommended that you thoroughly test the solution in a non-production environment prior to running any operations against your production data. Make note of all backed up and restored objects, their behavior, the process itself, scheduled operations as well as the results. If at any time you have additional questions about objects and functionality, please open a ticket with support for additional information.
Interface Overview
The application consists of three primary panes (1) Navigator, (2) Contents Area, (3) Backup Navigator Area. A set of windows is automatically generated when Loading or Downloading operation is performed.
The picture above represents the default arrangement for these panes. NOTE: We have found this to be the ideal configuration, but the individual panes may be rearranged, minimized or maximized.
Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Doubleclicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object in the Contents pane. In addition, a set of options is available from right-click menus and the
Essentials for Office 365 546
Backup Tab

ribbon at the top of the screen.
Contents Area
The Content area displays the actual data inside a list or library. Double click on any list or site in the backup set and you can select and restore individual items.
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the files located between the two items will be highlighted.
� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
Located in the top left-hand corner is a breadcrumb definition of the list or library, whose content is represented in the window.
Essentials for Office 365 547
Backup Tab

Backup Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Backup Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. In addition Backups are organized by date-time stamps and type of backup. Double-clicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object. Individual items, lists, sites or site collections may be copied back into SharePoint.
When a Backup Navigator Pane has an item selected, a Properties window will appear at the bottom of the Backup Navigator Pane. Classic Backup Project Properties: When you select an entire backup project you will see:
� Source URL - URL to original site for SharePoint Online sites and tenant URL for OneDrive Backups
� Last Update � date of last Incremental, Differential, or Custom Update � Last Full Update - date of last Full update � Include Sub Sites - informs if selected backup was done with sub sites for SharePoint Online
backups � Include Permissions - informs if selected snapshot was done with permissions � Copy List Views - informs if selected backup was done with list views � Copy Content - informs if selected backup was done with content � Include Version - informs if selected backup was done including content versions � Stored In - path to place where project is stored � Group Mailbox - informs if selected Office 365 Group backup was done with Group Mailbox � Group Site - informs if selected Office 365 Group backup was done with Group Site � Source Mailboxes - shows accounts added to Mailbox backup
Essentials for Office 365 548
Backup Tab

� Mailbox Folder � shows folders which were included to Mailbox backup � Filter - shows filter which was applied to Mailbox backup When one of snapshots is selected you will see: � Source URL - URL to original site for SharePoint Online sites and tenant URL for OneDrive
Backups � Username - user account who performed backup � Create on - date of snapshot creation � Stored In - path to place where project is stored Hyper Backup Project Properties: When you select whole backup project you will see: � Project Name - Name of Backup project � Source URL - URL to original site for SharePoint Online sites and tenant URL for OneDrive
Backups � Stored In � path to place where project is stored When one of snapshots is selected you will see: � Project Name - Name of Backup project � Source URL - URL to original site for SharePoint Online sites and tenant URL for OneDrive
Backups � Include Permissions � informs if selected snapshot was done with permissions � Include Version - informs if selected snapshot was done including content versions � Copy List Views - informs if selected snapshot was done with list views � Include Sub Sites - informs if selected snapshot was done with sub sites for SharePoint Online
backups � Snapshot Version - gives info about snapshot ID, major number is full and manor is
incremental or differential
Advanced Search
End users can perform an advanced search within their hyper backup of SharePoint and One Drive projects stored on File Shares, Network Drives, Azure, and AWS S3. The advanced search option is available for single snapshots and entire backup projects.
Essentials for Office 365 549
Backup Tab

1. You can access the advanced search by right clicking on the hyper backup project and selecting Advanced Search.
2. This will open the Advanced Search window, which will allow you to enter your specific search criteria, click Search to complete the search.
A fast search option is also available when you select a hyper backup snapshot that has the search option available. This option searches for file names with the "contains" condition.
Essentials for Office 365 550
Backup Tab

When the search has completed, a Search Tab appears with the search results.
Retention Policies
This section provides an overview of setting, running, and scheduling Retention Policies for backups. Retention Policies are accessed through the Backup Navigator pane.
Set Retention Policy
Do the following in order to set a Retention Policy for a Backup: 1. Select the Retention Policy button on the Backup Navigator ribbon, and select the "Set Retention
Policy" option. 2. Select the retention policies you want to apply to all your backups, and select Finish.
Essentials for Office 365 551
Backup Tab

Run Retention Policy
Do the following in order to run a Retention Policy for outdated Backups: 1. Select the Retention Policy button on the Backup Navigator ribbon, and select the "Run
Retention Policy" option. 2. Select the outdated backups you wish to delete from this backup project, and select Finish.
Schedule Retention Policy
Do the following in order to Schedule automatic deletion of your Backups: 1. Select the Retention Policy button on the Backup Navigator ribbon, and select the "Schedule
Retention Policy" option.
Essentials for Office 365 552
Backup Tab

2. Select the backups you want to set a schedule for, and click Schedule.
3. Give your scheduler task a name, and select the schedule for the automatic deletion of your backups. Click Create Task.
Storage for Backup
In order to run this process a scheduled Backup must be in place and must have run at least one time. Please follow the steps below to successfully move the file location of your Backup Job.
1. Select the backup job for which you wish to move the file location - the backup jobs are found in the Backup Navigator panel.
Essentials for Office 365 553
Backup Tab

2. Right click on the backup job and select Delete, or click the Delete button from the Backup Navigator ribbon.
3. On the Confirm Backup Delete pop-up, click Ok. Do not check the box to delete content.
4. On the Summary pop-up, click Ok. 5. Restart the Essentials Console. 6. Go to the View tab within Essentials and Select Scheduler. 7. Select the Task that you are moving and choose the Edit Script option from the bottom
menu.
Essentials for Office 365 554
Backup Tab

NOTE: If your Backup Job was created before July 20, 2015 Select Script to edit the Script. If your Backup Job was created on July 20, 2015 or after select Edit Script to make changes to the Script. 8. A script window will appear. Within the script find the portion that refers to the project folder location (for example: "C:/Users/username/Essentials/.metadata/tasks/SharePointBackup.cmd"), and change the location to where you want the Backup to be saved. Close the script window once you have made your changes. 9. Go to the location of the original Backup and Cut and Paste the entire Archive Folder from the old location to the new location. 10. Restart Essentials and then use the steps for Importing Backup Archives 557 to link the Tool to the new Backup Location. 11. Run the Backup from the Scheduler by selecting the job and clicking Run in order to make sure the Backup runs without error.
If you do run into any errors contact Support and we will help you with any issues.
Requirements for Storage
Essentials uses the Apache Derby Database when creating a backup on File System Storage. It's an open source relational database implemented entirely in Java. No extra tools or services are required to be installed. (https://db.apache.org/derby/ 555) For Azure Storage, Essentials uses the Table Storage Service - a NoSQL key-value store for rapid development using massive semi-structured datasets. In order for this to work, you must have the Table Storage Service. (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/tables/table-storagequickstart-portal 555) For Amazon S3 storage, Essentials requires you to have the Amazon DynamoDB service. Amazon DynamoDB is a key-value and document database that delivers single-digit millisecond performance at any scale.
Essentials for Office 365 555
Backup Tab

(https://aws.amazon.com/dynamodb/ 555) If you use Amazon S3 storage with Custom End points in Essentials with Amazon DynamoDBLocal service, then you do not require an amazon DynamoDB. This is because the DynamoDB databases are placed locally on the file system and synchronize with backup project located on Amazon S3 storage. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/DynamoDBLocal.h tml 555)
Import/Export Backup Archives
This section provides an overview of importing and exporting backup archives.
Exporting Backup Archives
Metalogix Backup allows users to export/import projects to/from external archives. To export a Backup project:
1. In the Backup Navigator panel, navigate to the backup project that you would like to export, select the object that you would like to export and right click on it and select Export.
Alternatively, you can select the object that you would like to export and click the export button in the Backup Navigator ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 556
Backup Tab

2. In the provided window select a location where the export will be saved. You may also select to split the export into multiple files and/or add a password to the export file.
3. Press Finish to Start the Export.
Importing Backup Archives
Metalogix Backup allows users to export/import projects to/from external archives. To Import a Backup Archive from Local storage:
1. Select "Import from Local" from the Backup Ribbon. 2. Select the type of Archive (ZIP would be generated using the Export Backup Archive 556
feature) and give your project a Name.
Essentials for Office 365 557
Backup Tab

3. Press Finish to Import. To Import a Backup Archive from Cloud storage:
1. Select Import from Cloud 2. In the first window enter the Project Name, click Next.
3. In the next window select your cloud storage provider where the backup is stored. 4. Press the ... button and enter the appropriate information to connect to your storage
location (see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section for details on how to connect to your cloud storage location).
5. Locate and select the archive to load within the appropriate container or bucket
Essentials for Office 365 558
Backup Tab

� ?The archive to select should follow the naming pattern "ARCHIVE-projectName". Do not
select its parent folder nor the archive folder that ends with _archiveData (i.e. ARCHIVEprojectName_archiveData). 6. Press Finish to Import.
Connecting to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 559
Backup Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 560
Backup Tab

5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
Essentials for Office 365 561
Backup Tab

specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 562
Backup Tab

2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
Essentials for Office 365 563
Backup Tab

4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection.
5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.

6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.

Essentials for Office 365
564 Backup Tab

Connecting to Office 365 Tenant and OneDrive
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your Office 365 tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 565
Backup Tab

3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios:
� Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user.
NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 566
Backup Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 567
Backup Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 568
Backup Tab

7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to Cloud Storage
In order to connect to your Amazon S3 or Azure cloud storage locations, you need to do the following: a. Under the Backup tab, in the backup section, click the "To Cloud Storage" option in order to
create a new backup to Cloud Storage.
b. Once the Backup Properties window pops up, give your backup a name. Select the Service type the selection you make here will determine what other connection information is required of you. SharePoint Site - if you select this as your service type, you will be asked to input the Source URL for your SharePoint Site.
OneDrive for Business - if you select this as your service type, you will be asked to input an admin username for your OneDrive for Business account, followed by clicking the Connect button.
Essentials for Office 365 569
Backup Tab

Enter the password for the OneDrive admin account and click Connect.
Once you are successfully connected, you can select which objects you would like to backup.
Office 365 Group - if you select this as your service type you will be asked to input an admin username for your Office 365 account, followed by clicking the Connect button.
Enter the password for the Office 365 admin account and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 570
Backup Tab

Once you are successfully connected, you can select which object you would like to backup.
3. Under the Configuration options, expand the "Save Backup To Location" section. Select Cloud Storage as your location option and then click the Ellipses button directly to the right of the location field.
Essentials for Office 365 571
Backup Tab

4. Select your Cloud Storage Provider (Amazon S3 or Azure) and click the ellipsis button at the end of the location field to continue.
5. Continue to the Steps to Connect to Azure Cloud Storage 572 section, or the Steps to Connect to Amazon S3 Cloud Storage 574 section for further instructions.
Steps to Connect to Azure Cloud Storage
1. Enter your Azure Storage account name and click the Connect button.
2. You will be prompted for your Azure Storage primary key, enter your key and click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 572
Backup Tab

3. Once the connection is successfully established, the list of containers will display on the left side of the view. Select the container in which you wish to store the backups and its current list of available folders will appear on the right. Select the folder in which you wish to store the backups or click Create Folder to create a new folder. When finished, click OK to continue.
4. Confirm that the path displayed in the Location field is correct and then click OK to continue.
5. You will now be returned to the initial backup configuration. The "Save To Location" field will now be populated and you have another opportunity to modify the current settings or click Finish to begin the backup.
Essentials for Office 365 573
Backup Tab

Steps to Connect to Amazon S3 Cloud Storage
1. Enter your Amazon S3 Access Key and click the Connect button.
2. You will then be prompted for your Amazon S3 Secret Key, which you should enter and the click the second Connect button.
3. Once the connection is successfully established, the list of buckets will display on the left side of the view. Select the bucket in which you wish to store the backups and its current list of available folders will appear on the right. Select the folder in which you wish to store the backups or click
Essentials for Office 365 574
Backup Tab

Create Folder to create a new folder. Click OK to continue.
4. Confirm that the path displayed in the Location field is correct and then click OK to continue. 5. You will now be returned to the initial backup configuration. The "Save To Location" field will
now be populated and you have another opportunity to modify the current settings or click Finish to begin the backup.
Essentials for Office 365 575
Backup Tab

Hyper SharePoint Online Backup
Creating SharePoint Online Hyper Backup
The following is an overview on how to create a Full Backup. NOTE: � It is recommended that the Metalogix application is installed under an account that has Local Administrator rights. � It is recommended that the computer hosting the Metalogix application is not configured to Restart with Updates or go into Sleep Mode. Both options may interrupt running backups. � As with any Backup solution, it is strongly recommended that you thoroughly test the solution in a non-production environment prior to running any operations against your production data. Make note of all backed up and restored objects, their behavior, the process itself, scheduled operations as well as the results. If at any time you have additional questions about objects and functionality, please open a ticket with support for additional information. 1. Go to the Backup Tab in the Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 menu.
2. From the Navigator pane select the Site Collection, site or sub-site that you would like to backup. Selecting the site from the Navigator pane prior to running the backup is optional, but this process will auto-populate the URL into the configuration wizard. Alternatively, you can skip to the next step and manually enter the SharePoint site URL into the appropriate field within the wizard.
3. In the Ribbon select the To Local Storage or the To Cloud Storage button. The Wizard will open to begin the configuration of your backup job.
Essentials for Office 365 576
Backup Tab

� The To Local Storage option will save the backup project to a local or shared path within
your network. Local Read/Write permissions will be required for the location selected.
� The To Cloud Storage option will save the backup project to your cloud storage account
in either Amazon S3 or Azure Containers. Your account and key will be required. For more information about the Cloud Storage options, please see Connecting to Cloud Storage.
4. In the backup wizard enter a name for your backup project and select which Service you wish to configure. The following example will be using a SharePoint Online site collection for backup, however the configuration options for OneDrive for Business and Exchange Online can be found in the respective locations: Creating an Exchange Online Mailbox Backup 640, Creating an Office 365 Group Backup 633, and Creating a OneDrive for Business Backup
5. SharePoint site backups can be configured with the following options: Backup Options
Essentials for Office 365 577
Backup Tab

Include Sub-sites - this option will include all sub-sites (including their user created lists and content) of the parent site as defined in the project's previous Site URL field.
NOTE:
� Hidden lists, system lists (i.e. Galleries, Workflow History, User Information List and others not visible in the Site Contents section of SharePoint) and Apps are not included in the backup of any sites.
� The Backup operation is only designed to backup sites, user created lists, content (versions and metadata), user created custom views and SharePoint permissions (site, list and item). All other SharePoint objects, settings and configuration are not currently supported. Be sure to thoroughly test both the backup and restore of these objects in a non-production environment before deploying to production and contact Support with any questions or issues.
� Although aspx Pages are included in Backups, there have been occasions where web parts are missing or incorrectly assigned to the wrong zone after restore. Please be sure to thoroughly test any business critical pages to ensure they are backed up and restored properly in a non-production environment and contact Support with any questions or issues.
Exclude specific Sub-sites - this option will exclude all sub-sites that are specified in the loaded CSV file. To create this CSV file, simply enter the name of the sub-site which you wish to exclude from the backup, click the Load button and then select this file.
Include Permissions - this option will include SharePoint site, list, and item level permissions from each uniquely permissioned object.
Include List Views - this option will include any custom create list views.
Essentials for Office 365 578
Backup Tab

NOTE: this does not include customized InfoPath Forms or views that were modified using SharePoint Designer.
Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included).
Apply Filter - this option will allow you to customize a filter to include/exclude content based on metadata.
Smart Backup - This functionality is only available for Hyper Backups, which can only be performed for OneDrive and SharePoint sites. This feature aids users in saving space on storage. It uses the MD5 algorithm to scan backup files and excludes duplicates. The MD5 message-digest algorithm is used as a checksum to verify data integrity. If the checksum for files is the same, Essentials will save only one file instead of storing two equal files. Click here 606 for more information on Smart Backups.
Retention Policy
Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Save Backup to Location
Save to - this option will determine if the backup project is stored on your local storage (local or network path) or within your cloud storage provider (Amazon S3 or Azure)
Location - this field will display the full path to the location where the backups will be stored. Click the Ellipsis button to the right to configure this location. 6. Press Finish to start the Backup.
Essentials for Office 365 579
Backup Tab

NOTE: Backups can be scripted or scheduled. Please refer to the scheduling 652 or scripting 754 sections for additional information.
Updating SharePoint Online Hyper Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their SharePoint environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a SharePoint Online Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
Essentials for Office 365 580
Backup Tab

2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period. Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Essentials for Office 365 581
Backup Tab

Restoring SharePoint Online Hyper Backup
There are a variety of ways to perform a restore of a SharePoint backup, based on your specific needs. This section will review the various components of a backup which can be restored and the ways in which to do so.
Restore a Site from Specific Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a SharePoint site (in-place restore only) from a specific backup:
1. Navigate to the backup and select a site to restore. 2. You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected site or list and
selecting the "Restore" option.
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 582
Backup Tab

3. When prompted, select "yes" that you do want to restore the backup to its original location. Then select whether you would like to send notification.
4. The Copy Site Properties wizard will now be generated. 5. In the wizard you can choose to create a new Profile or use the Site-Default profile.
6. You can choose from the following configuration options: Site Collection options
NOTE: � Site Collection options would be available only if site collection does not exist.
Otherwise this section would not be available. � Enter new site collection URL is not supported. Tenant Central Admin URL � enter the Admin Portal URL for Office 365 where site collection must be restored Site Collection Admin- enter user name (user@contoso.com 582) who would be site collection admin for restored site collection Site Collection Quota - enter quota for restored site collection. Site Copy Options
Include Sub-Sites - Enable this option to include all sub-sites of the current site in this operation. Include Site Permissions - This option will copy source site permissions to the target site. If the source site permissions are inherited, then the target site permissions will also be set to inherited. If the source site permissions are unique, these unique permissions will be copied to the target site.
Essentials for Office 365 583
Backup Tab

List Copy Options
NOTE: Restore would be with all lists, list settings, content types, columns and content Include Permissions - copy the permissions associated with the content within this list/library Include Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Include List Permissions - select this option to copy the site permissions. Include List Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number of views of the site. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions. Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modified.
Essentials for Office 365 584
Backup Tab

To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore. 7. Once you have configured all your settings, click Finish. NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Restoring a List/Library from a Specific Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a SharePoint List/Library from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup and select a list or library to restore. 2. You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected site or list and selecting the "Restore" option
Essentials for Office 365 585
Backup Tab

Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
3. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 4. You can choose from the following configuration options:
List Copy Options
Include Permissions - Select this option to copy the content permissions of the content within the list/library.
Include Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Include List Permissions - select this option to copy the list/library permissions. Include List Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number views of the list/library. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions. Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration.
Essentials for Office 365 586
Backup Tab

The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore. 7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Restoring a List/Library to a New Place
The following are instructions for restoring a SharePoint List/Library from a specific backup to a new place:
1. Navigate to the backup and select a list or library to restore.
Essentials for Office 365 587
Backup Tab

2. You can access the Restore wizard by right-clicking on the selected site or list and selecting the "Restore to new place" option
3. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 4. In the wizard provide the new site url for the new place where you would like to restore the
list or library. Click Connect. 5. Enter account credentials for the site url provided above, and click Finish.
6. You can choose from the following configuration options: List Copy Options
Essentials for Office 365 588
Backup Tab

Include Permissions - Select this option to copy the content permissions of the content within the list/library.
Include Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Include List Permissions - select this option to copy the list/library permissions. Include List Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number views of the list/library. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions. Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
Essentials for Office 365 589
Backup Tab

NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected. Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore.
7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore. NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Essentials for Office 365 590
Backup Tab

Restore Specific Content
The following are instructions for restoring specific SharePoint content: 1. Navigate to the backup operation that contains the content you wish to restore. Double click on the list/library where the content resides.
2. The application will display the content in the Contents pane. Select the object(s) ?to restore. 3. Right-click and select the "Restore" option or choose "To Original Location" button in the
Restore section of the Backup Ribbon.
Essentials for Office 365 591
Backup Tab

4. The Restore Document Options window will pop up. Select the restore settings you would like to apply and click Finish.
Item Copy Options
Include Permissions - restore permissions for the specific content. Include All Versions - include all versions of the specific content. Include most recent Versions - include only the most recent specified number of versions of the specific content. Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore.
Essentials for Office 365 592
Backup Tab

7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
Restoring Specific Content to a New Place
The following are instructions for restoring specific SharePoint content: 1. Navigate to the backup operation that contains the content you wish to restore. Double click on the list/library where the content resides.
2. The application will display the content in the Contents pane. Select the object(s) ?to restore. 3. Right-click and select the "Restore to new place".
Essentials for Office 365 593
Backup Tab

4. In the wizard provide the new site url for the new place where you would like to restore the list or library. Click Connect.
5. Enter account credentials for the site url provided above, and click Finish.
6. Enter the name of the list where you would like to restore the item. 7. Select the restore settings you would like to apply.
Item Copy Options
Include Permissions - restore permissions for the specific content. Include All Versions - include all versions of the specific content. Include most recent Versions - include only the most recent specified number of versions of the specific content. Advanced Options
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online
Essentials for Office 365 594
Backup Tab

Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore. 7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
Restoring Documents during an Item, List, or Site Operation
Documents can be restored in-place or documents can be restored out-of-place. If a document is restored to any location where a document with the same name already exists, the restore operation will overwrite/replace the current SharePoint document. If a document with that name does not exist, then it will be restored from the backup as a new document.
Restoring Non-Document list items during an item, list or site operation
When restoring a list item, the operation will create a new item in the selected location. This means that if the item already exists in this list, a second (or more) item will be created with potentially the same metadata.
Hyper OneDrive Backup
Creating OneDrive Hyper Backup
Metalogix Backup supports the ability to create a backup of any single OneDrive for Business or all OneDrives across your Office 365 tenant (when licensed). To create a backup for OneDrive for Business sites in your Office 365 tenant:
Essentials for Office 365 595
Backup Tab

1. Press the "To Local Storage" or the "To Cloud Storage" button located in the ribbon. This will generate the Backup Properties screen.
2. Enter a project name for your Backup, this name will be displayed in the Backup Navigator.
3. Under the Connection section of the wizard, select "OneDrive for Business" as your Service type.
4. Enter your Global Administrator username and click the Connect button.
5. When prompted, enter your Global Administrator password and click Connect. NOTE: � To backup all OneDrive for Business sites you will need to enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. � If creating a backup of a Single OneDrive for Business Site, the account used to create the backup must already have at least Designer permissions to the OneDrive being backed up.
6. You can choose to "Include all OneDrive for Business Sites", which will create a backup of all of your OneDrive for Business Sites, or you can select to specify which OneDrive for Business sites you wish to backup by either loading a list from a CSV file (by clicking Load from CSV), or
Essentials for Office 365 596
Backup Tab

selecting from a list provided by clicking Select from Office 365.
7. Choose your desired Backup, Retention, and Location options (Note: a location must be specified in order to continue).
Backup Options
Include Sub-sites - this option will include all sub-sites (including their user created lists and content) of the parent site as defined in the project's previous Site URL field.
NOTE: � Hidden lists, system lists (i.e. Galleries, Workflow History, User Information
List and others not visible in the Site Contents section of SharePoint) and Apps are not included in the backup of any sites. � The Backup operation is only designed to backup sites, user created lists, content (versions and metadata), user created custom views and SharePoint permissions (site, list and item). All other SharePoint objects, settings and configuration are not currently supported. Be sure to thoroughly test both the backup and restore of these objects in a non-production environment
Essentials for Office 365 597
Backup Tab

before deploying to production and contact Support with any questions or issues. � Although aspx Pages are included in Backups, there have been occasions where web parts are missing or incorrectly assigned to the wrong zone after restore. Please be sure to thoroughly test any business critical pages to ensure they are backed up and restored properly in a non-production environment and contact Support with any questions or issues.
Exclude specific Sub-sites - this option will exclude all sub-sites that are specified in the loaded CSV file. To create this CSV file, simply enter the name of the sub-site which you wish to exclude from the backup, click the Load button and then select this file.
Include Permissions - this option will include SharePoint site, list, and item level permissions from each uniquely permissioned object.
Include List Views - this option will include any custom create list views. NOTE: this does not include customized InfoPath Forms or views that were modified using SharePoint Designer.
Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included).
Apply Filter - this option will allow you to customize a filter to include/exclude content based on metadata.
Smart Backup - This functionality is only available for Hyper Backups, which can only be performed for OneDrive and SharePoint sites. This feature aids users in saving space on storage. It uses the MD5 algorithm to scan backup files and excludes duplicates. The MD5 message-digest algorithm is used as a checksum to verify data integrity. If the checksum for files is the same, Essentials will save only one file instead of storing two equal files. Click here 606 for more information on Smart Backups.
Retention Policy
Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain
Essentials for Office 365 598
Backup Tab

any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy. Save Backup to Location
Save to - this option will determine if the backup project is stored on your local storage (local or network path) or within your cloud storage provider (Amazon S3 or Azure) Location - this field will display the full path to the location where the backups will be stored. Click the Ellipsis button to the right to configure this location. 8. Click Finish to begin. For information on how to connect to Cloud storage, see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section.
Updating OneDrive Hyper Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their OneDrive environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a OneDrive Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
Essentials for Office 365 599
Backup Tab

2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period. Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Essentials for Office 365 600
Backup Tab

Restoring OneDrive Hyper Backup
There are a variety of ways to perform a restore of a OneDrive backup, based on your specific needs. This section will review the various components of a backup which can be restored and the ways in which to do so.
Restoring a List from OneDrive Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a OneDrive List/Library from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup, You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected username and selecting the "Restore" option
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
2. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 3. You can choose from the following configuration options:
List Copy Options
Include Permissions - Select this option to copy the content permissions of the content
Essentials for Office 365 601
Backup Tab

within the list/library.
Include Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider
Essentials for Office 365 602
Backup Tab

using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore. 7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore. NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Restoring a List from a OneDrive Backup to a New Place
The following are instructions for restoring a OneDrive List/Library from a specific backup to a new place:
1. Navigate to the backup and select a list or library to restore. 2. You can access the Restore wizard by right-clicking on the selected site or list and selecting
the "Restore to new place" option.
3. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 4. In the wizard provide the new site url for the new place where you would like to restore the
list or library. Click Connect.
Essentials for Office 365 603
Backup Tab

5. Enter account credentials for the site url provided above, and click Finish.
6. You can choose from the following configuration options: List Copy Options
Include Permissions - Select this option to copy the content permissions of the content within the list/library. Include Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions.
Essentials for Office 365 604
Backup Tab

Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Send Notifications - provide an email to which notifications will be sent regarding the progress of the Backup Restore.
7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Essentials for Office 365 605
Backup Tab

Smart Backup
Smart Backup is an option available in the Backup Properties section of the Backup Wizard. This function is only available for Hyper Backups.
The smart backup functionality in Hyper Backup will help you to save space on storage. It uses the MD5 algorithm to scan backup files and excludes duplicates. The MD5 message-digest algorithm is a widely used hash function producing a 128-bit hash value. Although MD5 was initially designed to be used as a cryptographic hash function, it can be used as a checksum to verify data integrity. If checksum for files is the same, Essentials tool will save only one file instead of storing two equal files. Below is an example of a backup project completed with and without the smart backup functionality selected.
Essentials for Office 365 606
Backup Tab

Classic SharePoint Online Backup
Creating SharePoint Online Classic Backup
SharePoint Online Backups are automatically set to occur in Hyper mode. If you wish to create a SharePoint Online backup in Classic mode you must first turn off the hyper mode capability: 1. Navigate to the Help tab in the Essentials tool, and select Profile Manager.
2. Under the "Hyper Migration/Backup" section of the profile manager, deselect the Hyper Backup option.
3. Click Apply, a warning will pop up notifying you that the changes will only take effect once you have restarted the application. Click Ok, and then close the profile manager.
4. Restart the Essentials tool. NOTE: Once you perform the restart, you will no longer be able to see the hyper backup jobs in the Backup Navigator pane, as hyper backup will be turned off.
The following is an overview on how to create a Full Classic Backup. NOTE: � It is recommended that the Metalogix application is installed under an account that has Local Administrator rights.
Essentials for Office 365 607
Backup Tab

� It is recommended that the computer hosting the Metalogix application is not configured to Restart with Updates or go into Sleep Mode. Both options may interrupt running backups.
� As with any Backup solution, it is strongly recommended that you thoroughly test the solution in a non-production environment prior to running any operations against your production data. Make note of all backed up and restored objects, their behavior, the process itself, scheduled operations as well as the results. If at any time you have additional questions about objects and functionality, please open a ticket with support for additional information.
1. Go to the Backup Tab in the Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 menu.
2. From the Navigator pane select the Site Collection, site or sub-site that you would like to backup. Selecting the site from the Navigator pane prior to running the backup is optional, but this process will auto-populate the URL into the configuration wizard. Alternatively, you can skip to the next step and manually enter the SharePoint site URL into the appropriate field within the wizard.
3. In the Ribbon select the To Local Storage or the To Cloud Storage button. The Wizard will open to begin the configuration of your backup job.
� The To Local Storage option will save the backup project to a local or shared path within
your network. Local Read/Write permissions will be required for the location selected.
� The To Cloud Storage option will save the backup project to your cloud storage account
in either Amazon S3 or Azure Containers. Your account and key will be required. For more information about the Cloud Storage options, please see Connecting to Cloud Storage.
4. In the backup wizard enter a name for your backup project and select which Service you wish to configure. The following example will be using a SharePoint Online site collection for backup, however the configuration options for OneDrive for Business and Exchange Online can be found in the respective locations: Creating an Exchange Online Mailbox Backup 640,
Essentials for Office 365 608
Backup Tab

Creating an Office 365 Group Backup 633, and Creating a OneDrive for Business Backup
5. SharePoint site backups can be configured with the following options: Backup Options
Include Sub-sites - this option will include all sub-sites (including their user created lists and content) of the parent site as defined in the project's previous Site URL field.
NOTE: � Hidden lists, system lists (i.e. Galleries, Workflow History, User Information List and
others not visible in the Site Contents section of SharePoint) and Apps are not included in the backup of any sites.
Essentials for Office 365 609
Backup Tab

� The Backup operation is only designed to backup sites, user created lists, content (versions and metadata), user created custom views and SharePoint permissions (site, list and item). All other SharePoint objects, settings and configuration are not currently supported. Be sure to thoroughly test both the backup and restore of these objects in a non-production environment before deploying to production and contact Support with any questions or issues.
� Although aspx Pages are included in Backups, there have been occasions where web parts are missing or incorrectly assigned to the wrong zone after restore. Please be sure to thoroughly test any business critical pages to ensure they are backed up and restored properly in a non-production environment and contact Support with any questions or issues.
Exclude specific Sub-sites - this option will exclude all sub-sites that are specified in the loaded CSV file. To create this CSV file, simply enter the name of the sub-site which you wish to exclude from the backup, click the Load button and then select this file.
Include Permissions - this option will include SharePoint site, list, and item level permissions from each uniquely permissioned object.
Include List Views - this option will include any custom create list views. NOTE: this does not include customized InfoPath Forms or views that were modified using SharePoint Designer.
Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included).
Apply Filter - this option will allow you to customize a filter to include/exclude content based on metadata.
Retention Policy
Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention
Essentials for Office 365 610
Backup Tab

purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy. Save Backup to Location
Save to - this option will determine if the backup project is stored on your local storage (local or network path) or within your cloud storage provider (Amazon S3 or Azure) Location - this field will display the full path to the location where the backups will be stored. Click the Ellipsis button to the right to configure this location. 6. Press Finish to start the Backup. NOTE: Backups can be scripted or scheduled. Please refer to the scheduling 652 or scripting 754 sections for additional information.
Updating SharePoint Online Classic Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their SharePoint environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a SharePoint Online Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
Essentials for Office 365 611
Backup Tab

3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period. Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. Custom Filter Update - Selecting this option will allow you to update the filter options for the backup. Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter
Essentials for Office 365 612
Backup Tab

will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Send Notification - Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option. Change Retention Policy - selecting this button will open the retention policy properties window, allowing you to update the retention policy for the backup. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Restoring SharePoint Online Classic Backup
There are a variety of ways to perform a restore of a Classic SharePoint backup, based on your specific needs. This section will review the various components of a backup which can be restored and the ways in which to do so.
Essentials for Office 365 613
Backup Tab

Restore a Site from Specific Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a SharePoint site (in-place restore only) from a specific backup:
1. Navigate to the backup and select a site to restore. 2. You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected site or list and
selecting the "Restore" option.
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
3. When prompted, select "yes" that you do want to restore the backup to its original location. Then select whether you would like to send notification.
4. The Copy Site Properties wizard will now be generated. 5. In the wizard you can choose to create a new Profile or use the Site-Default profile.
6. You can choose from the following configuration options:
Essentials for Office 365 614
Backup Tab

Site Collection options
NOTE: � Site Collection options would be available only if site collection does not exist.
Otherwise this section would not be available. � Enter new site collection URL is not supported. Tenant Central Admin URL � enter the Admin Portal URL for Office 365 where site collection must be restored Site Collection Admin- enter user name (user@contoso.com 614) who would be site collection admin for restored site collection Site Collection Quota - enter quota for restored site collection. Site Copy Options
Copy Content Types -For existing sites, new content types will be copied with their inheritance preserved. For new sites, all content types will be copied.
NOTE: If source content types are inherited, then all types and dependencies will be created on the target site level.
Copy Sub-Sites - Enable this option to include all sub-sites of the current site in this operation. Copy Sub-Site Permissions - This option will copy source site permissions to the target site. If the source site permissions are inherited, then the target site permissions will also be set to inherited. If the source site permissions are unique, these unique permissions will be copied to the target site.
Deferred Group Copy - Selecting Deferred Group Copy will only copy Permissions Groups that are used within the site(s) you are copying. Selecting Copy Site Groups will copy all Groups across the entire site collection. NOTE:
Essentials for Office 365 615
Backup Tab

� Using Deferred Group Copy can be time consuming and result in slower migration performance.
� Copying Permissions Groups requires elevated privileges within SharePoint. List Copy Options
NOTE: Restore would be with all lists, list settings, content types, columns and content Copy Lists and Libraries - copy list and libraries contained within the site backup. Copy Content - copy the content contained within the site backup. Copy Content Permissions - copy the permissions associated with the content within this list/library Copy Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Copy List Permissions - select this option to copy the site permissions. Copy Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number of views of the site.
Essentials for Office 365 616
Backup Tab

Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions. Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time. To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modified. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected. Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as
Essentials for Office 365 617
Backup Tab

the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Convert Workflows to 2013 Style - convert the workflows in the backup to the 2013 style. Apply Filter - Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Re-Map Users - This option will allow you to map users between different domains or to change the user account in the target environment during copy. Re-Map Site and List Templates - This feature allows for the re-mapping of list or site templates. Remove WEB Elements - This option allows you to remove specified webparts and namespace references from all included pages during migration.
Essentials for Office 365 618
Backup Tab

The webpart and namespace references to be removed should be defined in a CSV file and then loaded with this option. 7. Once you have configured all your settings, click Next for a summary of the restore, and then Finish. NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Restore a List/Library from a Specific Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a SharePoint List/Library from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup and select a list or library to restore. 2. You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected site or list and selecting the "Restore" option
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
3. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 4. You can choose from the following configuration options:
List Name and Properties - you can choose to change the list name and profile.
List Copy Options
Essentials for Office 365 619
Backup Tab

Copy Content Types - restore the content types contained within the list backup. Copy Content - restore the content within the list/library backup.
Copy Content Permissions - restore the permission settings of the content within the list/library backup. Copy Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content. Copy List Permissions - select this option to copy the list/library permissions. Copy Views Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number views of the list/library. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in SharePoint. SharePoint will append these to the list as new versions. Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
Essentials for Office 365 620
Backup Tab

To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section.
Apply Filter - Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter
Essentials for Office 365 621
Backup Tab

will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Re-Map Users - This option will allow you to map users between different domains or to change the user account in the target environment during copy. Re-Map Site and List Templates - This feature allows for the re-mapping of list or site templates. Remove WEB Elements - This option allows you to remove specified webparts and namespace references from all included pages during migration. The webpart and namespace references to be removed should be defined in a CSV file and then loaded with this option. 7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore. NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Essentials for Office 365 622
Backup Tab

Restore Specific Content
The following are instructions for restoring specific SharePoint content: 1. Navigate to the backup operation that contains the content you wish to restore. Double click on the list/library where the content resides.
2. The application will display the content in the Contents pane. Select the object(s) ?to restore.
Essentials for Office 365 623
Backup Tab

3. Right-click and select the "Restore" option or choose "To Original Location" button in the Restore section of the Backup Ribbon.
4. The Restore Document Options window will pop up. Select the restore settings you would like to apply and click Finish.
5. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
Classic OneDrive Backup
Creating OneDrive Classic Backup
Metalogix Backup supports the ability to create a backup of any single OneDrive for Business or all OneDrives across your Office 365 tenant (when licensed). To create a backup for OneDrive for Business sites in your Office 365 tenant:
1. Press the "To Local Storage" or the "To Cloud Storage" button located in the ribbon. This will generate the Backup Properties screen.
Essentials for Office 365 624
Backup Tab

2. Enter a project name for your Backup, this name will be displayed in the Backup Navigator.
3. Under the Connection section of the wizard, select "OneDrive for Business" as your Service type.
4. Enter your Global Administrator username and click the Connect button.
5. When prompted, enter your Global Administrator password and click Connect. NOTE: � To backup all OneDrive for Business sites you will need to enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. � If creating a backup of a Single OneDrive for Business Site, the account used to create the backup must already have at least Designer permissions to the OneDrive being backed up.
6. You can choose to "Include all OneDrive for Business Sites", which will create a backup of all of your OneDrive for Business Sites, or you can select to specify which OneDrive for Business sites you wish to backup by either loading a list from a CSV file (by clicking Load from CSV), or
Essentials for Office 365 625
Backup Tab

selecting from a list provided by clicking Select from Office 365.
7. Choose your desired Backup, Retention, and Location options (Note: a location must be specified in order to continue).
Backup Options
Include Permissions - this option will include SharePoint site, list, and item level permissions from each uniquely permissioned object. Include Content - this option will include the content within the onedrive folders in the backup. Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included). Apply Filter - this option will allow you to customize a filter to include/exclude content based on metadata. Send Notifications - Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option. Retention Policy
Essentials for Office 365 626
Backup Tab

Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy. Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy. Save Backup to Location
Save to - this option will determine if the backup project is stored on your local storage (local or network path) or within your cloud storage provider (Amazon S3 or Azure) Location - this field will display the full path to the location where the backups will be stored. Click the Ellipsis button to the right to configure this location. 8. Click Finish to begin. For information on how to connect to Cloud storage, see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section.
Updating OneDrive Classic Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their OneDrive environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a OneDrive Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
Essentials for Office 365 627
Backup Tab

2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period. Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. Custom Filter Update - Selecting this option will allow you to update the filter options for the backup. Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions.
Essentials for Office 365 628
Backup Tab

"Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Send Notification - Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option. Change Retention Policy - selecting this button will open the retention policy properties window, allowing you to update the retention policy for the backup. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Restore OneDrive Classic Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a OneDrive List/Library from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup, You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected username and selecting the "Restore" option
Essentials for Office 365 629
Backup Tab

Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
2. The Restore Backup wizard will now be generated. 3. You can choose from the following configuration options:
List Name and Properties - you can choose to change the list name and profile.
List Copy Options
Copy Content Types - restore the content types contained within the list backup. Copy Content - restore the content within the list/library backup.
Copy Content Permissions - restore the permission settings of the content within the list/library backup. Copy Versions - copy the version of the content included within the list/library. You can specify if you would like to include all versions of the content, or whether you would like to include the most recent number of specified versions of the content.
Essentials for Office 365 630
Backup Tab

Copy List Permissions - select this option to copy the list/library permissions. Copy Views Views - select this option if you would like to copy the number views of the list/library. Advanced Options
Overwrite if file exists - In a version library, selecting the "Overwrite if File Exists" option does not overwrite the files already in the OneDrive. OneDrive will append these to the list as new versions.
Incremental Copy - Incremental or delta migrations are an important and powerful option for large or ongoing projects and migration validation. Once enabled this option will migrate new, modified or versioned content from the source to the destination, capturing changes made by users during the previous migration. The value entered into the "Last" field will limit the amount of content examined to the time period specified, starting at present time.
To perform an incremental migration, enter the amount of time to include and select the appropriate time period in days, weeks or months. Incremental migration is designed to be used in scenarios where the destination is not being modifed. To perform a delta migration, enter zero in the field and select days as the time period. Delta migration is designed to be used in scenarios where both the source and destination may be modified during the course of the migration. Please note that a delta migration compares dates between source and destination to determine which content to include, so it will take more time to process than an incremental migration.
NOTE: The Overwrite if File Exists parameter will be disabled if this option is selected.
Enable Azure Turbo Mode - When enabled, this option utilizes Microsoft's SharePoint Online Migration API to increase the migration performance and throughput. A recommendation for optimal use of this API is larger sets of data; the more content, the better the throughput. Because this API uses Azure storage as a staging area for the migration, it requires that you provide an Azure storage location. The options are to either utilize Microsoft supplied storage or to provide your own Azure storage location. If you wish to use your own Azure account, you must provide both the Azure Account Name as well as the corresponding Access Key. If you cannot supply this information, please search our online Knowledge Base, User Manual, or contact Support for additional information before proceeding or consider
Essentials for Office 365 631
Backup Tab

using the Microsoft Supplied Storage option. For more information please see the Azure Turbo Mode 55 section. Apply Filter - Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Re-Map Users - This option will allow you to map users between different domains or to change the user account in the target environment during copy. Re-Map Site and List Templates - This feature allows for the re-mapping of list or site templates. Remove WEB Elements - This option allows you to remove specified webparts and namespace references from all included pages during migration. The webpart and namespace references to be removed should be defined in a CSV file and then loaded with this option. 7. Once you have configured all of your settings, click Finish to complete the restore.
Essentials for Office 365 632
Backup Tab

NOTE: By default the restore process will put all the content, metadata, site/list structure, permissions and other supported objects back into the original backup location.
Classic Office365 Groups Backup
Creating Office 365 Group Classic Backup
Metalogix Backup supports the ability to create a backup of any single, or all, Office 365 Group sites: 1. Press the "To Local Storage" or the "To Cloud Storage" button located in the ribbon. This will generate the Backup Properties screen.
2. Enter a project name for your Backup, this name will be displayed in the Backup Navigator.
3. Under the Connection section of the wizard, select "Office 365 Groups" as your Service type.
4. Enter your Global Administrator username and click the Connect button.
5. When prompted, enter your Global Administrator password and click Connect. NOTE: To backup all Office 365 Group sites you will need to enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Please note that this Admin user account must have an Exchange Online license assigned to it in order to be successful. 1. You can choose to "Include all OneDrive for Business Sites", which will create a backup of all
of your OneDrive for Business Sites, or you can select to specify which OneDrive for Business sites you wish to backup by either loading a list from a CSV file (by clicking Load from CSV), or selecting from a list provided by clicking Select from Office 365.
6. Choose your desired Backup, Retention, and Location options (NOTE: a location must be specified in order to continue) and click Finish to begin. For information on how to connect to Cloud storage, see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section.
Essentials for Office 365 633
Backup Tab

Backup Options
Include Group Site - include the group site in the backup of the office 365 group.
Include Sub-sites - include sub-sites in the backup of the office 365 group.
Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included).
Include Group Mailbox - include the group mailbox in the office 365 group backup.
Include only those items - This "Include Only" filter allows the configuration of which items, based on creation date, should be included with this backup. The filter provides the following four scenarios. Please note that using this filter will also dictate which items are included in updates (Full, Differential and Incremental). Include only those items "more recent" than a specified date. When this is configured, the backup will only include items created from today back until the specified date. It will never include items that were created prior to this date since the starting point (the specified "Date") has been explicity defined. Include only those items "more recent" than a range. When this is configured, the backup will only include items created from today going back to the number of days, weeks, months or years configured. Both the today date and the starting point are dynamic and will vary based on the operation's start and end times. Include only those items "older" than a specified date. When this is configured, the backup will only include items created prior to the specified date. In this configuration, since both the start and end dates are explicitly defined updates are unnecessary as the included items will never change. This option should only be used for a one-time backup operation. Include only those items "older" than a range. When this is configured, the backup will only include items created prior to the specified date going back to the number of days, weeks, months or years configured. Both the starting date and the ending point are dynamic and will
Essentials for Office 365 634
Backup Tab

vary based on the operation's start and end times.
Send Notification -Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option.
Retention Policy
Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Save Backup to Location
Keep Full Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Full backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Keep Incremental Backups - if configured, this will specify how long the software will retain any Incremental or Differential backups that were created in this project. The retention purge will occur at the start of the next run or scheduled backup update for each project which contains a configured retention policy.
Include Only Backup Filter (2)
When configuring the initial backup job, you may choose to apply an Inclusion filter against the content within the selected mailbox folders. This filter is based on the modification date of each item within the group and is designed to Include the content within the specified time period (by Date or by Range), not Exclude. Please review the following scenarios to determine which setting is best for your backup needs. Please note that the initial filter configuration will impact how Updates (Full, Incremental, and Differential) are performed, so choose wisely.
Essentials for Office 365 635
Backup Tab

Each configuration includes a chart displaying what will be included (green bar) versus what will be excluded (red bar). The bar on the bottom represents the initial Full backup and each above it represents the updates that can be performed.
Include only those items More Recent than Date: MM/DD/YYYY (2)
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified after the date specified and never items from before the date.
Include only those items More recent than Range: n Days/Weeks/Months/Years (2)
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified within the specified time range from the start of the backup operation ([Today]) going back by the amount of time defined (for example, as configured with 45 days the Full backup will only include 45 days worth of items, from "Today" going back).
Essentials for Office 365 636
Backup Tab

Include only those items Older than Date: MM/DD/YYYY (2)
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified prior to the date specified and never after it. Due to this static starting Date and only including items prior, Incremental and Differential updates do not apply to this configuration since the amount of items will not change.
Include only those items Older than Range: Days/Weeks/Months/Years (2)
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified prior to the specified time range from the start of the backup operation ([Today]) going back.
Essentials for Office 365 637
Backup Tab

Updating Office365 Groups Classic Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their OneDrive environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a Office 365 Groups Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period.
Essentials for Office 365 638
Backup Tab

Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. Custom Filter Update - Selecting this option will allow you to update the filter options for the backup. Filters allow the inclusion or exclusion of items by user defined criteria, such as date, size, file extension, file name, or file owner. Please note that the Apply Filter functionality is only applied to selected containers (i.e. site, lists or folders). If you select specific content (documents or items) then those objects will be included with the operation regardless of the filter applied. If you want to selectively include content, please select the container that this content resides in and apply the filter or apply the filter against the container first, then select the remaining content. For the File Extension and Exclude Folders parameters only, you can use "," to set more than 1 criteria. For example, use this format "png,docx,pptx" to include multiple file extensions. "Size" filter should have a whole number without decimals. It recommended not to use operators "Equal" and "Not Equal" to avoid difficulties with accurate file size if it more than 1 MB. Use "Save Filter" option to save filter settings to file and load it in different wizards or Profile Manager. Note that filter file and filter fields have to match. For example, set of fields in filter will be different if you copy file into two different libraries.
Send Notification - Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option. Change Retention Policy - selecting this button will open the retention policy properties window, allowing you to update the retention policy for the backup. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Essentials for Office 365 639
Backup Tab

Restoring Office365 Groups Classic Backup
The following are instructions for restoring Office 365 Groups from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup, You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected username and selecting the "Restore" option
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
2. This will start a restore membership content job.
Classic Mailbox Backup
Creating Mailbox Classic Backup
Metalogix Backup supports the ability to create a backup of any single user's Exchange Online Mailbox or all users' Exchange Online Mailboxes across your Office 365 tenant (when licensed).
NOTE: Mailbox Backup is Disabled by default, please see the Enabling Mailbox Backup 644 section for instructions on how to enable this feature. To create a backup for all or several user Exchange Online Mailboxes in your Office 365 tenant:
Essentials for Office 365 640
Backup Tab

1. Press the "To Local Storage" or the "To Cloud Storage" button located in the ribbon. This will generate the Backup Properties screen.
2. Enter a project name for your Backup, this name will be displayed in the Backup Navigator.
3. Under the Connection section of the wizard, select "Office 365 Mailboxes" as your Service type.
4. Enter your Global Administrator username and click the Connect button.
5. When prompted enter your Global Administrator password and click Connect. NOTE: To backup all users' Exchange Online mailboxes you will need to enter your Office 365 Global Administrator login and password. Please note that this Admin user account must have an Exchange Online license assigned to it in order to be successful. NOTE: Claims based and multi-factor authentication is not supported for Exchange Online connections.
6. You can choose to "Include all Office 365 Mailboxes", which will create a backup of all Office 365 Mailboxes, or you can select to specify which Office 365 Mailboxes you wish to backup by either loading a list from a CSV file (by clicking Load from CSV), or selecting from a list
Essentials for Office 365 641
Backup Tab

provided by clicking Select from Office 365.
7. Choose your desired Backup, Retention, and Location options (NOTE: a location must be specified in order to continue) and click Finish to begin. For more information about the Backup and Retention options available see the Creating a Full Backup 576 section, for information on how to connect to Cloud storage, see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section.
To create a backup for a single user's Exchange Online Mailboxes in your Office 365 tenant: 1. Press the "To Local Storage" or the "To Cloud Storage" button located in the ribbon. This will generate the Backup Properties screen.
2. Enter a project name for your Backup, this name will be displayed in the Backup Navigator.
Essentials for Office 365 642
Backup Tab

3. Under the Connection section of the wizard, select "Office 365 Mailbox" as your Service type.
4. Next, enter the email address of the mailbox you wish to backup.
NOTE: To backup another user's mailbox, you will need explicit permissions to their mailbox or use an Office 365 Global Admin login when prompted. Please note that this Admin user account must have an Exchange Online license assigned to it in order to be successful. NOTE: Claims based and multi-factor authentication is not supported for Exchange Online connections. 5. Choose your desired Backup, Retention, and Location options (NOTE: a location must be specified in order to continue) and click Finish to begin. For more information about the Backup and Retention options available see the Creating a Full Backup 576 section, for information on how to connect to Cloud storage, see the Connecting to Cloud Storage 569 section.
Essentials for Office 365 643
Backup Tab

Enabling Mailbox Backup
The Mailbox Backup feature is automatically disabled in Essentials. In order to continue using this feature, you must manually enable it by doing the following. 1. Navigate to the Help tab in Essentials. 2. Select Profile Manager. 3. Select Hyper Migration/Backup in Profile Manager.
Essentials for Office 365 644
Backup Tab

4. Navigate to the "Classic Mailbox Backup" setting. Mark it in order to Enable the feature.
5. Click Apply to apply the changes, and then Close to close the Profile Manager.
Include Only Backup Filter
When configuring the initial backup job, you may choose to apply an Inclusion filter against the content within the selected mailbox folders. This filter is based on the modification date of each item within the mailboxes and is designed to Include the content within the specified time period (by Date or by Range), not Exclude. Please review the following scenarios to determine which setting is best for your backup needs. Please note that the initial filter configuration will impact how Updates (Full, Incremental, and Differential) are performed, so choose wisely. Each configuration includes a chart displaying what will be included (green bar) versus what will be excluded (red bar). The bar on the bottom represents the initial Full backup and each above it represents the updates that can be performed.
Essentials for Office 365 645
Backup Tab

Include only those items More Recent than Date: MM/DD/YYYY
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified after the date specified and never items from before the date.
Include only those items More recent than Range: n Days/Weeks/Months/Years
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified within the specified time range from the start of the backup operation ([Today]) going back by the amount of time defined (for example, as configured with 45 days the Full backup will only include 45 days worth of items, from "Today" going back).
Include only those items Older than Date: MM/DD/YYYY
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified prior to the date specified and never after it. Due to this static starting Date and only including items prior, Incremental and Differential updates do not apply to this configuration since the amount of items will
Essentials for Office 365 646
Backup Tab

not change.
Include only those items Older than Range: n Days/Weeks/Months/Years
When this filter is chosen, the backup will only include items that were modified prior to the specified time range from the start of the backup operation ([Today]) going back.
Updating Mailbox Classic Backup
Once a Backup exists, users can create updates by capturing a full or incremental snapshots of their OneDrive environment. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select an Office 365 Mailboxes Backup project from the Backup Navigator panel.
Essentials for Office 365 647
Backup Tab

2. From the Ribbon (or right-click menu for the selected backup) select the Update Backup option. This will generate the Update Backup Properties screen.
3. A user may select one of several options for the update:
Full Update - this will create a full snapshot of your currently configured backup project. Incremental Backup - this will capture only the changes in your backup project since the last update, regardless if that update was Full or Incremental. In this scenario a user could create a series of Backups containing data changes for a specific time period. Differential Backup - this will capture all the changes in your backup project since the last full Backup, even if other incremental Backups have been created in the interim. Send Notification - Enter a specific user email address. For two or more, separate each email address with a comma. Email(s) would be used in email notifications and in send test email option. Change Retention Policy - selecting this button will open the retention policy properties window, allowing you to update the retention policy for the backup. 4. Press Finish to update the Backup now or choose the Schedule button to configure a Windows Task Scheduler task to schedule the update backup (See the Scheduling Backup Jobs 652 section for more information).
Essentials for Office 365 648
Backup Tab

Restoring Mailbox Classic Backup
The following are instructions for restoring a OneDrive List/Library from a specific backup: 1. Navigate to the backup, You can access the Restore wizard by either right-clicking on the selected username and selecting the "Restore" option
Or you can access the Restore Wizard by selecting "To Original Location" in the Restore section of the Ribbon.
2. This will start a copy mailbox content job.
Change Properties for Backup
Users can change the properties for their backups after the backups have been configured. To do so simply right click on the backup you wish to update, and select Change Backup Properties.
This opens up the Change Properties for Backup window.
Essentials for Office 365 649
Backup Tab

List Copy Options Backup content with:
Include Permissions - this option will include SharePoint site, list, and item level permissions from each uniquely permissioned object. Include Versions - this option will allow you to specify how many versions of each item to include with the backup. If left unchecked, no versions will be included, if "Include All Versions" is selected then all versions will be included. If "Include Most recent versions" is selected then only the number of versions specified will be included, starting with the most recent and working backwards (major and minor versions are included). Advanced Options Apply Filter - this option will allow you to customize a filter to include/exclude content based on metadata.
Smart Backup - This functionality is only available for Hyper Backups, which can only be performed for OneDrive and SharePoint sites. This feature aids users in saving space on storage. It uses the MD5 algorithm to scan backup files and excludes duplicates. The MD5 message-digest algorithm is used as a checksum to verify data integrity. If the checksum for files is the same, Essentials will save only one file instead of storing two equal files. Click here 606 for more information on Smart Backups.
Essentials for Office 365 650
Backup Tab

Admin Management
Users can change the Administrative accounts associated with a backup. This option is available from the right click menu.
Once the Authentication and Admin Pooling window opens, you can choose to remove a current admin by selecting the ( - ) beside the admin name, or choose to add additional administrators by
Essentials for Office 365 651
Backup Tab

selecting < enter username >.
If you choose to enter a new user, you will be asked for the username and a password.
Scheduling Backup Jobs
There are two alternative methods to schedule Backup jobs: 1. The application allows users to create scripts and then run them from a command line, PowerShell, or load them into Windows Task Scheduler. You can learn more about this feature here. 754 2. Alternatively the application has an integrated User Interface that allows users to schedule and control their backup jobs. You can learn more about this feature here 660.
Essentials for Office 365 652
Backup Tab

How to Schedule Full Backups for SharePoint
Metalogix Backup is a client side application that connects to a SharePoint site or site collection, OneDrive for Business site(s), and Exchange Online Mailboxes and allows the objects contained within to be backed up to a network file share or cloud storage account and then restored back to its original location when needed. Full and incremental backups can be scheduled so they are executed based on a predefined recurrence pattern. Metalogix Backup integrates seamlessly with Windows Task Scheduler (version 2) to trigger the backup operations, however, any scheduling application can be used.
We recommend that the User that will be running the Backup is a Local Administrator of the machine. We also recommend that the machine is set to not restart with Updates or go into Sleep Mode.
1. Go to the Backup Tab in the Metalogix Essentials for Office 365 solution. 2. In the Ribbon you will select "To Local Storage" or "To Cloud Storage", and the Wizard will
open to begin the Backup process.
3. Proceed with the configuration specific to the service you wish to backup. � SharePoint Online Site Backup 576 � OneDrive for Business Documents Backup 595 � Exchange Online Mailbox Backup 640 � OneDrive for Business Backup 595
4. Select Schedule to use Task Scheduler to schedule your first backup. NOTE: the first, initial backup will always be a full backup and can only occur once. After this backup has completed, then you can use the Update Backup 656 option to run or schedule future backups; Full, Incremental and Differential updates.
Essentials for Office 365 653
Backup Tab

5. Because this is the initial backup for this object, it can only select "One time only" as your option on how often to perform this task. Under advanced settings you can choose to "repeat task every" and then specify the time frame (the time frame options will perform the scheduled task more often than daily with 10 hours as the largest time increment that can be selected). Click Next to proceed.
Essentials for Office 365 654
Backup Tab

6. Enter the Start Time and Start Date for when you would like the Scheduled Backup to begin. Click Next.
7. Click Finish to create the Backup job. You may be asked for your windows credentials, enter them and click Ok.
If the backup job is failing to start at the scheduled day and time, please try the following configuration.
1. In Windows Task Scheduler, right click on the Backup Job and choose Properties.
2. Uncheck the box for `Do not store password' and Check the box for `Run with highest privileges'. NOTE: Only use the "Run with highest privileges" option if you are using a username that is anything other than a Local Administrator. i.e. Domain Admins and Domain Users.
Essentials for Office 365 655
Backup Tab

3. After clicking OK you will be prompted for the password of the Admin account you created the backup with and click Ok. NOTE: The username and password will be a Domain or Local Username and Password that you are logged into the machine as. This will not be an O365 email and password even if that is what you are backing up.
How to Schedule Incremental Backups for SharePoint
Follow these steps to schedule incremental backups for SharePoint: 1. Go to the Backup tab in the Metalogix Essentials.
Essentials for Office 365 656
Backup Tab

2. Select the Backup Project in the Backup Navigator, right click and choose Update.
3. Select the type of update you wish to schedule (Full, Incremental or Differential) and then select Schedule this will open the scheduled task window.
4. In the Scheduled Task window, enter a title for the Update Job and select when you would like the it to run. Under advanced settings you can choose to "repeat task every" and then specify the time frame (the time frame options will perform the scheduled task more often than daily with 10 hours as the largest time increment that can be selected). Click Next to proceed. Note: NOTE: Be cautious to not have the Updates overlap each other or a Full Backup.
Essentials for Office 365 657
Backup Tab

5. Set the start time and start date for the update job and click Next.
6. On the summary page review the details of your update job and click Finish to create the Backup job. You may be asked for your windows credentials, enter them and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 658
Backup Tab

If the backup job is failing to start at the scheduled day and time, please try the following configuration.
1. In Windows Task Scheduler, right click on the Backup Job and choose Properties.
2. Uncheck the box for `Do not store password' and Check the box for `Run with highest privileges'. NOTE: Be cautious to not have the Updates overlap each other or a Full Backup.
3. After clicking OK you will be prompted for the password of the Admin account you created the backup with and click Ok. NOTE: The username and password will be a Domain or Local Username and Password that you are logged into the machine as. This will not be an O365 email and password even if that is what you are backing up.
Essentials for Office 365 659
Backup Tab

Using Integrated Scheduler to Run Backup Jobs
The Schedule button located at the bottom of the properties screen will walk the user through the Scheduler Wizard to create a backup job. To learn more about the scheduler, please refer to the Scheduler 668 section in the Wizards section.
Backup Project Conversion
Due to a significant update made to improve performance, the format in which the backup projects are stored may need to be changed as well. Any Backup projects created prior to the December 21, 2015 version will have the option to be converted. This is an optional, one time, operation and any project already converted or any new project created after will be stored in the newer format and therefore the conversion will not be necessary. The conversion process is fully automated and very simple to accomplish following the steps below. Please allow adequate time for the process to complete before you continue using the software. Depending on the size of the backup project, this process may take anywhere from several minutes to hours to conclude.
1. Update to the latest version of the software by going to the Help tab in Essentials, and selecting Check for Updates.
Essentials for Office 365 660
Backup Tab

2. Determine which Backup projects need to be converted. You can simply select the Backup project from the Backup Navigator pane, right click and choose Update or select the update button from the Backup Navigator pane.
3. When the Update Backup wizard appears, a message will appear if a conversion is available.
4. (Optional but recommended) Before you convert the project, select your Backup project that you wish to convert from the Backup Navigator and choose the Export option. This will export your backup project in its current format to another location (for an overview on how to perform an export and import of a backup please see the Import/Export Backup Archives 556 sections). If anything should happen during the conversion process you can Import your project back into the software and try again. If you receive any error messages during the Export process, please contact support before proceeding.
5. To convert your backup project, select the project in the Backup Navigator pane, right click and choose the option "Convert to New Version Project". If the option is not present, then
Essentials for Office 365 661
Backup Tab

the project is already stored in the new format and therefore does not need conversion.
6. Click OK on the confirmation dialog pop-up in order to begin the conversion. Depending on the amount of content in the project, this process may take a few minutes to several hours to complete. During the conversion process, please do not create any new backups.
7. Once it is done, click OK on the confirmation dialog and restart the software to finish the procedure.
8. Repeat this process for each Backup Project that you would like to convert. If you receive any error messages or would just like some assistance, please contact support.
Essentials for Office 365 662
Backup Tab

Essentials for Office 365
663 Backup Tab

11 Help Tab
The Help tab within Metalogix Essentials, is where users find activation information, product details, settings, and the log manager.
Activation
Selecting Activation from the help tab, allows users to view information about the status of their product license. This is where licenses are entered, renewed, and activated.
Essentials for Office 365 664
Help Tab

About
Selecting About from the help tab, allows users to view information about the product version, access to the documentation, and support links.
Support
Selecting Support from the help tab, will direct users to the Support website.
Essentials for Office 365 665
Help Tab

Help Manual
Selecting Help Manual from the help tab open this document.
\
Check for Updates
Selecting Check for Updates from the help tab will run the product update manager, which checks for updates. If updates are available it will ask you if you would like to install them.
If you choose to install the updates, a pop up will appear upon completion of the installation which will request to restart the Essentials program.
Essentials for Office 365 666
Help Tab

12 View Tab
The view tab provides users with options on the various components of their environment they wish to view within Metalogix Essentials. The immediate pane view is the (1) Navigator, (2) this pane will depend on what you have selected to view in the viewer ribbon options. For instance, selecting Workflows will display the workflows used in the specified environment.
View section
The view section of the View Tab ribbon, provides users with the opportunity to view the selected environment within SharePoint, viewing the contents of a selected folder, or refreshing the content viewed within the Metalogix Essentials viewing panes.
Architect
The Architect section of the View Tab ribbon allows users to select what aspects of the selected environments architecture they would like to view. Users can select whether they would like to view items such as hidden lists, column groups, inherited columns etc.
Essentials for Office 365 667
View Tab

Migrator
The Migrator section of the View Tab ribbon allows users to select what components of the selected environment's settings and features they would like to view. Users can select whether they would like to view items such as web parts, workflows, permissions, etc. The selected component will be viewed in the (2 667) portion of the screen.
Misc
The Misc section of the View Tab ribbon gives users access to the job scheduler, the log viewer 143, as well as the ability to reset the Metalogix Essentials panes, and adding New Windows to the Essentials view.
Scheduler
This interface is generated when a user attempts to schedule a process. The scheduler can be launched in two ways:
1. The "Schedule" button found at the bottom of the Copy/Backup/Migration wizards.
2. Alternately, in order to see the tasks that are scheduled and perform various actions on these tasks, you can click the The "Scheduler" button in the "View" tab in the ribbon.
Schedule Task Screen
This screen is displayed after launching a scheduling operation from the button in the Copy/Backup/Migration wizards.
Essentials for Office 365 668
View Tab

Here, you can enter a task name as well as select the recurrence. You have the option to set the task for One time, daily, weekly, and monthly recurrences, and then specify the time frame for your selected recurrence.
This screen also allows users to use script to schedule the task. By selecting "Copy To Clipboard", users can then Use Scripts and integration with windows task scheduler 754, to schedule this task.
Operation Scheduler Screen
This screen shows all of the tasks you have scheduled as well as the time they were last run, the upcoming scheduled run time, status, type, and the details of the tasks' scheduling.
Essentials for Office 365 669
View Tab

It is on this screen that you can select an existing task, enable, disable, delete, refresh, or change it's schedule. You also have the option to generate a script that can be used in Powershell or the command prompt in order to run the task outside of its scheule. If you would like to run the task quickly, you can click the "Run" button in the lower left hand corner. You can also see the history of all the tasks, active or otherwise, by clicking the "History" button. You can also right-click on any task and bring up a context menu that allows you to take the above mentioned actions on any task.
Essentials for Office 365 670
View Tab

Log Viewer
Selecting Log Viewer from the Misc section of the View tab will open the Log Viewer window.
New Window
Selecting New Window from the Misc section of the View tab will open an entirely new Essentials tool window.
Essentials for Office 365 671
View Tab

13 Architect Tab
Metalogix Architect Suite visualizes a SharePoint environment through two-dimensional graphical diagrams. Architect is functionally integrated with SharePoint and thus the interface includes many aspects that simplify and enhance SharePoint functionality.
Interface Overview
In order to access the Architect tab, you must click on the Arrows next to the Help tab, at the end of the top panel, and select Architect from the dropdown list.
The application consists of four primary panes, the (1) Navigator, (2) Diagram Area, (3) Outline and (4) Properties and Information Tabs.
The picture above represents the default arrangement for these panes. NOTE: We believe that this arrangement will be ideal for most users and do not recommend changing these around.
Essentials for Office 365 672
Architect Tab

Navigator Pane
The Navigator area is intended to allow users to browse through SharePoint sites, sub-sites and associated objects and is analogous in functionality and look to Windows Explorer.

The table below describes the objects you will encounter in the Navigator.
NOTE: depending on your product license you may not have all the objects described below available to you.

Symbol

Title

Description

Containers

Containers are created when you first load a site into the application. They separate your sites and subsites into logical areas and allow the user to execute certain operations on the entire container. You may have as many containers as you like and the same site may be located in multiple containers. A container may also have more than one root site, although this is not advisable.

Container Menu

The container menu is available by right clicking on the container. You may perform a number of logical operations on the container including copy/paste/delete and import/export.

Site/Sub-Site

The site/sub-site object is analogous to the same object in SharePoint. NOTE: when loading a diagram, the application can be pointed to any site, from root to the lowest subsite. The displayed sub-sites are relative to the original starting point.

Essentials for Office 365
673 Architect Tab

Site Menu

The site menu is available by right-clicking on a particular site. You may perform a number of logical operations on the site including running reports, creating subsites, comparing to SharePoint and many others.

Object Containers
Object Container Menu

These object containers are intended to group related objects that are located or inherited by the current site. You may expand each item to view these objects and their details.
The object container menu is available by rightclicking any of the object containers (same options are available from the View Menu). You may perform a Refresh operation or select which items to hide/view. The View/Hide options will be discussed in the View Menu 675 section.

Objects within Object Containers

As you drill into each object container, you will find specific SharePoint objects for the current site. In most cases you will be able to drill several levels into each object.

Object Menu

The Object menu is available by right clicking on a specific object. Users can delete items from the Diagram, from SharePoint, locate the object on the diagram etc.

Essentials for Office 365
674 Architect Tab

View Menu
The View menu is available by right-clicking on either the site object or one of the existing object containers (or from the View section in the Menu/Ribbon). The menu allows you to display or hide different object groups from the Diagram.
SharePoint has many hidden and inherited objects that are created during installation and all may be viewed inside Metalogix Architect Suite. However when designing a structure, it is easy to get overwhelmed by these "built-in" objects.
NOTE: In order to hide most "built-in" content types, deselect Inherited Content Types from the View Menu.
Compare With Menu
The Compare With menu can be accessed in one of the following ways: � By selecting multiple objects or sites for comparison, right clicking, and hovering over Compare With.
� Within the Compare section of the Architect tab.
Last Loaded Version - will compare one or more loaded sites against the last loaded design from SharePoint. Since the loaded design is already available, this operation will be very quick. It is also ideal if you are working with Metalogix Architect Suite off-line and do not have access to the SharePoint environment. However, there is a risk that the latest loaded version is not current. The loaded version may be updated by using the Refresh option.
Essentials for Office 365 675
Architect Tab

Latest from SharePoint - similar to the above option, the selected sites will be compared to the existing design. The difference is that this time the comparison will run against a live SharePoint environment. This operation cannot be done offline and it will take more time to complete than the previous options. However, the results will be current. Each Other (Cached) - will compare two or more sites (loaded into the application against each other). This option is ideal for synchronizing objects like content types, lists or columns across multiple sites. In order to enable this menu option, hold down the Ctrl button on your keyboard and then select the sites you want to compare with the mouse. After selecting the sites, right-click on any of these and select the option from the provided menu. The first site selected will be used as the source. All other sites will be compared to the first site. The target sites may be updated to synchronize the differences. Each Other (Live) - see Live Compare! 180 for additional information on this option. The results of the compare operation are presented in the Compare View Tab or the Compare Sites View Tab in the Properties and Information area (4) of the interface or the Live Compare! 180 interface.
Diagram Area
The Diagram area is the core of Metalogix Architect Suite and where the entire SharePoint structure can be graphically visualized and manipulated. The diagram is separated into two areas, the visual Diagram (1) and the Palette (2).
Diagram
This area will display Content Types, Columns and Lists that are enabled for viewing. You may select and drag one or more content types, columns and lists inside the diagram. If you select an individual object, its properties will be displayed in the Property tab in the Properties and
Essentials for Office 365 676
Architect Tab

Information area (4) of the interface.
Object specific menus can be accessed by right-clicking a specific object (or from the Diagram Menu and Diagram Menu Bar at the top of the page).

An overview of the commonly used features from these menus is provided below.

Menu Option

Description

Selecting this option will identify and highlight the corresponding object in the Navigator Pane.

Selecting this option will find all instances of the object and provide the search results in the Properties portion of the screen, in a newly opened "search" tab.

Selecting this option allows the user to document information about the selected object.

Selecting this option can save the selected object(s) to an image file (e.g... jpg, gif, etc) or send to a printer.

Selecting his option will remove the object from the diagram.

Selecting this option will remove the object from SharePoint.
Selecting this option will allow you to format the look of the object within the diagram.
The Arrange option is available either from the main menu or the Format sub-menu. It can be particularly useful to auto organize the

Essentials for Office 365
677 Architect Tab

entire diagram or a set of objects. Selecting this option will open up the Properties view for the selected object within the Properties portion of the screen.
Palette
The Palette area is broken up into three sections. The top level contains some handy tools to magnify and document the diagrams. The middle section will let you create content types, lists and column groups inside the diagram and the bottom section contains column types that can be created inside these objects.
Essentials for Office 365 678
Architect Tab

In order to create one of these objects, click on it inside the palette and then click again in the area of the diagram where you want to object to be placed. The following table reviews the specific Palette objects available to the user. These may change based on custom columns available to the user.

Symbol

Description

The magnifying option will zoom in and out sections of the diagram. A drop down zooming option is also available in the menu bar.

The Note menu has three options.
� Note allows you to attach a sticky note to the diagram.
� Text will create a text box that can be used for the title in the diagram.
� Note Attachment is associated with a specific object and is intended to document information about that object. In order to create a Note Attachment, click on it inside the palette, then click (and hold) on the object in the diagram that will be associated with the note and then drag the mouse to the area where the note will be located.

The Entities section has four available options, but not all may be visible. For example, if Lists are hidden (see Object Container Menu) then the List entity will not be available.
� Type will create a new content type in the diagram. After creating the content type, navigate to the Properties Tab in the Properties and Information area to change specific properties.
� Inheritance will create an association between a content type and a single other content type. The associations enforce all SharePoint rules so a content type may only be associated with a single parent. To create an inheritance, you must click on this item in the Palette, then first click on the child content type and then its parent.
� List will create a new list in the diagram. See the Creating Lists/Libraries 695 in the Common Functions section of this document.
� Group will create a column group container in the diagram.

The columns section includes a variety of columns that may be added to any column group or content type. Note that a column that is added directly into a content type is by default placed in the Custom Column Groups. Columns with duplicate names cannot be created. To learn more about creating columns see the Creating Columns section 693 in the Common Functions sections of this document.

Essentials for Office 365
679 Architect Tab

Outline Area
The Outline provides a thumbnail image of the current diagram.
The semi-transparent blue box represents the current visible area inside the Diagram pane. You may use your mouse to drag this box to quickly navigate to other parts of the diagram.
Properties and Information Area
This pane contains several spreadsheets like tabs that provide information and allow the user to manipulate objects inside the diagram and SharePoint environment.
Properties Tab
When a user selects an object inside the diagram (or right-clicks on an abject and selects Show Properties View from the menu) this tab is displayed. It contains a list of properties that are related to the selected object. Some of the properties are read-only, while others are editable. Editable properties fall into several categories. Some, like the Description field, are directly editable by typing into the value column. Others allow you to select a value from a drop-down list or enter a
Essentials for Office 365 680
Architect Tab

list of values into a specific interface. Any changes to the property values will be recognized and applied to SharePoint at the time of the Update to SharePoint.
Progress Tab
The Progress tab is generally left in the background. Certain tasks, such as loading data from or to SharePoint will activate this area and allow you to follow the status of the process.
Compare View Tab
This tab will contain the results of comparing a diagram within Essentials Architect Suite against the SharePoint environment (see the Compare With Menu 675 section for more information). This is also where the user can synchronize the two environments. So any changes in the design are propagated to SharePoint or vice-versa. Proceed to the Synchronizing a Metalogix Architect Suite Model with SharePoint 697 section to learn more.
This tab has a list of actions that are available from the icon bar in the tab or from a menu generated by right-clicking on a specific object: Symbo Description l
Locates the selected object in the Diagram. Locates the selected object in the Navigator. Updates SharePoint with the selected difference. Updates the Diagram with the selected difference. Shows the Compare Report. Refreshes the Compare Report.
Essentials for Office 365 681
Architect Tab

Compare Sites View Tab
This tab will contain the results of comparing sites with each other (see Compare With Menu 675 section and the Compare Sites 698 section for more information). This is also where the user can synchronize the two environments.
This tab has a list of actions that are available from the icon bar in the tab or from a menu generated by right-clicking on a specific object: Symb Description ol
Locates the selected object in the source site Diagram. Locates the selected object in the source site Navigator. Locates the selected object in the target site Diagram. Locates the selected object in the target site Navigator. Updates target site with the selected difference. Refreshes the Compare Report. Swaps source and target sites (only enabled when a target site is selected). Shows the compare report. Removes the site. Removes all the sites.
Search Tab
This tab will contain the results of a Search, which can be performed by selecting Search from within the Architect tab, on the top menu bar.
Essentials for Office 365 682
Architect Tab

This tab has a list of actions that are available from the icon bar in the tab or from a menu generated by right-clicking on a specific object: Symb Description ol
Locates the selected object in the target site Diagram. Locates the selected object in the target site Navigator. Expands the selected object. Collapses the selected object.
Connecting to SharePoint and Office 365
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site or Site Collections
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to
Essentials for Office 365 683
Architect Tab

use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
Essentials for Office 365 684
Architect Tab

4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection.
Essentials for Office 365 685
Architect Tab

7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
Essentials for Office 365 686
Architect Tab

1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL,
Essentials for Office 365 687
Architect Tab

select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 688
Architect Tab

6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Connecting to Office 365 Tenant
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon. 2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your
Essentials for Office 365 689
Architect Tab

Office 365 tenant.
3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios: � Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user. NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 690
Architect Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 691
Architect Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 692
Architect Tab

6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Creating Columns
Columns are SharePoint containers for metadata and they can be created directly inside a content type or a column group. There are several ways to create columns. The simplest method to create a new column is the following:
1. Click on the column you need to create in the Palette area.
2. Click on where the content type needs to be located within the Diagram area. You will be prompted to enter a name (which cannot be identical to any other column inside this content
Essentials for Office 365 693
Architect Tab

type).
NOTE: The new column will also be created inside the Custom Column Group within this site. An alternative method is to create a new column inside a column group and then use that column in the content type. The method to do this is similar to the previous method, except the new column should be dropped inside a column group rather than a content type. Once the column is created you can drag and drop it from the diagram or the navigator into the destination content type. A final option is to drag an existing column from any other content type or column group into the new content type. If a column already exists, this is not only the preferred method but the recommended one. This will reduce the number of similar columns that need to be maintained. After creating the column, navigate to the Properties Tab in the Properties and Information area to add or change individual properties. These will vary based on the column type.
Creating Content Types
Content Types are used by SharePoint to organize and group metadata. They are associated with Lists and Libraries to categorize and tag content stored there.
1. A new content type in SharePoint must be inherited from an existing one. Using the navigation pane, locate the content type that will serve as a parent and navigate to it in the diagram. SharePoint is delivered with many out of the box pre-built content types. NOTE: If they are not visible in your diagram, enable Inherited Content Types in the View menu.
2. Select "Type" from the Entities section of the palette and click on the diagram (near the parent type) to create the content type.
Essentials for Office 365 694
Architect Tab

3. Enter a unique name and refer to the properties tab for additional settings.
4. Select "Inheritance" from the Entities section of the palette.
5. Click the mouse on the new content type and without releasing, drag the arrow to the parent type to create an association.
6. You may add new columns directly to the content type (refer to the Creating Columns 693 section) or drag and drop existing columns from any other object located in the diagram or navigation pane (including content types, lists or column groups).
Creating Lists/Libraries
Lists and Libraries are used by SharePoint to organize and manage content. Based on the type of List, SharePoint creates specific metadata. This metadata may be expanded and altered. Essentials Architect Suite for SharePoint can be used to create and maintain lists and their metadata. Unlike other objects, a list must be created in SharePoint immediately.
NOTE: Each list is based on a template stored in SharePoint and you must therefore be online in order to complete this action. Here is the process for creating Lists:
Essentials for Office 365 695
Architect Tab

1. Click on the List entity in the Palette.
2. Click in the area of the diagram where the List will be placed. This will display the Create List Wizard window. Note: NOTE: If the List option is not available in the palette, enable All Lists from the View menu.
3. Enter a name and select the appropriate template from the list. 4. Press Finish to create the List. 5. Select "Inheritance" from the Entities section of the palette.
6. Click the mouse on the new content type and without releasing, drag the arrow to the parent type to create an association.
Essentials for Office 365 696
Architect Tab

Essentials Architect Suite imposes specific limitations on lists to comply with SharePoint behavior. Here is what you can and cannot do:
� You can drag-n-drop any existing content type or column into the list. NOTE: The "Enable Content Types" property will be automatically set to "Yes" for when a non-default content type is added to a list or library.
� You cannot remove or modify some reserved content types and columns (e.g.. Folder Content Type, Document Created By column).
� You can remove or modify non-reserved content types and columns. � You cannot create a new content type within a list. � You can create a new column within a list.
Synchronizing an Architect Diagram with SharePoint
One of the key features of Metalogix Essentials Architect Suite is that the user can load a site or site collection into the product and then work on it offline without making changes to the actual environment. This gives you the opportunity to properly vet the design prior to making a change to the SharePoint environment. It also allows you to take a snapshot to use as a benchmark for compliance or monitoring purposes. However, at some point you will need to make certain updates to either the model or SharePoint. In order to do that, you must run a Compare Report, which will identify the specific differences between the two environments. Please see the section on "Compare With" Menu 675 for options on generating this report.
NOTE: You may select, compare and update multiple sites at once. Simply select multiple sites in the navigator pane prior to executing the compare.
The Compare Report is generated inside the Compare View Tab (for more information see the Compare View Tab 681 section). Besides displaying the differences, the report allows you to execute selective or complete updates. Updates are then made by right-clicking on a container in the report and selecting "Update Sharepoint" or selecting the Update SharePoint Icon from the tools of the Compare View tab.
Essentials for Office 365 697
Architect Tab

Users can also update the Architect diagram with changes by selecting the object you want updated on the Diagram, right-click and choose "Update Diagram" or select the Update Diagram column.
NOTE: Updates are applied to all items within the selected container. Each update of an item in Sharepoint or within the Architect diagram will will have a status listed next to it within the Status column of the Compare View.
Compare Sites
(also see Live Compare 180 for an alternative approach) One of the key features of Metalogix Architect is the capability to compare and synchronize the metadata structures of multiple sites. Developers can design and test their schemas in one environment and then roll it out to another. Sites can also be compared for compliance and consistency. This section will walk the user through the process of comparing two or more sites and then updating a target site with changes.
1. Locate all the sites that you wish to compare in the navigation pane. In order to select multiple sites, hold down the 'CTRL' key and click on the sites you wish to select. The first site selected will be the 'source' site. NOTE: the source and target can always be switched in the 'Compare Sites View' window.
2. Right-click on any of the selected sites and choose 'Compare with' and 'Each Other' from the drop down menu.
Essentials for Office 365 698
Architect Tab

You can also trigger a comparison by clicking on the "With Each Other" button in the Compare section of the Architect tab.
3. Proceed to the Compare Sites View pane. The report will contain a full list of differences between the source site and the target site(s). You can navigate and drill down through the report to see details of the differences (see the Compare Sites View Tab 682 section for more information).
4. Updates or synchronizations can be done on an individual item or the entire site. To kick-off an update, right-click on an item to display a list of options. If an item exists in the source site but not in the target site, you have the option to 'Create in Target'. Conversely, if an item does not exist in the source but does in the target, you have the option to 'Delete from Target'. Select the appropriate option to execute and acknowledge the confirmation window to proceed.
At this point any updates or synchronizations are only reflected in Essentials Architect Suite. In order to update SharePoint, please follow the instructions in the Synchronizing an Architect Suite Model with SharePoint 697 section. Each updated item generates a response in the status column. There are three possible responses:
1. Success - the update was successfully completed
Essentials for Office 365 699
Architect Tab

2. Pending - this indicates that the item update has a dependency to another update which must be executed first. This update will automatically proceed after the dependency is resolved.
3. Error - this indicates that the update was not executed. The application will typically return an error code and a reason for the failure.
Essentials for Office 365 700
Architect Tab

Essentials for Office 365
701 Architect Tab

14 Public Folders for SharePoint Tab
Essentials for Office 365 Public Folders is designed to migrate and classify content from Microsoft Exchange Public Folders, as well as Exchange Mailboxes, PST Archives and third-party email systems to your SharePoint 2007, 2010, 2013 or Office 365 environments. The product leverages your Microsoft Outlook installation to gain access to email and public folders. Therefore a local copy of Outlook 2007, 2010 or 2013 is required on the computer running the application. Any email systems configured for use by Outlook will appear in the Connections Area.
Interface
In order to access the Public Folders tab, you must click on the Arrows next to the Help tab, at the end of the top panel, and select Public Folders from the dropdown list.
The application consists of two primary panes and one optional pane: (1) Navigator, (2) Contents/Objects Area, (3) My System Area. A set of windows is automatically generated when Loading or Downloading operation is performed.
NOTE: The picture above represents the default arrangement for these panes. We have found this to be the ideal configuration, but the individual panes may be rearranged, minimized or maximized.
Essentials for Office 365 702
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

The following table reviews some of the basic operations that are available from the pane menu bar:
Collapse All This button is available only in the Navigator pane. Pushing it will collapse and close all open folders.

One Click Contents
Open

Selecting this button will enable one-click open. To fetch the contents of a list, the user must double click on that list. If this button is selected, the same event will be triggered but now simply by singleclicking on it.

Minimize / Maximize
Restore

These buttons are available from all the panes. They allow you to minimize/maximize the pane or restore it to its original size.

Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Doubleclicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object.

In addition, a set of options is available from right-click menus.
Essentials for Office 365 703
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Contents Area
The Content area displays the actual data inside Microsoft Outlook or a SharePoint list or library. You may use this screen to select individual items to Download from your environment.
� In order to select (or unselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the content located between the two items will be highlighted.
� In order to select (or unselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
Essentials for Office 365 704
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Located in the top left-hand corner is a breadcrumb definition of the list or library, whose content is represented in the window.
Connections
This area of the screen is available through the File Manager or Public Folders modules (refer to the File Manager 250 section of the manual for additional information). Analogous to Windows Explorer navigation area, users can access any folder available in Microsoft Outlook and then double-click to display the contents in the Contents pane. Users can then upload the content into SharePoint from the My System area or the Content Pane.
Connect to SharePoint and Office 365 Tenant
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Essentials for Office 365 705
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Connecting to Office 365
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your Office 365 tenant.
3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually.
Essentials for Office 365 706
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios: � Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user.
NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area.
NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain
user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the
tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 707
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 708
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane. For detailed steps on how to connect to SharePoint Sites and Site collections, as well as SharePoint Online, see the following sections - Connecting to SharePoint Sites 683 and Site Collections, and Connecting to SharePoint On-Prem 686
Essentials for Office 365 709
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Uploading Outlook Content to SharePoint
Essentials Public Folders tab allows you to upload entire e-mails or public folders into a SharePoint Site, or individual items into a specific list or library.
Uploading E-Mail/Public Folders into SharePoint
This option is appropriate for users who wish to import an entire e-mail or public folder into its own list or library. This option also allows for the upload of multiple email and public folders to SharePoint while creating a dedicated list for each in SharePoint. One advantage of using this option is that the application will automatically create an appropriate list or library in SharePoint (e.g. Libraries for emails, Calendar Lists for Calendars, etc).
1. Start by identifying and selecting the e-mail or public folder in the Connections area that needs to be imported into SharePoint.
2. Copy/Paste, Drag-and-Drop, or Upload Using CSV to your target SharePoint environment in the Navigation area. You can also use the options in the ribbon to initiate the Copy/Paste and Upload Using CSV functions. Please see Copy E-Mail/Public Folder Conent Using CSV 711 for more information.
3. You will be prompted to choose the name of the new list (default is the e-mail folder name). Enter a new name or press okay to continue.
4. The remainder of the process is described in the Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint Content 199 section. Please refer to these sections for additional information. NOTE: If you need to copy the permissions of the public folder from Outlook to SharePoint, you will need to check off the box next to "Copy Permissions" under the "Advanced Options" section of the Tagging/Copy Content Wizard. Please refer to the Outlook Permission Mapping 714 section for additional information.
Uploading E-mail Items into SharePoint
This option is more appropriate for users looking to selectively upload e-mail or public folder items into a specific SharePoint list or library.
NOTE: Emails uploaded into a library will be stored as .msg files. E-mails uploaded into a list, will generate an item and the e-mail will be stored as attachments to this item.
1. In the Connections area, double-click on the e-mail or public folder containing the items to be imported. The content of the folder will be displayed in the Content area.
Essentials for Office 365 710
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

NOTE: This process may take some time depending on the amount of content in the folder. 2. Select the items that need to be copied.
NOTE: This content area contains filtering and column sorting capabilities to help identify the required content. 3. The remainder of the process is described in the Copy, Move, and Tag SharePoint Content 199 section. Please refer to these sections for additional information.
Copy E-Mail/Public Folder Content Using CSV
This option allows the user to create a CSV file that will copy e-mail and public folders objects located within Outlook. A typical scenario for this is to copy many files but with unique metadata changes for each file. This can be done by creating and modifying the CSV file and then using the Upload Copy Content Using CSV option.
NOTE: This option is only available with licenses that include Migrator, File Manager or Public Folders modules. 1. Follow the instructions in the Uploading Outlook content to SharePoint 710 section. Prior to
clicking Finish, Don't forget to select the "Create CSV File for Uploading, Tagging or Copying files" option on the final summary page of the wizard. Click Finish.
Essentials for Office 365 711
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

2. Enter the location and name of the CSV file in the provided dialogue and press the Create button. Please reference CSV Column Reference Guide 786 for additional information.
NOTE: You can change the separator used in the CSV to a semicolon by going into the "Global Variables" section of Profile Manager. For more information on using Profile Manager, please see the Profile Manager 24 section. 3. In order to upload/copy content using the CSV you just created, you need to select a Library or Folder from within the Navigator Pane and right-click. Select "Use CSV to..." and then select Upload/Copy Content from the right-click menu.
4. In the Upload or Copy files using CSV wizard, identify the destination of the CSV file created in step 2.
5. Select the Source Email or Public Folder Content from the list that your CSV provided. You may check individual items or the Check All button at the bottom to select everything. Click
Essentials for Office 365 712
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Check Connection to check the connection to the source sites.
6. Specify any options you wish to include as part of your migration. Click Finish.
NOTE: When copying email/public folder content using CSV, Outlook permissions can be mapped to SharePoint permissions by checking off "Copy Folders Permissions" under the "Advanced Options" section. Please refer to Outlook Permission Mapping 714 for additional information. Copy of items using CSV is available in the following suites:
� Architect Suite � Migration Suite � Office 365 Bundle
Essentials for Office 365 713
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Copying items via CSV is also available in the following standalone products: � Migrator for SharePoint � Change Manager

Outlook Permission Mapping

The application maps Outlook permissions to SharePoint permissions when migrating public folders to SharePoint.
Permissions are mapped as follows:

Outlook Permission

SharePoint Permission Level

Can Delete Own

Full Control

Owner

Full Control

Publishing Editor

Full Control

Editor

Full Control

Publishing Author

Full Control

Author

Full Control

Non-editing Author

Full Control

Reviewer

View Only

Contributor

Full Control

None

View Only

Can Create Items

Full Control

Can Create Sub Folders

Full Control

Can Edit All

Contribute

Can Edit Own

Contribute

Can Read Items

Read

Essentials for Office 365
714 Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

Permissions can be mapped when copying objects from Exchange public folders and email inboxes directly in multiple ways including CSV spreadsheets and command line scripting. This works for both item and folder level copy.
Essentials for Office 365 715
Public Folders for SharePoint Tab

15 Informant Tab
This section provides an overview of Informant.
Interface Overview
In order to access the Informant tab, you must click on the Arrows next to the Help tab, at the end of the top panel, and select Informant from the dropdown list.
The application consists of two primary panes (1) Navigator and the Informant Area which includes the (2) Policy Groups, (3) Rules, and (4) Details tab. The Details tab enumerates the condition(s) and action(s), when a specific Policy Group or Rule is selected. A set of windows is automatically generated when a Loading or Downloading operation is performed.
Navigator Pane
The objects displayed in the Navigator area are limited to sites, sub-sites, lists and libraries. Doubleclicking on any of the sites, lists or libraries will trigger the application to display the content for that object. In addition, a set of options is available from right-click menus and the ribbon at the top of
Essentials for Office 365 716
Informant Tab

the screen.
Informant Area
The Informant Area displays the Policy Groups tab and the Rules tab. The Informant Area also contains the Details tab, which enumerates the condition(s) and action(s), is also displayed when a specific Policy Group or Rule is selected. You may use the Policy Groups tab to select individual Policy Groups to Use, Create, or Delete. You may also Import and Export Policy Groups from this tab using the .pack file format.
You may use the Rules tab to select individual Rules to Create, Edit, or Delete. � In order to select (or deselect) multiple items located directly below each other, click on the first item and then holding the SHIFT key, click on the last item. All the files located between the two items will be highlighted.
Essentials for Office 365 717
Informant Tab

� In order to select (or deselect) multiple items which are not located next to each other, hold down the CTRL key and select individual files.
The Details tab, which enumerates the condition(s) and action(s), is also displayed when a specific Policy Group or Rule is selected.
Essentials for Office 365 718
Informant Tab

Connect to SharePoint and OneDrive for Business
The initial step in using the platform is to connect to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment. It supports multiple connection approaches and dozens of different authentication schemes. The steps to connecting to your SharePoint/Office 365 environment will vary depending on the Connection Type you select. See this topic's subsections for more details on the different connection types.
Connecting to SharePoint Site and Site Collections_3
If you wish to connect to SharePoint Sites and/or Site Collections then select SharePoint Site or Site Collection follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select SharePoint Site or Site Collection (On-premises of Office 365) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, skip ahead to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account
Essentials for Office 365 719
Informant Tab

requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
5. With this connection type you are given the option to select the following: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects. NOTE: this may be a lengthy process depending on the number of sub-sites in this location and is only available for this connection type.
Essentials for Office 365 720
Informant Tab

6. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 7. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
8. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 721
Informant Tab

Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms_3
(Not available for Information Manager Power User) If you wish to connect directly to your on-premises Farm (SharePoint 2007, 2010 or 2013), follow these steps:
1. Start by selecting the SharePoint option under the Connect To tab in the Ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. ?In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, select On-Premises Farm (Central Administration required) as your Type. You have the following options when completing the URL portion of this screen, continue to step 5 if you know the URL of your Central Admin site. If you choose to use the Discover Site Collections button, then continue to step 3.
Essentials for Office 365 722
Informant Tab

3. If you do not know the URL but have access to Central Administrator for your SharePoint Farm, you can view and select from a listing of all available site collections by pressing the Discover Site Collections button. In the presented window enter the URL for Central Administrator portal (and if necessary the credentials, using Claims 786 if your account requires it) and click Connect. Once you are successfully Connected to Central Admin URL, select the appropriate Site Collection and Click Next to continue.
4. Select the Site Collection which you wish to connect to, and click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 723
Informant Tab

4. Click Finish to connect to the specified SharePoint Site or Site Collection. 5. The operation will start to run, connecting to the SharePoint Site or Site Collections which you
specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
6. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Essentials for Office 365 724
Informant Tab

Connecting to SharePoint On-Premises Farms_3
If you wish to connect to one drive, then follow these steps: 1. Start by selecting the Office 365 option in the Connect To section in the ribbon.
2. A window similar to the one shown below will be generated. In the Name field, enter a folder name. In the Type field, Office 365 Tenant (Tenant Administration Required) is automatically selected as the Type of connection you will be making. Enter the URL of your Office 365 tenant.
Essentials for Office 365 725
Informant Tab

3. You have the following two additional options on this screen: o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site. To expedite the loading process, no additional objects will be loaded into the sub-site. You may double-click on any sub-site to load its objects individually. o Load Entire Sub-Site Structure and Objects - Will load the entire sub-site hierarchy below the current site along with all their objects.
4. Click Finish. The Essentials software will automatically detect the SharePoint authentication mechanism and your client environment. Depending on your configuration, you may be connected automatically or prompted for your credentials. Here are some of the possible scenarios:
� Option 1: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is logged into the same domain, then no user/password information is necessary. Press the Next button and you will automatically log in using the credentials of the currently logged in user.
NOTE: If you do not wish to use the credentials of the currently logged in user, set the "Use local system credentials" (located in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables) to false.
Essentials for Office 365 726
Informant Tab

� Option 2: If your SharePoint environment is using Integrated Windows Authentication and you are accessing this environment from a computer that is NOT logged into the same domain then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 3: If your SharePoint environment is using Form Based Authentication then enter your user name, password and Domain in the provided fields and click Next.
� Option 4: If your SharePoint environment is using Kerberos Authentication please refer to our FAQ area. Detailed configuration instructions are available there.
� Option 5: If your SharePoint environment is Hosted, such as (Office 365, BPOS, FPWeb, etc.) you should be able to connect by entering your user account and password, no differently than any other SharePoint environment.
� Option 6: Password Manager can store account credentials in protected storage to connect to SharePoint. For more information on setting up Password Manager, please refer to our FAQ area. NOTE: � The domain name may also be entered as a part of the user field in either the domain user or the user@domain syntax. � If you have Digest Authentication enabled, please disable it. It can interfere with the tool's ability to connect to SharePoint using Windows Authentication.
A window requesting a user, password, and domain will pop up. Provide the requested information and click Connect. If your account requires Claims Based Authentication, click the Claims 786 button.
Essentials for Office 365 727
Informant Tab

4. The select Web Application window will appear, select the web applications you wish to connect to. Click Ok.
5. The Select OneDrive window will appear, select the OneDrive acounts you would like to connect to. Click Ok.
6. The operation will start to run, connecting to the OneDrive accounts you specified. You will be notified once it has completed, click Ok.
Essentials for Office 365 728
Informant Tab

7. This connection is now available in the Navigator Pane.
Create a Policy Group
There are several different ways to create a Policy Group. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. In the ribbon, under the Informant tab, select Create within the "Policy Groups" section. Alternatively, you may right click on any Policy Group or Rule in the Informant area and select "Create Policy Group".
2. Once the Create Policy Group screen opens, name your new Policy Group. Click Finish.
3. Your new Policy Group should now be displayed in the Informant Area under the Policy Groups tab.
Essentials for Office 365 729
Informant Tab

Create a New Rule
There are several different ways to create a new Rule. Here are the basic guidelines for this process: 1. In the ribbon, under the Informant tab, select Create within the "Rules" section. Alternatively, you may right click on any Policy Group or Rule in the Informant area and select "add rule" and then select a template.
2. Once the Create Rule window appears, enter a name for the Rule. This can be a description of the condition or action that the Rule performs.
3. Use the drop down menu to select a category of condition. There are multiple categories to choose from in the drop down menu - Conditions: File Properties, Permission conditions, PII
Essentials for Office 365 730
Informant Tab

conditions, Site conditions, Regexp based conditions.
4. Once you have selected a category of conditions, specify the If condition, and the action by highlighting the condition of your choice and clicking Add condition, and highlighting the action of your choice and clicking Add action. These will define the If... and Do the Following... parameters of your rule.
Essentials for Office 365 731
Informant Tab

5. Click the highlighted text of your conditions in order to set specific parameters for your conditions.
6. You may also use the Formula drop down menu to specify Default (AND), Default (OR), or CUSTOM for combining rules.
7. To create the new Rule, press the Finish button. NOTE: to create a new Rule, you must define at least one condition and at least one Action.
Essentials for Office 365 732
Informant Tab

Use a Policy Group
There are several different ways to Use a Policy Group. Here are the basic guidelines for this process: 1. In the ribbon, under the Informant tab, select Use within the "Policy Groups" section.
Alternatively, you may right click on any Policy Group in the Informant area and select the "Use Policy Group" option.
2. Once the Use Policy Group properties screen appears, use the Resource Type drop down in order to select the source data that will use the policy group. There are multiple source data locations to choose from in the drop down menu: File System, SharePoint Site, SharePoint
Essentials for Office 365 733
Informant Tab

Site Collections, OneDrive for Business, and CSV report.
NOTE: to use a policy group against the CSV report data source, a policy group must have been run and produced the CSV report prior. 3. Populate any connection options (ie SharePoint site) and necessary user credentials and select the specific location in the data source you would like to use the policy group against. Then click Next.
NOTE: Backups can be scripted and scheduled using the Generate Script button. Please refer to the Scheduling 668 section below.
Essentials for Office 365 734
Informant Tab

4. Optionally, choose to use the policy group against an Incremental Scan using the checkbox. If this option is selected, you will need to specify the incremental date to use the policy group against.
5. To use the policy group with the specified settings, press the Finish button.
Importing and Exporting Policy Groups
This section will demonstrate the steps required to import and export a policy group.
Import Policy Group
There are several different ways to Import a Policy Group. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a Policy Group and click the Import button located in the ribbon.
Alternatively, you may right click on any Policy Group in the Informant area and select the
Essentials for Office 365 735
Informant Tab

Import option.
2. On the Import Policy Group screen, select the policy group file you would like to import into the Informant area. NOTE: Policy Groups are imported in .pack file format.
3. The Policy Group will be imported and displayed under the Policy Groups tab in the Informant area.
Export Policy Group
There are several different ways to Export a Policy Group. Here are the basic guidelines for this process:
1. Select a Policy Group and click the Export button located in the ribbon.
Alternatively, you may right click on any Policy Group in the Informant area and select the Export option.
Essentials for Office 365 736
Informant Tab

2. On Browse for Folder screen, select the folder location that you would like to Export the Policy Group to.
NOTE: Policy Groups are exported in .pack file format. 3. A confirmation dialog will appear after the export is complete. Click OK.
Essentials for Office 365 737
Informant Tab

Essentials for Office 365
738 Informant Tab

16 Reporting and Re-Mapping Users
and Templates
Reporting functionality is included with most products. Reports provide various information, from site contents to list and site templates used in your environment. Reports also have a dual purpose of providing the source information for mapping templates and users; and bulk deleting content.
Remapping Content Types
During an item copy or in-place tagging, users can re-map content types. The new content type must be present in the target library.
1. Drill down into a list and select the items you would like to copy.
2. Drag and drop those items into the target list. 3. In the second screen of the Copy Items Wizard 205, select the new content type by using the
drop-down box. The application will automatically re-map any common fields. You can enter
Essentials for Office 365 739
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

metadata directly or re-map other fields manually.
4. Click `Finish' to start the copy operation.
List and Site Content Reports
This report is accessible from the Ribbon menu or the right-click menu on a site or list level. It produces an itemized list of all contents within a specific site collection, site or list in a comma separated values format (.csv). This report can be opened in a spreadsheet and used to analyze the content and its metadata. List Content Report
Essentials for Office 365 740
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

List Content Options
Essentials for Office 365 741
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Site Content Report
Essentials for Office 365 742
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Site Content Options
Essentials for Office 365 743
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Essentials for Office 365
744 Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Site Selection
This screen is used to specify a specific site for which the report will be run. It is only triggered if the user selects the List or Site Contents Report without first selecting a specific site or list. The screen is bypassed if the option is selected from the Navigator page.
NOTE: One advantage of using the ribbon/menu is that the report can be run for any site, whether or not it has been loaded into the tool.
Summary Screen
The summary screen provides an overview of the operation that is about to occur. In addition the screen provides several options for the user to select.
� Include Subsites - The report will include data for all sub-sites of the selected site (disabled for lists).
Essentials for Office 365 745
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

� Include Custom fields - Display custom fields and their values for all lists included in the report.
� Include Versions - Will include content versions and its metadata. � Summary Only - Provides a summary of the content by list, which includes number and size of
items.
Bulk Delete by Report
This feature is accessible from the Ribbon and Tools menu and provides the unique functionality of deleting contents from a site or site collection based on the Site/List Content report. The content may reside in any site, sub-site and list.
1. Generate a Site/List Contents Report. Edit the report in Excel to filter out any items that are to be deleted from SharePoint. NOTE: A convenient way to do this is using the Filtering option in Microsoft Excel.
2. When you are satisfied that the items remaining are the ones that should not be deleted from SharePoint, highlight them and delete them from the report. NOTE: The remaining items in the report will be processed by the Bulk Delete feature and removed from SharePoint.
3. Save the file in a convenient place. 4. Select the Mass Delete by Report feature and browse to the .csv file saved in the previous
step. 5. Check the Delete folders option if you wish to have the folders removed as well. 6. Press Finish to begin the process.
Essentials for Office 365 746
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Site User Report
This report is accessible from the the right-click menu on a site. It produces an itemized list of all users and group used within the selected site (site collection) in a comma separated values format (.csv).
User and Group Mapping
This option will allow you to map users and groups between different domains or to change the user account in the target environment during copy. This is highly useful when moving between domains or encountering users who have been deleted or disabled.
Essentials for Office 365 747
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

NOTE: When a user cannot be created in the target environment, the application by default will replace that use account with the account of the user executing the operation. You may override this behaviour by updating the Default User Login field in Help>Profile Manager>Global Variables
Account Mapping
1. Generate a Site Users Report 747 for the source and target sites. 2. Open both user reports in Excel and populate the first column with the source account and copy
the new account from the target report and paste that value into the second column. NOTE: If the account IDs are the same, but the domain is different between the source and target SharePoint, you can add wildcard domain remapping to your existing user mapping file.
3. Save this file (in a .csv format) and load it when copying items, a list or a site to perform this transformation.
If the account IDs are the same, but the domain is different between the source and target SharePoint, you can add wildcard domain remapping to your existing user mapping file. In addition to the specified user mapping, all the domain prefixes will be mapped to `ACME-WEST' during the operation. This function is extremely helpful if you have a large number of users with the same IDs between different source and target domains.
NOTE: Click here to download an example user mapping file. If you you are migrating into or out of 2013 or Office 365 you may see something like the following in your Site Users Report: i:0#.w|domain/USERNAME or if i:0#.f|membership|USERNAME@domain.com If so, it's recommended that you put this value in for the source or target in question. It is more precise than using USERNAME@domain.com or domain\USERNAME and will generally yield better
Essentials for Office 365 748
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

results. Wildcard mappings can be used with these values as well, so i:0#.w|domain\USERNAME was your source and if i:0#.f|membership|USERNAME@domain2.com was your target, then your mapping CSV file with a wildcard could look like: i:0#.w|domain\*,i:0#.f|membership|*@domain2.com Remember that if your usernames do not match exactly, then a wildcard will not help you and you will have to map the names individually.
Drive User Mapping
If you are creating a user mapping for a "Drive" source like Google Drive or Box, then you simply define the source account as the user's login which is usually their email address.
Site and List Templates Report
This report is accessible from the ribbon Reports tab or from the right-click menu on a site. It produces an itemized list of all site and list templates in use within the selected site or site collection.
Essentials for Office 365 749
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

The report is generated in a comma separated values format (.csv).
Template Mapping
When moving Sites or Lists there is occasionally a need to change the underlying template for these objects. Some examples of these use cases are moving to a different version of SharePoint where a template may have been deprecated or simply trying to remove custom templates to reduce
Essentials for Office 365 750
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

complexity. The application contains an option to do this in Advanced Option.
1. Generate a Site and List Templates Report 749from the source site and target site. 2. In Microsoft Excel (or any text editor) copy all or some of the templates from the source site
into the first column. NOTE: Reports provide both the template name and the id. For the mapping table, only the id should be entered.
3. For any template that requires a different type in the target site, enter or copy the name of that template to the column on the right.
Essentials for Office 365 751
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

4. Save this file (in a .csv format) and load it when copying a list or a site to perform this transformation.
? Click here to download an example template mapping file.
Essentials for Office 365 752
Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

Essentials for Office 365
753 Reporting and Re-Mapping Users and Templates

17 Scripts
This section provides an overview of the ways in which Scripts can be used to manage certain product functionality for Essentials.
Using Scripts and Integration with Windows Task Scheduler
As with many of Metalogix Essentials operations, users may generate a command line script by pressing the Generate Script button (refer to Scripting Reference Guide 757 for additional information). For repetitive operations like backups, the application has been integrated with Windows Task Scheduler (WTS). WTS allows users to run jobs on a schedule, in the background, even if no user is currently logged into the computer. Once a script is executed, the history will be available in the log viewer. Unless specified in the script all history files will have auto-generated file names as a unique string of numbers. The path to all log files is: C:\Users\[UserName]\Essentials\.metadata\appLog. To create a new script and load it into Windows Task Scheduler:
1. Press the Generate Script button within any of the Essentials wizards.
2. The Command Line Script window will open, displaying the script for that wizard action. Press Copy to Clipboard.
Essentials for Office 365 754
Scripts

3. Open Windows Task Scheduler and select the Create Basic Task option in the Actions panel.
4. Give your task a name and a description, click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 755
Scripts

5. Select when you would like the task to start, click Next.
6. Set a start date and time, and how many days you would like the task to continue for. Click Next.
Essentials for Office 365 756
Scripts

7. Leave the Action selection as "start program" and click Next.
8. In the Program/Script field, paste the script you copied to the clipboard in step 2. Click Next.
9. On the summary page, click Finish.
Scripting Reference Guide
Much of the application's functionality is accessible through a scripting interface. Scripts can be developed using the list of commands provided below, or by running most wizards and then selecting the Generate Script option in the end. Scripts can be run in Scheduler (located in the View tab of the ribbon), PowerShell scripts, within Windows Task Scheduler or simply fired from the command line.
Essentials for Office 365 757
Scripts

Please note that new scripting options and features are added to the product often. To get the latest listing, please run the following command in command prompt:

For 64bit: "c:\Program Files\Quest\Essentials\Essentials.exe" -help -log help.txt For 32bit: "c:\Program Files (x86)\Quest\Essentials\Essentials.exe" -help -log help.txt

This will create a "help.txt" file in your current user directory (ie: C:\Users\ in the folder of the username which you used to run the above script)

Command Line Parameters

-help

prints this help screen

-cmd [command]

executes a command

collectStatistics

collect statistics for site or OneDrive

credentials

collect credentials for site or OneDrive

connect

connects to site or OneDrive

copylist copysite copyitems copyworkflows customAction inheritanceReport inventory importAlerts importfiles exportSiteUsersReport exportSiteTemplatesReport
fileSharesToOneDrive
fullcompare
given
googleImport

copies a list copies a site copies items/documents copies workflows saves custom actions generates Inheritance report generates Inventory report imports alerts from csv file to target site imports files from csv file to target site generates Site Users report generates Site Templates report bulk uploads networked file system drives into a OneDrive for Business Document library generates Full Site Compare Content report creates 'Permissions given to User/Group' Report copies files and documents from Google to Sharepoint

googleExport googleToOneDrive

exports contents of users google account
copies content of multiple Google Drives to OneDrive for Business

newbackup zipBackup

creates backup project in local system (save structure and data) exports backup project to a zip archive

Essentials for Office 365
758 Scripts

copyItemsUsingCSV
oneDriveToOneDrive
remove spContentReport tagItemsUsingCSV transfer spPreMigration
fsPreMigration
usePolicyGroup
userstoobject checkcreds -encrypt [password]

copies items using CSV file copies the Documents library content from the OneDrive for Business sites to another OneDrive for Business site. performs a remove operation generates Site Content report tags items using CSV file performs permissions transfer creates SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis Report creates File Share Pre-migration Analysis Report allows you to use Policy Group with resource generates 'Users with permissions to Object' report checks source credentials prints encrypted password

Common Parameters

-srcsite [url] -srclist [name] -trgtsite [url] -trgtlist [name] -log [file] -noSplash -deferRequired -proxy [host:port]

source site url source list name target site url target list name output file that captures results of all activities suppresses splash screen content will be uploaded/copied even if required fields are left empty set proxy configuration: user:pass@host:port or host:port

Credentials Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd Credentials command

-srcuser [user] -srcpass [password] -srcepass [password] -srcdomain [domain] -srchost [host] -srcport [port] -srcuseproxy

source site user name source site password source site encrypted password source site domain source site host source site port use proxy to source site

Essentials for Office 365
759 Scripts

-trgtuser [name] -trgtpass [password] -trgtepass [password] -trgtdomain [domain] -trgthost [host] -trgtport [port] -trguseproxy

target site user name target site password target site encrypted password target site domain target site host target site port use proxy to target site

ConnectToSite Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd ConnectToSite command

-projectName [project] -projectType
-kindOfDownload -webAppMapping

specifies a name for this new project.

specifies the type of project. Options include: SP_SITE - SharePoint Site SP_FARM - SharePoint Farm OFFICE_365_TENANT - Office 365 Tenant ONE_DRIVE - OneDrive for Business OFFICE_365_SITES - Office 365 Sites

specifies what options to include with the initial project connection.

Options include:

FirstLevelSubSites - list of

sub-sites only AllSubSitesWithoutObjects - all sub-sites but no lists

(slower)AllSubSitesAndObjects - all sub-sites and their lists (slowest)

SubsitesHierarchy - list of sub-site heirarchy

NoObjectsNoSubsites - list of sites, no subsites or lists

RefreshSite - refresh the site

alternative mapping URL(with port) for farm web application, or "office365" for Office 365 Tenant or "onedrive" for OneDrive for Business project.

Example:

metavis -cmd connecttosite -srcsite http://host/site -srcuser user@mv.com -srcepass password projectName "mySite" -projectType SP_SITE -kindOfDownload FirstLevelSubsites

CopyList Parameter

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopyList command

-donotcopycontenttypes -copylistcontent -copylisthistory -overwritebehaviour -copylistpermissions

do not copy list content types copy list content copy list history overwrite the lists behavior on the target copy list permissions

Essentials for Office 365
760 Scripts

-includeHiddenFields -includeDocumentID -deferredgroupmembership -copylistviews -copylisttemplates -usermapping [path]
-webpartsfile [path] -templatemapping [path] -copyworkflows -infopath -mapping [template.mvmap]

copy hidden fields copy document ID property update membership of the groups during permissions migration copy list views copy list templates path to the CSV file with user mapping to the copy operation path to the CSV file with webparts to be removed from the page path to the CSV file with templates mapping copy workflows copy InfoPath forms mapping template file

Example:
metavis -cmd copylist -srcsite http://host/site -srclist DocLib -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass passwd trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtlist DocLib2 -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass passwd -copylistcontent copylisthistory -copylistviews -copylisttemplates -usermapping path/file.csv -templatemapping path/file.csv -log output.log

CopySite Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopySite command

-asnewsite -asnewsitecollection [url] -copysubsites -copypermissions -copygroups -copywebparts -copycollectionfeatures -copyfeatures -copycontenttypes -copylists -copylistcontent -copylisthistory -overwritebehavior -copylistpermissions -copylistviews -copylisttemplates

copy site as new site copy site as new site collection copy site with subsites copy site permissions copy site groups copy site webparts copy site collection features copy site features copy all content types copy all lists copy list content copy list history overwrite sites behavior on the target copy list permissions copy list views copy list templates

Essentials for Office 365
761 Scripts

-rootname [name] -copythreads [number] -usermapping [path] -templatemapping [path] -centraladminurl [url] -farmadmin [user] -farmadminpassword [password] -farmadminepassword [password] -copylayoutsgallery -copymastergallery
-copylookfeel[all]|[page[,page]]
-copyspd -copywebparts -copysiteworkflows -copyworkflows -infopath

new name for the target site number of parallel threads for copy path to the CSV file with user mapping to the copy operation path to the CSV file with templates mapping URL of Central Administration farm admin user name farm admin password farm admin encrypted password copy page layouts gallery copy master page gallery copy look&feel options:
all copy - all following pages title - copy title, description, icon navigation - copy navigation treeview - copy tree view sitetheme - copy site theme linkbar - copy top link bar launch - copy quick launch layouts - copy layouts and site templates master - copy master settings welcome - copy welcome page copy Sharepoint designer objects copy site home page copy site workflows copy workflows copy InfoPath forms

Example:
metavis -cmd copysite -srcsite http://host/site -trgtsite http://host/site2 -rootname newsite asnewsite -copysubsites -copypermissions -copywebparts -copycollectionfeatures -copyfeatures copycontenttypes -copylists -copylistcontent -copylisthistory -copylistpermissions -copylistviews copylisttemplates -usermapping path/file.csv -templatemapping path/file.csv -log output.log

CopyItems Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopyItems command

-mapping [template.mvmap] -trgtfolder [path] -overwritebheavior

mapping template file target path folder overwrite the items behavior on the target

Essentials for Office 365
762 Scripts

-filter {[field][operator][value]}
-usermapping [path] -authorship -deferredgroupmembership -includeHiddenFields -includeDocumentID

filters source items

field - internal name of a field in SharePoint

operator- compare operator, such as one of the

following:

=

equals to

!=

does not equal to

>

greater than

<

less than

^=

starts with

*=

contains

value - criteria

Use these patterns for dates: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss or yyyy-MM-dd

path to the CSV file with user mapping to the copy operation

Authorship

basic - preserve Created/Modified properties (by default)

approval - preserve Approval Status/Comments

update membership of the groups during permissions migration

copy hidden fields

copy document ID property

Example:
metavis -cmd copyitems -srcsite http://host/site -srclist DocLib -trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtlist DocLib2 -trgtfolder folder1 -mapping D:/Temp/template.mvmap -filter "FileLeafRef*=.jpg" "Modified>2010-01-01" "Modified_x0020_By=DOMAIN\user" -usermapping path/file.csv -log output.log

OverwriteBehavior Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd OverwriteBehavior command

-overwritebehavior dont_copy
-overwritebehavior add_version
-overwritebehavior overwrite -filterfrom n days -overwritebehavior overwrite -filterfrom n weeks -overwritebehavior overwrite -filterfrom n months

do not overwrite if file exists overwrite if file exists (versioned and non-versioned library) overwrite with days filter (incremental copy)
overwrite with weeks filter (incremental copy)
overwrite with months filter (incremental copy)

Essentials for Office 365
763 Scripts

-overwritebehavior overwrite -filterfrom 0 delta copy
days

Copy Using CSV File Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopyItemsUsingCSV command

-csvFile -useCorePropety -charset -numCopiedVersion

specifies CSV file indicator for core properites from CSV specifies charset specifies number of versions to copy

Example:

metavis -cmd copyItemsUsingCSV -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtlist "Shared Documents" -trgtuser "DOMAIN\user" -trgtepass "passwd" -overwritebehavior dont_copy -csvFile path/FileName.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

ImportFiles Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd ImportFiles command

-path [path] -mapping [template.mvmap]
-filter {[field][operator][value]}
-usermapping [path] --azurturbo "[storage account] [account key] [host]"

file path

mapping template file

filters source items

field - internal name of a field in SharePoint

operator- compare operator, such as one of the

following:

=

equals to

!=

does not equal to

>

greater than

<

less than

^=

starts with

*=

contains

value - criteria

Use these patterns for dates: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss or yyyy-MM-dd

path to the CSV file with user mapping to the copy operation

Azure Turbo flag with parameters

Example:

Essentials for Office 365
764 Scripts

metavis -cmd importfiles -path C:/Temp/file1.doc -trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtlist DocLib2 mapping D:/Temp/template.mvmap -usermapping path/file.csv -log output.log

GoogleImport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd GoogleImport command

-srcResourceId [type:id]
-filter {[field][operator][value]}
-usermapping [path] -copyhistory -overwrite

Google document resource identifier

filter source items

Field - internal name of a field in SharePoint

operator- compare operator, such as one of the

following:

=

equals to

!=

does not equal to

>

greater than

<

less than

^=

starts with

*=

contains

value - criteria

Use these patters for dates: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss or yyyy-MM-dd

path to the CSV file with users mapping to the copy operation

copy the history

overwrite google content on target

Example:
metavis -cmd googleImport -srcResourceId folder:0B5t8t1UBKntoNDI1NGEyNDctNTZjOC00MDJkLTlhM2YtYzk3ZGE1ZWJkNThh -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtlist "Shared Documents" -srcuser user@gmail.com -srcpass password -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass password -overwritebehavior add_version -copyhistory -overwrite -log output.xml

GoogleExport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd GoogleExport command

-trgtResourceId [type:id] -filter {[field][operator][value]}

Google document resource identifier filter source items Field - internal name of a field in SharePoint

operator- compare operator, such as one of the

following:

=

equals to

Essentials for Office 365
765 Scripts

-usermapping [path]
-copyhistory -overwrite -srcfolder

!=

does not equal to

>

greater than

<

less than

^=

starts with

*=

contains

value - criteria

Use these patters for dates: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss or yyyy-MM-dd

path to the CSV file with user mapping to the copy operation

copy the history

overwrite google content on target

choose the folder to which to export

Example:
metavis -cmd googleExport -trgtResourceId folder:0B5t8t1UBKntoNDI1NGEyNDctNTZjOC00MDJkLTlhM2YtYzk3ZGE1ZWJkNThh -srcsite http://host/site -srclist "Shared Documents" -srcfolder "Documents" -trgtuser user@gmail.com trgtpass password -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass password -overwritebehavior add_version copyhistory -overwrite -log output.xml

NewBackup Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd NewBackup command

Using these commands you can create a Backup Project ( save structure and data for selected site)

-projectName [project] -projectFolderLocation [path] -copysubsites -move -copylisthistory
-filter {[field][operator][value]}

name for new project

path for project location, if it is empty project will be created in workspace

save site with subsites

delete site after backup

save history for list items

filter source items

Field - internal name of a field in SharePoint

operator- compare operator, such as one of the

following:

=

equals to

!=

does not equal to

>

greater than

<

less than

^=

starts with

*=

contains

Essentials for Office 365
766 Scripts

-kindFull -kindIncremental -kindDifferential -keepFullBackups n -KeepIncrementalBackups n -fileBackup [path]

value - criteria Use these patters for dates: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss or yyyy-MM-dd Creates a full backup Creates a backup of all the information since the last full backup or incremental backup. Creates a backup of all the information since the last full backup. Specifies the number of days to keep full backups for, where n is the number of days. Specifies the number of days to keep incremental backups for, where n is the number of days. Specify this parameter if you want to backup a specific file from OneDrive in tenant.

Example:

metavis -cmd newbackup -srcsite http://host/site -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass password projectName NewProject -copysubsites -move -copylisthistory -log output.xml -noSplash

ZipBackup Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd ZipBackup command Using this command you can create a Zip archive for the selected Backup Project

-projectName [project] -zePasswor [password] -zPasswor [password] -zPartSize [partSize]
-zOutFolder [path]

project name zip encrypted password zip password size in byte for part of archive output folder, archive will be created in this folder

Example:
metavis -cmd zipBackup -projectName Backup Project -zPasswor password -zPartSize 10485760 zOutFolder C:/Temp/ -log output.xml -noSplash

ApplyPolicyGroup Paramters

The following are parameters for the -cmd applyPolicyGroup command Using this command you can use a Policy Group with a resource

-policygroup [path]

path to the .pack file

Essentials for Office 365
767 Scripts

Example:
metavis -cmd applyPolicyGroup -srcfolder "/Developer/Examples/Resource" -rulespack "C:/Developer/Java/runtime-mp/.metadata/governanceDataStore/packs/example.rule.pack.pack"
metavis -cmd applyPolicyGroup -srcsite "http://host/site" -srclist "List name" -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass password -rulespack "/Developer/Java/runtime-mp/ .metadata/governanceDataStore/packs/copy.doc.files.pacl.pack"

CopyWorkflows Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopyWorkflows command

Using this command you can copy Workflows

-usermapping [path]
-includesubsites -includelists -convert

path to the CSV file with users mapping to the copy operation also copy the Workflows of Subsite also copy the Workflows of Lists convert to Workflow 2013 Platform

Example:

metavis -cmd copyworkflows -srcsite http://host/site -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass passwd trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass passwd -usermapping path/file.csv convert

metavis -cmd copyworkflows -srcsite http://host/site -srclist SourceList -srcuser DOMAIN\user srcpass passwd -trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtlist TargetList -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass passwd

CollectStatistics Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CollectStatistics command Using this command you collect statistics for a site or onedrive.

-includeOneDrive -fileScan [path]

define this parameter if you want to scan onedrives
specify this parameter if you want to scan specific onedrive files in the tenant.

Essentials for Office 365
768 Scripts

SPPreMigration Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd SPPreMigration command Using this command you can create a SharePoint Pre-migration Analysis Report

-xlsFile -analyzesites -addtemplates -addfeatures -addwebparts -addlist -addcontent -addmasterpages -addcustommasterpages -detailedReporting -includesubsites -conditions {[condition][operator][value]}

specifies XLS file include site section include site templates include site features include site web parts include list section include content section include master pages section include custom master pages section include all items in the report include subsites conditions items

Example:
metavis -cmd spPreMigration -srcsite "http://host/site" -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass password trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass passwd -xlsFile "path/file.xlsx" analyzesites -addtemplates -addfeatures -addwebparts -addlist -addcontent -includesubsites detailedReporting -conditions "ITEMS-COUNT 1 < 100" "FILE-SIZE 1 < 1" "FILE-PATH-LENGTH 2 < 125" "FILE-SIZE 2 < 2" "FILE-EXT 2 = rar,txt,pdf" "FILE-SIZE 2 < 2" "FILE-PATH-LENGTH 2 < 125" "FILE-EXT 2 = rar,txt,pdf" -log output.xml -noSplash

FSPreMigration Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd fsPreMigration command Using this command you can create a File Share Pre-migration Analysis Report

-xlsFile -usecsv -csvfile -conditions {[condition][operator][value]}

specifies XLS file option to use CSV file with a list of folders specifies the CSV file (required if the -usecsv option has been enabled) conditions items

Example:
metavis -cmd fsPreMigration -srcfolder "path" -xlsFile "path/file.xlsx" -conditions "FILE-PATHLENGTH 2 < 200" "FILENAME-LENGTH 2 < 100" "FILENAME-CONTAIN 2 = ',#,&,%,*,/, ,..,,~,:,},|,?, {,,>,<" "FILE-EXT 2 = rar,txt,pdf" "FILENAME-END-WITH 2 = _dosyalar,-

Essentials for Office 365
769 Scripts

filer,_failid,_ficheiros,_arquivos,_fajlovi,_fichiers,_fitxategiak,_soubory,Dateien,_elemei,_tiedostot,_pliki,.files,_bestanden,_datoteke,_fails,_fitxers,_archivos,_bylos,_file,_fil es" "FILE-SIZE 2 < 1" -log output.xml -noSplash

Given Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd given command Using this command you can create a "Permissions give to User/Group" Report

-userLogin -csvFile -srcfolder

specifies the user/group you want to use to generate the report specifies the CSV file path where you want to save the report specifies the source folder

Example:
metavis -cmd given -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -userLogin DOMAIN\user -csvFile "fs path" -noSplash

Transfer Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd transfer command Using this command you can perform a "Tranfer Permissions" operation

-userLogin -targetUserLogin
or -csvUsersFile

specifies the user for which you want to transfer the permissions from (source user) specifies the user for which you want to transfer the permissions to (target user)
or
specifies the CSV file and path to the file with the user mapping

-csvFile -includesubsites -includelists -includeItems -includeSiteCollectionAdmin

specifies the CSV file and path to the file which contains the list of Sites/Site Collections to run this operation against
specifies whether you want to transfer permissions from within sites and their sub sites
specifies whether you want to transfer permissions from within lists
specifies whether you want to transfer permissions from within items (may be time consuming)
specifies whether you want to remove source site collection administrator permissions

Essentials for Office 365
770 Scripts

-removeSource

specifies whether you want to also remove the permissions of the source user

Example:

metavis -cmd transfer -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -userLogin DOMAIN\user targetUserLogin DOMAIN\user -csvFile "fs path" -includeSubsites -includeLists -includeItems removeSource -noSplash

metavis -cmd transfer -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -csvUsersFile "fs path" -csvFile "fs path" -includeSubsites -includeLists -includeItems -removeSource -noSplash

Remove Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd remove command

Using this command you can perform a "Remove Permissions" operation

-userLogin
or -csvUsersFile

specifies the user/group for which you want to remove the permissions
or
specifies the CSV file and path to the file with the user mapping

-csvFile -includesubsites -includelists -includeItems -includeSiteCollectionAdmin -removeSource

specifies the CSV file and path to the file which contains the list of Sites/Site Collections to run this operation against
specifies whether you want to remove permissions from within sites and their sub sites
specifies whether you want to remove permissions from within lists
specifies whether you want to remove permissions from within items (may be time consuming)
specifies whether you want to remove user(s) as a Site Collection Administrator. Only applies to root site collections.
specifies whether you want to also remove the permissions of the source user (required for this -remove operation)

Examples:
metavis -cmd remove -srcuser user@contoso.com -srcepass encryptedPassword -userLogin user2@contoso.com -csvFile "D:\Folder\fileName.csv" -includeSiteCollectionAdmin -includeSubsites -includeLists -includeItems -removeSource -noSplash

Essentials for Office 365
771 Scripts

metavis -cmd remove -srcuser CONTOSO\user -srcepass encryptedPassword -csvUsersFile "D: \Folder\UsersfileName.csv" -csvFile "D:\Folder\SitesfileName.csv" -includeSiteCollectionAdmin includeSubsites -includeLists -includeItems -removeSource -noSplash

Inventory Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd Inventory command Using this command you can generate a Permission Inventory Report

-csvFile -includesubsites -includelists -includeItems -includeInherited -includeMembership -limitMembership -saveReportToSp -trgtsite
-trgtlist -trgtuser [name] -trgtepass [password] -trguseproxy

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report specifies whether you want to include site and sub sites permissions specifies whether you want to include list and library permissions specifies whether you want to include item permissions specifies whether you want to include inherited permissions specifies whether you want to include group membership if group membership is included, limit the group membership to this value specifies that the report will be uploaded and saved to SharePoint if saved to SharePoint, specifies the site URL that the report should be saved for if saved to SharePoint, specifies the library that the report should be saved for target site user name target site user password specifies that proxy should be used to pass authentication on the target site collection

Example:
metavis -cmd inventory -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -csvFile "fs path" -includesubsites -includelists -includeItems -includeInherited -includeMembership -limitMembership 3 -noSplash

InheritanceReport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd InheritanceReport command Using this command you can generate an Inheritance report.

-csvFile

specifies the csv file path where you want to store your report.

-includesubsites

specifies whether you want to include the site level in the report.

Essentials for Office 365
772 Scripts

-includelists -srcsite -srcuser -srcepass

specifies whether you want to include the lists level in the report.
specifies the site collection for which the report will be generated.
specifies the user login which will be used to pass authentication on the source site collection.
specifies the user encrypted password that will be used to pass authentication on the source site collection.

Example:

metavis -cmd inheritanceReport srcsite http://host/site -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd csvFile "fs path" -includesubsites -includelists -includeItems -noSplash

SPContentReport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd spContentReport command

Using this command you can generate a Site Content Inventory Report

-csvFile -includesubsites -summaryOnly -includeMetadata -includeVersions -includeVersionsNumber
-srcsite
-srclist -srcuser [name] -srcepass [password] -srcuseproxy

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report specifies whether you want to include site and sub sites specifies whether you want to generate the report with only summarized list data specifies whether you want to include custom metadata specifies whether you want to include item versions specifies whether you want to include the number of versions per item specifies the site or site collection from which the report will be generated specifies the name of the list from which the report will be generated source site user name source site user password use proxy on source site

Example:
metavis -cmd spContentReport -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -srcsite "http://host/site" csvFile "fs path" -includesubsites -includesubsites -includeMetadata -includeVersions includeVersionsNumber -summaryOnly -noSplash

Essentials for Office 365
773 Scripts

ExportSiteUsersReport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd exportSiteUsersReport command Using this command you can generate a Site Users Report

-csvFile -srcsite -srcuser [name] -srcepass [password] -srcuseproxy

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report specifies the site collection from which the report will be generated source site username source site user password use proxy on source site

Example:

metavis -cmd exportSiteUsersReport -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -srcsite "http://host/site" -File "fs path" -noSplash

ExportSiteTemplatesReport Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd exportSiteTemplatesReport command Using this command you can generate a Site Templates Report

-csvFile -srcsite -srcuser [name] -srcepass [password] -srcuseproxy

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report specifies the site collection from which the report will be generated source site username source site user password use proxy on source site

Example:

metavis -cmd exportSiteTempletesReport -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcepass passwd -srcsite "http://dev.metavistech.com:8092/sites/dima5" -csvFile "fs path" -noSplash

UsersToObject Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd userstoobject command Using this command you can generate a "Users with permissions to Object" Report

-csvFile

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report

Essentials for Office 365
774 Scripts

FullCompare Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd FullCompare command Using this command you can generate a Full Site Compare Content report.

-csvFile -srcsite -srcuser -srcepass -trgtsite -trgtuser -trgtepass -enhancedCompare -includePermissions -includeMembership -usermapping [path]

specifies the CSV file and path to where you want to save this report. specifies the first site collection on which the comparison will be made. specifies the user login which will be used to pass authentication on the first site collection. specifies the user encrypted password that will be used to pass authentication on the first site collection. specifies the second site collection on which the comparison will be made. specifies the user login which will be used to pass authentication on the second site collection. specifies the user encrypted password that will be used to pass authentication on the second site collection. specifies whether you want to use enhanced content compare within the report. specifies whether you want to include item level permissions within the report. specifies whether you want to include group membership levels within the report. path to the CSV file containing the user mapping for the operation.

Example:

metavis -cmd fullcompare -srcsite http://host/site -srcuser DOMAIN\user -srcpass passwd -trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtuser DOMAIN\user -trgtpass passwd -usermapping path/file.csv -csvFile path/file.csv -enhancedCompare -includePermissions -includeMembership -log output.log -noSplash

GoogletoOneDrive Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd GoogletoOneDrive command Using this command you can copy the content of multiple Google Drive to OneDrive for Business.

-accountID -p12KeyFile [path]
-serviceID -trgtsite

specifies Google Admin login as the Google connection parameters. specifies the location of your P12 private key file as one of the Google connection parameters. specifies the service account as one of the Google Connection parameters. specifies the SharePoint Administration Center URL

Essentials for Office 365
775 Scripts

-trgtuser -trgtepass -users [path] or [account1];[account2]; [...] -usermapping [path] -userSpecificLogFile

specifies the SharePoint Administration Center username specifies the SharePoint Administration Center encrypted password.
this is the path to the csv file that contains your Google Drive accounts. Alternatively you can just directly enter the account names.
this is the path to the CSV file with user maping for the copy operation. creates a user specific log file.

Example:

metavis -cmd googleToOneDrive -accountId user@company1.com -p12KeyFile path/fileprivatekey.p12 -serviceId 123456@usr.company.com -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtuser user@company2.com -trgtpass passwd -users account1;account2;account3 -usermapping path/file.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

metavis -cmd googleToOneDrive -accountId user@company1.com -p12KeyFile path/fileprivatekey.p12 -serviceId 123456@usr.company.com -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtuser user@company2.com -trgtpass passwd -users path/file1.csv -usermapping path/file2.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

OneDrivetoOneDrive Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd OneDrivetoOneDrive command
Using this command you can copy the Documents Library content from one OneDrive for Business site to another OneDrive for Business site.

-srcsite -srcuser -srcepass -trgtsite -trgtuser -trgtepass -usermapping [path]

specifies source SharePoint Administration Center URL specifies source SharePoint Administration Center username specifies source SharePoint Administration Center encrypted password specifies target SharePoint Administration Center URL specifies target SharePoint Administration Center username specifies target Sharepoint Administration Center encrypted password Path to the CSV file with users mapping to the copy operation.

Example:

metavis -cmd oneDriveToOneDrive -srcsite http://host/site1 -srcuser user1@company1.com srcpass passwd -trgtsite http://host/site2 -trgtuser user2@company2.com -trgtpass passwd usermapping path/file.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

Essentials for Office 365
776 Scripts

CopyContentToFileSystem Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CopyContentToFileSyste command Using this command you can download content from SharePoint to a local file share.

-srcuser [name] -srcepass [password] -srcsite "[site URL]" -includeHiddenFields -includesubsites
-numCopiedVersion "[value]"
-move
-charset -trgtfolder "[folder path]"

source site user name source site user's encrypted password specifies the site URL from which the content will be downloaded from copy hidden fields include this parameter if you are downloading from a parent site and wish to include its subsites (does not apply if a single list/library download is being performed). number of versions to download. use "0" for no versions and "-1" for all versions. include this parameter if you wish to delete the content from SharePoint. Do not include this parameter if you do not want the content to be deleted. defines which Windows character set to use (default is windows-1251). defines the location where the downloaded content will be saved.

Examples: metavis -cmd copyContentToFileSystem -srcuser "admin@contoso.com" -srcepass "encryptedPassword" -srcsite "https://contoso.sharepoint.com/sites/marketing/material" -charset "windows-1251" -includesubsites -numCopiedVersion "3" -move -trgtfolder "C:\SharePoint Export" log 'C:\marketing-material-export.xml' -noSplash
metavis -cmd copyContentToFileSystem -srcuser "admin@contoso.com" -srcepass "encryptedPassword" -srcsite "https://contoso.sharepoint.com/sites/marketing/material" -srclist "Documents " -charset "windows-1251" -numCopiedVersion "-1" -trgtfolder "C:\SharePoint Export" -filter \"Modified>2015-01-01 08:00:00\" -log 'C:\marketing-material-export.xml' -noSplash
FileSharesToOneDrive Parameters
The following are parameters for the -cmd FileSharesToOneDrive command Using this command you can mass migrate file shares to user's OneDrive for Business "Documents" library.

Essentials for Office 365
777 Scripts

-trgtsite -trgtuser [name] -trgtepass [password] -usermapping [path\name.csv]

The URL to your tenant's SharePoint Admin Center Global Admin username Global Admin user's encrypted password Location and name of the file share location of the user name mapping file

Examples:

metavis -cmd fileSharesToOneDrive -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtuser user@company.com -trgtpass passwd -usermapping path/file.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

metavis -cmd fileSharesToOneDrive -trgtsite http://host/site -trgtuser user@company.com -trgtpass passwd -usermapping path/file.csv -log output.xml -noSplash

ImportAlerts Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd ImportAlerts command

Using this command you can import user alerts from a CSV file to a destination location

-srcuser
-srcpass -trgtsite -usermapping [path] -includesubsites -csvFile

specifies the user account that will be used to authenticate against each site in the CSV file. This user account must be at least a full owner. specifies the password of the user account that will be used to authenticate against each site. specifies the target SharePoint Administration Center URL specifies the path of the CSV file which contains the user mapping. specifies whether you want to import alerts to sub-sites. specifies the csv file where the alerts are listed.

Examples:
metavis -cmd importAlerts -srcuser CONTOSO\user -srcepass encryptedPassword -includesubsites trgtsite http://sharepoint/sites/sales -csvFile "D:\Folder\ImportAlertsFile.csv"

CustomAction Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd CustomAction command. Using this command you can run saved custom actions.

-nameRule -srcuser -srcepass -csvFile [path]

the name of the saved custom action specifies the source online user login specifies the encrypted online user password
specifies the name and location of the CSV file that contains the required information about the custom actions.

Essentials for Office 365
778 Scripts

Or
-viewName [project name/section name/view name] -delta

Or
The absolute view path to get the input data from the view, where the section name is the internal name of the default view. specify this flag if you want to perform a delta run

Example:

metavis -cmd customAction -nameRule "backup mailbox" -srcuser user@company.com -srcepass passwd -csvFile path/file.csv -noSplash

Impressions Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd Impressions command Using this command you can save/export user impressions data.

-userLogin -path -srcuser -srcepass

Login or email of the user the path to the export file specifies source online user login specifies the online user password

Example:
metavis -cmd impressions userLogin adorofeev@metavistech.com -path "<local path>" -srcuser user@company.com -srcepass passwd -log 'output.xml' -noSplash

BackupStorage Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd BackupStorage command Using this command you can run backup storage.

-snapshot

specify this parameter if you want to create a new snapshot of an existing backup.

Example: metavis -cmd backupStorage -snapshot -log 'output.xml' -noSplash

Cloud Parameters

The following are parameters for the -cmd Cloud command

auth

authenticates to cloud service and stores the credentials file.

Essentials for Office 365
779 Scripts

createJob deleteJob listJobs runJob jobHistory listArtifacts getArtifact listWorkers

creates a job in the cloud deletes a job from the cloud lists cloud jobs runs the job lists job history records and artifacts access key lists artifacts using artifacts access key downloads artifact and prints to standard output or saves to filesystem lists worker instances.

Example:

metavis -cloud auth

Auth Parameters

The following are parameters for the auth command

-noBrowser

do not user internal browser, print URL to console and ask user to open browser and enter code back to the application.

Example: metavis -cloud auth -noBrowser

CreateJob Parameters

The following are parameters for the CreateJob command

-cmd -token -tokenFile

corresponding parameters expected to create cloud job token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service

Example:
metavis -cloud createJob -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -cmd spContentReport -srcuser user@domain.com -srcpass password -srcsite http://sharepointsite.com/sites/test -license 12345678-1234-5678-1234-123456789012

DeleteJob Parameters

The following are parameters for the DeleteJob command

-jobID -token

Job id to delete token string for accessing cloud service

Essentials for Office 365
780 Scripts

-tokenFile

credentials file for accessing cloud service

Example:

metavis -cloud deleteJob -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -jobId 8a59acc64e452920014e453947920000

ListJobs Parameters

The following are parameters for the ListJobs command

-token -tokenFile -out -format

token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service save downloaded data into file output format when listing table data

Example: metavis -cloud listJobs -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -format csv -out jobs.csv

RunJob Parameters

The following are parameters for the RunJob command

-jobID -token -tokenFile

job ID token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service

Example: metavis -cloud runJob -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -jobId 8a59acc64e452920014e453947920000

StopJob Parameters

The following are parameters for the StopJob command

-jobId -token -tokenFile

job ID token string for accessing cloud service credentials for accessing cloud service

Example: metavis -cloud stopJob -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -jobId 8a59acc64e452920014e453947920000

Essentials for Office 365
781 Scripts

JobHistory Parameters

The following are parameters for the JobHistory command

-jobId -token -tokenFile -out -format

job ID token string for accessing cloud service credentials for accessing cloud service save downloaded data into file output format when listing table data

Example:
metavis -cloud jobHistory -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -jobId 8a59acc64e452920014e453947920000

ListArtifacts Parameters

The following are parameters for the ListArtifacts command

-key -path -token -tokenFile -out -format

artifacts access key, could be obtained from 'jobHistory' command output artifact path starting with ' / ' token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service save downloaded data into file output format when listing table data

Example:
metavis -cloud listArtifacts -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -key artifactsAccessBase64EncodedKeyHere -path /

GetArtifact Parameters

The following are parameters for the GetArtifact command

-key -path -token -tokenFile -out

artifacts access key, could be obtained from 'jobHistory' command output artifact path starting with ' / ' token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service save downloaded data into file

Example:

Essentials for Office 365
782 Scripts

metavis -cloud getArtifact -tokenFile C:\user.token.json -key artifactsAccessBase64EncodedKeyHere -path /log.txt -out C:\log.txt

ListWorkers Parameters

The following are parameters for the ListWorkers command

-token -tokenFile -out -format

token string for accessing cloud service credentials file for accessing cloud service save downloaded data into file output format when listing table data

Example:

metavis -cloud listWorkers -tokenFile C:\user.token.json

Essentials for Office 365
783 Scripts

Essentials for Office 365
784 Scripts

18
Appendix
Alternate Framework
There may be some occasions when the software itself or a Support Engineer will request you install an alternate framework. This request may be related to a certain authentication provider you are utilizing, Box connectivity or possibly even for the encryption of your data. If requested to do so, please follow the steps below:
1. Exit and stop all running instances of the application on your host computer. 2. Download the alternate framework. Please be sure to choose the appropriate version
specific to your installation. If you are unsure, go to Help > About and after the version number it will display either 32-bit or 64-bit. 3. Once downloaded, extract the zip to a location of your choice on the host computer. Please do not simply "open" the zip file, be sure to Extract all of the contents to this location. 4. Navigate to the location where the application was installed on your host computer, locate and then delete the folder named "jre". If you do not see this folder, please enable Hidden Files and Folders in Windows. 5. Copy the new "jre" folder that was extracted in Step 3 to the same location where the "jre" folder was deleted in Step 4. � You do not want to "overwrite" the original folder with the new one, you need to delete
the original first. 6. You may now start the application again. If you experience any issues during the replacement process or after the application is restarted, please contact Support for assistance.
Essentials for Office 365 785
Appendix

Claims Based Authentication
If your source tenant requires multi-factor authentication you can use the Claims options when connecting to a tenant. 1. On the connect to pop up, select the Claims button.
2. Enter your credentials, whether they be Microsoft or Box and connect.
CSV Column Reference Guide
The application allows users to import content into SharePoint and copy content between different SharePoint lists using CSV spreadsheets. These spreadsheets are auto generated with the necessary metadata required for the operation and may be modified using Excel or any text editing application. The following table describes the columns used within these spreadsheets.
Columns for Uploading Content using CSV
1. Source File - Identifies the physical path to the file that will be uploaded. 2. Target SharePoint Site - Identifies the target site for the file listed in the source file column.
The field is left blank by default but may be specified to upload content into different sites and lists using the same CSV file.
Essentials for Office 365 786
Appendix

NOTE: In order to take advantage of this feature the CSV file must be uploaded on a site not a list level.
3. Target SharePoint List - Identifies the target list for the import
4. SharePoint File Name - Identifies the SharePoint item name that will be used for the import ( "/" is used to identify folders)
5. Content Type - Identifies the SharePoint content type that will be used for the import.
NOTE: This content type should already exist within the target SharePoint list and must be spelled exactly the same way to avoid errors.
6. Custom Fields - Any custom fields would be listed following the content type.
NOTE: These fields must already exist within the target SharePoint list (and content Type). The values entered here must also pass any SharePoint validation or restrictions for the corresponding field. If the field is multi-value enabled and you wish to apply two or more, please separate each value with a pipe character and a trialing space. For example, if I wanted to apply the terms Apple and Orange to a managed metadata column here is how it would look in the CSV file: Apple| Orange . That is "Apple" pipe character space "Orange".
7. Created At - Identifies the content creation date which is extracted from the file system. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
8. CSV ID Col - This is a reserved field utilized for incremental copy functionality. Do not enter anything into this field.
9. Modified At - Identifies the last content modification date which is extracted from the file system. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
10.Created By - Identifies the user who created the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
11.Modified By - Identifies the user who last modified the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
12.Mark Version - For versioned libraries, identifies the version level for the item being imported ("Major" or "Minor"). If a quasi-versioning system was used in the file system, this field along with the SharePoint File Name can be used to recreate the versions in SharePoint. In order to implement this functionality, use the same file name in the SharePoint File Name field and then specify the appropriate version level in this field. If left blank, the default version level will be used during import.
13.Version Comment - Specifies the comment that will be used when importing items
Essentials for Office 365 787
Appendix

Columns for Copying SharePoint Content Using CSV
1. Source SharePoint Site - Identifies the source site for the content to be copied 2. Source SharePoint List - Identifies the source list for the content to be copied 3. Source SharePoint File - Identifies the source name for the content to be copied 4. Target SharePoint Site - Identifies the target site for the content to be copied. This field is left
blank by default but may be entered to copy content to different sites and lists using the same CSV file.
NOTE: In order to take advantage of this feature the CSV file must be copied on a site not a list level.
5. Target SharePoint List - Identifies the target list for the content to be copied 6. SharePoint File Name - Identifies the target SharePoint item name for the content to be
copied ("/" is used to identify folders) 7. Content Type - Identifies the SharePoint content type for the content to be copied.
NOTE: This content type should already exist within the target SharePoint list and must be spelled exactly the same way to avoid errors. If the field is multi-value enabled and you wish to apply two or more, please separate each value with a pipe character and a trialing space. For example, if I wanted to apply the terms Apple and Orange to a managed metadata column here is how it would look in the CSV file: Apple| Orange . That is "Apple" pipe character space "Orange".
8. Custom Fields - Any custom fields would be listed following the content type. NOTE: These fields must already exist within the target SharePoint list (and content Type). The values entered here must also pass any SharePoint validation or restrictions for the corresponding field.
9. Created At - Identifies the content creation date. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
10.CSV ID Col - This is a reserved field utilized for incremental copy functionality. Do not enter anything into this field.
11.Modified At - Identifies the last content modification date. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
12.Created By - Identifies the user who created the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
Essentials for Office 365 788
Appendix

13.Modified By - Identifies the user who last modified the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
14.Mark Version - For versioned libraries, identifies the version level for the item being imported. If left blank, the default version level will be used during import.
15.Version Comment - Specifies the comment that will be used when importing items
Columns for Copying E-Mail and Public Folder Objects using CSV
1. Item Name - Generally this is the subject of the e-mail 2. Outlook Path - Identifies the location of the e-mail in the source 3. Entry ID - This is a reserved field. 4. Target SharePoint Site - Identifies the target site for the file listed in the source file column.
The field is left blank by default but may be specified to upload content into different sites and lists using the same CSV file.
NOTE: In order to take advantage of this feature the CSV file must be uploaded on a site not a list level.
5. Target SharePoint List - Identifies the target list for the import 6. SharePoint File Name - Identifies the SharePoint item name that will be used for the import
( "/" is used to identify folders) 7. Content Type - Identifies the SharePoint content type that will be used for the import.
NOTE: This content type should already exist within the target SharePoint list and must be spelled exactly the same way to avoid errors.
8. Custom Fields - Any custom fields would be listed following the content type. NOTE: These fields must already exist within the target SharePoint list (and content Type). The values entered here must also pass any SharePoint validation or restrictions for the corresponding field.
9. Created At - Identifies the content creation date which is extracted from the file system. If
left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
10.CSV ID Col - This is a reserved field utilized for incremental copy functionality. Do not enter anything into this field.
Essentials for Office 365 789
Appendix

11.Modified At - Identifies the last content modification date which is extracted from the file system. If left blank the value will be set to the current date and time.
12.Created By - Identifies the user who created the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
13.Modified By - Identifies the user who last modified the content. If left blank the value will be set to the user currently logged into SharePoint.
14.Mark Version - For versioned libraries, identifies the version level for the item being imported ("Major" or "Minor"). If a quasi-versioning system was used in the file system, this field along with the SharePoint File Name can be used to recreate the versions in SharePoint. In order to implement this functionality, use the same file name in the SharePoint File Name field and then specify the appropriate version level in this field. If left blank, the default version level will be used during import.
15.Version Comment - Specifies the comment that will be used when importing items NOTE: When copying/tagging a library with versioned documents, using the csv option will apply the information entered for the file to each of the versions. If your versions contain unique information, you will want to put the following mapping command in the column that contains unique information on the versions: where "SOURCE" is the display name of the column.
Experience Data
Essentials for Office 365 submits user experience data to our internal telemetry servers. This information is used by management to better understand how the software is being used for the sole purpose of product planning and development. The information collected includes, but is not limited to:
� Software version � Framework version � Operating System � SharePoint version � Session data � Activated software license key
Essentials for Office 365 790
Appendix

If you do not wish to participate, you may disable this in the following location: Help > Profile Manager > Global Variables > Submit Experience Data > False
How to Import Projects into Metalogix Essentials for Office 365
Importing projects into a workplace is useful if you want to move a project between installations of Metalogix. This operation connects Metalogix with the project folder that is generated when you connect to a site collection, farm, or tenant. It can also import collected data projects, google drives and backups. 1. Right Click in the Navigation pane and select 'Import'.
2. Pick 'Existing Projects into Workplace'.
Essentials for Office 365 791
Appendix

3. Select the 'Browse' button next to 'Select root directory'.
4. Select the folder that you want to import the projects from.
5. Select the projects that you want to import. If you check the 'Copy Projects into Workplace' Metalogix will copy the projects from wherever they are into the current Metalogix workspace folder. Sometimes it makes sense to have a reference to an external project, such as when you have a Backup and sometimes it makes sense to copy the files into the new workplace so that you
Essentials for Office 365 792
Appendix

have all your projects in one place rather than linking back to the original location.
6. Your projects should now be imported in the Navigator pane.
Essentials for Office 365 793
Appendix

19
About
We are more than just a name. We are on a quest to make your information technology work harder for you. That is why we build community-driven software solutions that help you spend less time on IT administration and more time on business innovation. We help you modernize your data center, get you to the cloud quicker and provide the expertise, security and accessibility you need to grow your data-driven business. Combined with Quest's invitation to the global community to be a part of its innovation, and our firm commitment to ensuring customer satisfaction, we continue to deliver solutions that have a real impact on our customers today and leave a legacy we are proud of. We are challenging the status quo by transforming into a new software company. And as your partner, we work tirelessly to make sure your information technology is designed for you and by you. This is our mission, and we are in this together. Welcome to a new Quest. You are invited to Join the InnovationTM.
Our brand, our vision. Together. Our logo reflects our story: innovation, community and support. An important part of this story begins with the letter Q. It is a perfect circle, representing our commitment to technological precision and strength. The space in the Q itself symbolizes our need to add the missing piece -- you -- to the community, to the new Quest.
Contacting Quest
For sales or other inquiries, visit www.quest.com/contact.
Technical Support Resources
Technical support is available to Quest customers with a valid maintenance contract and customers who have trial versions. You can access the Quest Support Portal at https://support.quest.com. The Support Portal provides self-help tools you can use to solve problems quickly and independently, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The Support Portal enables you to:
� Submit and manage a Service Request � View Knowledge Base articles � Sign up for product notifications
Essentials for Office 365 794
About

� Download software and technical documentation � View how-to-videos � Engage in community discussion � Chat with support engineers online � View services to assist you with your product
Essentials for Office 365 795
About

Essentials for Office 365
796 About